10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Oct 2025
    1. Na het hoornvlies (1) gaat het licht door het kamervocht (2) en de pupil (3). De iris is een spier die de grootte van de pupil regelt, ofwel de hoeveelheid binnenkomend licht. Vervolgens passeert het licht de lens (4). Om de lens heen zit de ciliaire spier die zorgt voor accommodatie. Accommodatie is de aanpassing voor voorwerpen op verschillende afstanden, waardoor we op verschillende afstanden scherp kunnen zien. Na de lens gaat het licht door het glasachtig lichaam (5) en bereikt het uiteindelijk het netvlies (retina) (6), het lichtgevoelige weefsel aan de achterkant van de oogbol. Het scherpste zicht wordt verkregen in de fovea (7), het meest gevoelige deel van het netvlies.

      Hoera Kleine Pinguins Leren Glijden Naar Finland

    1. A FEES procedure was chosen as the gold standard reference test to which CA ratings would be compared, as per literature [6, 8, 16]. A standardized FEES (based on Langmore’s protocol, 1988 [41]) was conducted by SLPs (n = 2), or Otolaryngologists (n = 4) with an accompanying SLP, with a range of FEES experience of 2–12 years. All FEES assessors had access to all patient background and clinical information which was reviewed prior to FEES.

      This study chose to use FEES as the "gold standard" of swallow studies to compare with cervical auscultation. However, in my experience, the Videofluoroscopic Swallow Study (VFSS) is typically seen as the gold standard for swallow studies. Also, I have personally found FEES to be a less common procedure completed compared to VFSS. While I understand why the researchers chose to use FEES to compare to CA (to complete multiple swallows at bedside and without radiation exposure), they do a poor job of explaining their reasoning in the passage. They list FEES and VFSS as the gold standards, but do not explain why they chose FEES over VFSS for the study. Additionally, the wide range of experience in SLPs who completed the FEES procedure in this research study introduces a potential variability that could affect the reliability of the test results. This gap in experience provides room for additional factors, such as less experience and less comfort level with FEES, to affect the outcome of the study. To increase the validity of the study, the experience levels should be narrowed.

  2. social-media-ethics-automation.github.io social-media-ethics-automation.github.io
    1. What is user friction? Why you're losing users and how to stop

      User friction keeps users from achieving goals that they desire to do online. There are three types of user friction, emotional friction, interaction friction, and cognitive friction. Emotional friction is when something online is hard to use which create negative feeling for users and prevent users from doing what they willing to do. Interaction friction is when aa website is too confusing and hard to navigate. The website is complicated to use which may cause user giving up on using the website. Lastly, cognitive friction occurs when a website doesn't achieve users expectation. This article also talks about three types of clicking which often occurs when users loose patience on doing something and start clicking whatever they see one the website.

    1. nstead of the gold standard (the road of yellow brick) because the shortage of gold precipitated the Panic of 1893. In the film adaptation of The Wizard of Oz, the silver shoes were turned into ruby for the cinematic effect of color, as Technicolor was still in its early years when the movie was produced. However, this theory was not advanced until many decades after the book was written.[12] The phrase Coxey's Army ha

      coxeys army

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The main finding of this work is that microbiota impacts lifespan though regulating the expression of a gut hormone (Tk) which in turn acts on its receptor expressed on neurons. This conclusion is robust and based on a number of experimental observation, carefully using techniques in fly genetics and physiology: 1) microbiota regulates Tk expression, 2) lifespan reduction by microbiota is absent when Tk is knocked down in gut (specifically in the EEs), 3) Tk knockdown extends lifespan and this is recapitulated by knockdown of a Tk receptor in neurons. These key conclusions are very convincing. Additional data are presented detailing the relationship between Tk and insulin/IGF signalling and Akh in this context. These are two other important endocrine signalling pathways in flies. The presentation and analysis of the data are excellent.

      There are only a few experiments or edits that I would suggest as important to confirm or refine the conclusions of this manuscript. These are:

      1. When comparing the effects of microbiota (or single bacterial species) in different genetic backgrounds or experimental conditions, I think it would be good to show that the bacterial levels are not impacted by the other intervention(s). For example, the lifespan results observed in Figure 2A are consistent with Tk acting downstream of the microbes but also with Tk RNAi having an impact on the microbiota itself. I think this simple, additional control could be done for a few key experiments. Similarly, the authors could compare the two bacterial species to see if the differences in their effects come from different ability to colonise the flies.
      2. The effect of Tk RNAi on TAG is opposite in CR and Ax or CR and Ap flies, and the knockdown shows an effect in either case (Figure 2E, Figure 3D). Why is this? Better clarification is required.
      3. With respect to insulin signalling, all the experiments bar one indicate that insulin is mediating the effects of Tk. The one experiment that does not is using dilpGS to knock down TkR99D. Is it possible that this driver is simply not resulting in an efficient KD of the receptor? I would be inclined to check this, but as a minimum I would be a bit more cautious with the interpretation of these data.
      4. Is it possible to perform at least one lifespan repeat with the other Tk RNAi line mentioned? This would further clarify that there are no off-target effects that can account for the phenotypes.

      There are a few other experiments that I could suggest as I think they could enrich the current manuscript, but I do not believe they are essential for publication: 5. The manuscript could be extended with a little more biochemical/cell biology analysis. For example, is it possible to look at Tk protein levels, Tk levels in circulation, or even TkR receptor activation or activation of its downstream signalling pathways? Comparing Ax and CR or Ap and CR one would expect to find differences consistent with the model proposed. This would add depth to the genetic analysis already conducted. Similarly, for insulin signalling - would it be possible to use some readout of the pathway activity and compare between Ax and CR or Ap and CR? 6. The authors use a pan-acetyl-K antibody but are specifically interested in acetylated histones. Would it be possible to use antibodies for acetylated histones? This would have the added benefit that one can confirm the changes are not in the levels of histones themselves. 7. I think the presentation of the results could be tightened a bit, with fewer sections and one figure per section.

      Referees cross-commenting

      Reviewer 1

      I generally agree with this reviewer but for

      "I'm convinced by the data showing that FOXO is required for TkRNAi to prevent lifespan shortening by Ap, but FOXO doesn't only respond to insulin signalling and can't be taken by itself to indicate a role for insulin signalling which the authors appear to do here."

      To the best of my knowledge, Foxo has only been shown to be required for lifespan extension/modulation by a reduction in insulin-like signalling. I.e. it does respond to other pathways but this is the only one where Foxo activity is known to modulate lifespan.

      Reviewer 3

      I agree with reviewer 1 that point raised under (1) does not appear strictly required for the conclusions of the manuscript.

      Both reviewers 1 and 3:

      I have a different take on the results of experiments where IPCs are manipulated. To me, Figure 7D and E show that ablating the IPCs removes the difference between Ax and Ap i.e. the IPCs are involved and insulin-like signalling is likely involved. The fact that RNAi against the TKR99D receptor does not have the same effect, does not matter (the sensing could happen in different neurons). Similarly, dilp expression is only a minor readout of what is happening with insulin-like signalling - dilps are controlled at the level of secretion.

      However, I would be happy for the authors to present different arguments and make a reasonable conclusion, which may differ from mine. But I think the arguments I present above should be taken into account.

      Significance

      The main contribution of this manuscript is the identification of a mechanism that links the microbiota to lifespan. This is very exciting and topical for several reasons:

      1) The microbiota is very important for overall health but it is still unclear how. Studying the interaction between microbiota and health is an emerging, growing field, and one that has attracted a lot of interest, but one that is often lacking in mechanistic insight. Identifying mechanisms provides opportunities for therapies. The main impact of this study comes from using the fruit fly to identify a mechanism.

      2) It is very interesting that the authors focus on an endocrine mechanism, especially with the clear clinical relevance of gut hormones to human health recently demonstrated with new, effective therapies (e.g. Wegovy).

      3) Tk is emerging as an important fly hormone and this study adds a new and interesting dimension by placing TK between microbiota and lifespan.

      I think the manuscript will be of great interest to researchers in ageing, human and animal physiology and in gut endocrinology and gut function.

  3. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. § 1º Os créditos presumidos de que trata o caput deste artigo: I - somente se aplicam ao contribuinte que adquire bens e serviços e suporta a cobrança do valor do serviço de transporte de carga; II - não se aplicam ao contribuinte que adquire bens e serviços e suporta a cobrança do valor do transporte como parte do valor da operação, ainda que especificado em separado nos documentos relativos à aquisição.

      pra ter crédito tem que contrata e paga o serviço de transporte de forma direta, não pode ser um total pago ao fornecedor com merc + frete.

  4. www.assemblee-nationale.fr www.assemblee-nationale.fr
    1. Document d'information : La Santé Mentale des Mineurs en France

      video Présentation du rapport à l'Assemblée nationale

      Résumé

      Ce document synthétise les conclusions du rapport d'information de l'Assemblée Nationale sur la santé mentale des mineurs.

      Le constat principal est un écart grandissant et critique entre une demande de soins en forte augmentation et une offre de soins publique saturée, sous-financée et géographiquement inégale.

      Cette crise systémique entraîne des prises en charge tardives, un recours accru aux psychotropes et une saturation des services d'urgence.

      La hausse de la demande est un phénomène multifactoriel, résultant d'une meilleure détection des troubles et d'une moindre stigmatisation, mais aussi de l'impact croissant de déterminants sociaux, environnementaux et numériques.

      Les violences intrafamiliales, la précarité, la pression scolaire (notamment via Parcoursup), l'exposition aux écrans et un contexte général anxiogène (géopolitique, environnemental) sont identifiés comme des facteurs majeurs.

      Les populations les plus vulnérables, notamment les enfants suivis par l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE) et les mineurs non accompagnés (MNA), sont particulièrement touchées et leur prise en charge est souvent défaillante.

      Face à cette situation, le rapport préconise une double stratégie ambitieuse.

      D'une part, il appelle à une consolidation de l'offre de soins existante, en réaffirmant les principes fondateurs de la psychiatrie de secteur.

      Cela implique de renforcer le maillage territorial, de rendre effective une gradation des soins (médecins généralistes, Maisons des Adolescents en première ligne ; Centres Médico-Psychologiques comme pivot ; centres de crise pour les urgences) et d'améliorer la coordination entre les secteurs sanitaire, social et éducatif.

      D'autre part, le rapport insiste sur la nécessité de déployer des politiques de prévention robustes, en agissant sur trois environnements clés :

      1. L'environnement familial : via un soutien renforcé à la parentalité, notamment durant la période périnatale (les 1000 premiers jours).

      2. L'environnement scolaire : en restaurant la capacité de détection précoce des services de santé scolaire et en apaisant un climat jugé trop compétitif et anxiogène.

      3. L'environnement numérique : par une régulation de l'usage des écrans et des campagnes de prévention sur les dangers de l'addiction.

      La mise en œuvre de ces recommandations nécessite un investissement financier pérenne, une revalorisation des professions de la pédopsychiatrie pour renforcer leur attractivité, et une meilleure formation de l'ensemble des professionnels au contact des enfants.

      Perspectives des Rapporteures

      Les deux co-rapporteures, bien que partageant de nombreuses préconisations, soulignent des priorités et des analyses distinctes dans leurs avant-propos.

      Mme Nathalie Colin-Oesterlé met l'accent sur :

      La prévention comme axe clé, en particulier durant la période de la conception aux deux ans de l'enfant.

      Le rôle décisif des parents, insistant sur les conséquences de leur absence psychique ou physique et le manque de cadre.

      Les dangers de l'addiction aux écrans, soutenant la majorité numérique et une "pause numérique" dans les établissements scolaires.

      La nécessité d'une meilleure gradation des soins et d'une coopération renforcée entre les secteurs public et privé pour désengorger les Centres Médico-Psychologiques (CMP).

      Mme Anne Stambach-Terrenoir insiste sur :

      Le manque structurel de moyens de la pédopsychiatrie publique, critiquant une "réponse néolibérale" qui privilégie la réorganisation à l'investissement.

      Les déterminants sociaux des troubles mentaux, liant la dégradation de la santé mentale à l'augmentation des inégalités sociales, à la précarité et aux évolutions du monde du travail (horaires atypiques).

      Les effets anxiogènes du système scolaire, citant Parcoursup et les réformes Blanquer comme des facteurs aggravants.

      L'urgence de redonner des moyens financiers et humains aux services publics existants (santé, Éducation nationale, ASE) plutôt que de financer des "projets innovants" non pérennes.

      I. Un Écart Croissant entre la Demande et l'Offre de Soins

      Le rapport dresse le constat d'une crise profonde, caractérisée par une demande de soins psychiques exponentielle face à une offre contrainte, fragmentée et souvent inaccessible.

      A. Un Enjeu de Santé Publique Majeur

      1. Augmentation et Nature de la Demande de Soins

      Prévalence : Selon la DGOS, 1,6 million d'enfants et d'adolescents en France souffriraient d'un trouble psychique.

      Données Épidémiologiques :

      ◦ L'enquête Enabee (2022) révèle que 13 % des enfants de 6 à 11 ans et 8,3 % des 3-6 ans présentent un trouble probable de santé mentale.   

      ◦ L'enquête Enclass (2022) sur les collégiens et lycéens montre que 14 % des collégiens et 15 % des lycéens présentent un risque important de dépression. 24 % des lycéens déclarent des pensées suicidaires au cours des 12 derniers mois.

      Différences de Genre : Les enquêtes confirment une prévalence plus forte des troubles internalisés (anxio-dépressifs) chez les filles, et des troubles externalisés (comportement, hyperactivité) chez les garçons.

      Interprétation des Données : Plusieurs experts auditionnés appellent à la prudence, soulignant que la notion de "trouble probable" ne constitue pas un diagnostic clinique et qu'il existe un risque de médicalisation excessive de phénomènes développementaux normaux ou de difficultés sociales.

      Une Parole Libérée : L'augmentation des demandes s'explique aussi par une meilleure connaissance des troubles, une déstigmatisation progressive et une plus grande capacité des jeunes et de leurs parents à exprimer une souffrance psychique.

      2. Un Phénomène Multifactoriel

      La dégradation de la santé mentale des mineurs est le produit de multiples facteurs :

      Violences : 30 % des patients en pédopsychiatrie sont victimes de maltraitance parentale. L'exposition aux violences (physiques, sexuelles, psychologiques, intrafamiliales) est un déterminant majeur.

      Déterminants Sociaux : La précarité, les conditions de logement et le niveau de revenu sont corrélés à un risque plus élevé de développer des troubles mentaux.

      Environnement Numérique : L'exposition excessive aux écrans est unanimement identifiée comme un facteur aggravant les troubles anxieux dépressifs. Elle perturbe le sommeil, isole et expose à des contenus préjudiciables (cyberharcèlement, contenus violents, pornographiques).

      Environnement Social Anxiogène :

      Milieu scolaire : Le harcèlement (5% des élèves du CE2 au CM2, 6% des collégiens), la pression liée à la performance, l'inadaptation de certains programmes et un système d'orientation jugé anxiogène (Parcoursup) contribuent au stress et au "refus scolaire anxieux".  

      Contexte global : L'éco-anxiété et les peurs liées au contexte géopolitique (guerres, attentats) participent également à l'angoisse des jeunes.

      3. Prise en Charge Défaillante des Populations les plus Vulnérables

      Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE) : Les enfants suivis par l'ASE sont surreprésentés dans les services de psychiatrie (occupant jusqu'à 40-50 % des lits d'hospitalisation à temps plein). Leurs parcours chaotiques et les carences affectives engendrent des troubles sévères, mais leur suivi médical est souvent défaillant et discontinu.

      L'hôpital se substitue parfois à un lieu d'hébergement.

      Mineurs Non Accompagnés (MNA) : Ces jeunes souffrent massivement de stress post-traumatique lié à des parcours migratoires extrêmement violents (guerres, torture, naufrages).

      Leurs conditions d'accueil et les procédures d'évaluation de leur minorité aggravent leur vulnérabilité et complexifient leur accès aux soins.

      B. Une Offre de Soins Insuffisante et Illisible

      Le système de la "sectorisation", conçu pour garantir un accès équitable aux soins, est aujourd'hui saturé.

      1. Une Offre Contrainte face à une Demande Croissante

      Moyens Inadaptés : 58 % des lits d'hospitalisation en pédopsychiatrie ont été supprimés entre 1986 et 2013. De nombreux jeunes sont hospitalisés en services pour adultes, avec les risques que cela comporte.

      Pénurie de Soignants : La situation est critique, notamment pour les pédopsychiatres, dont le nombre a diminué de 34 % entre 2010 et 2022.

      La profession est vieillissante (moyenne d'âge de 60 ans) et peu attractive pour les jeunes médecins.

      La pénurie concerne également les infirmiers, les médecins scolaires et les psychologues dans le secteur public.

      Disparités Territoriales : L'accès aux soins est très inégal. La densité de pédopsychiatres varie fortement d'une région à l'autre (ex: 9 pour 100 000 jeunes en PACA, 3 en Hauts-de-France).

      Les zones rurales et les départements d'outre-mer sont particulièrement sous-dotés.

      2. Une Multiplicité d'Acteurs Rend l'Offre Illisible

      Bien que des structures comme les Maisons des Adolescents (MDA) et les Équipes Mobiles (EMPEA) jouent un rôle crucial, la multiplication des dispositifs et des centres experts (qui posent des diagnostics sans assurer de suivi) rend le parcours de soins complexe et illisible pour les familles.

      3. Des Conséquences Déléteres

      Prise en Charge Tardive : Les délais d'attente pour un premier rendez-vous en Centre Médico-Psychologique (CMP), pivot du système, peuvent atteindre 12 à 18 mois, conduisant à une aggravation des troubles.

      Recours Accru aux Psychotropes : Face à la saturation des dispositifs de suivi thérapeutique, la prescription de psychotropes aux mineurs a augmenté de 18 % entre 2019 et 2023.

      Cette médicalisation est souvent perçue comme une solution par défaut.

      Saturation des Urgences : Faute de prise en charge en amont, les services d'urgence deviennent le lieu du premier diagnostic lors de crises aiguës, ce qui contribue à leur engorgement.

      II. Stratégies de Consolidation de l'Offre et de Prévention

      Le rapport formule 53 recommandations visant à la fois à renforcer le système de soins existant et à mettre en œuvre une politique de prévention ambitieuse.

      A. Améliorer la Prise en Charge

      1. Rendre l'Offre de Soins Graduée et Effective

      Réaffirmer le Rôle du Secteur : La priorité est de consolider le maillage existant plutôt que de créer de nouveaux dispositifs. Le CMP doit rester le pivot du parcours, avec un accueil inconditionnel.

      Mettre en Place une Gradation Claire :

      Premier niveau : Médecins généralistes, pédiatres, psychologues de ville et Maisons des Adolescents (MDA), qui doivent être adossées à des centres de soins.  

      Deuxième niveau : Les CMP, dont les moyens et le maillage doivent être renforcés (objectif : un accès en moins de 30 minutes pour chaque enfant).   

      Gestion des crises : Création de centres de crise adossés aux urgences pédiatriques pour les épisodes aigus, limitant ainsi le recours aux urgences générales.

      2. Renforcer la Formation et l'Attractivité des Professions

      Formation : Il est crucial de mieux former tous les professionnels : médecins généralistes (détection précoce), infirmiers (stage obligatoire en psychiatrie, développement de la pratique avancée), professionnels de la petite enfance (théorie de l'attachement).

      Attractivité : Pour lutter contre la pénurie, il est préconisé de revaloriser les salaires et les tarifs des consultations, d'améliorer les conditions de travail et de créer une chaire de psychiatrie de l'enfant et de l'adolescent dans chaque CHU pour revaloriser la discipline.

      3. Améliorer la Coordination et le Financement

      Coordination Intersectorielle : Une meilleure articulation est nécessaire avec l'ASE (création de structures mixtes soin-hébergement), l'Éducation nationale (redynamisation des RASED, intégration de la santé scolaire dans les projets de santé mentale) et le secteur médico-social (adossement des CMPP au secteur sanitaire).

      Financement : Le rapport appelle à pérenniser et flécher les budgets de la pédopsychiatrie, à privilégier les dotations pluriannuelles aux appels à projets, et à réformer le codage des actes pour valoriser le temps de coordination et d'échange avec les familles, qui est au cœur du soin pédopsychiatrique.

      B. Privilégier les Politiques Préventives

      1. Agir sur l'Environnement Familial

      Périnatalité et 1000 Premiers Jours : C'est une période cruciale. Il faut développer les équipes dédiées à la périnatalité dans chaque CMP, étoffer les unités d'hospitalisation conjointes parents-bébé et généraliser les "maisons des 1000 premiers jours" pour accompagner tous les parents.

      Soutien à la Parentalité : Les parents sont des acteurs essentiels de la prise en charge.

      Il faut renforcer les dispositifs qui les accompagnent et les forment, notamment via des associations et des groupes de parole.

      2. Agir sur l'Environnement Scolaire

      Renforcer la Santé Scolaire : Il est urgent d'engager un plan de recrutement massif de médecins scolaires, d'infirmiers et de psychologues de l'Éducation nationale pour atteindre des ratios acceptables.

      Rendre la Détection Précoce Effective : Les bilans de santé à 6 ans et 12 ans doivent être systématiquement réalisés et inclure un volet de dépistage des troubles de santé mentale.

      Apaiser le Climat Scolaire : L'école doit devenir un lieu moins anxiogène, en favorisant les compétences psychosociales (cours d'empathie) et en réformant un système d'orientation jugé trop précoce et compétitif.

      3. Agir sur l'Environnement Numérique

      Responsabiliser les Parents : Il est essentiel de sensibiliser les parents à leur propre usage des écrans et à l'"absence psychique" qui en découle, ainsi qu'à la nécessité de passer du temps qualitatif sans écrans avec leurs enfants.

      Déployer des Campagnes de Prévention : Des campagnes massives sur les dangers de l'addiction aux écrans sont nécessaires.

      Réguler à l'École : La "pause numérique" (interdiction des téléphones portables) doit être généralisée dans tous les établissements scolaires.

      La majorité numérique doit également être rendue effective pour protéger les plus jeunes.

    1. Note de Synthèse : Rapport sur la Santé Mentale des Mineurs

      Le rapport: https://hyp.is/go?url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.assemblee-nationale.fr%2Fdyn%2F17%2Frapports%2Fdde%2Fl17b1700_rapport-information.pdf&group=world

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse présente les conclusions et recommandations clés du rapport parlementaire sur la santé mentale des mineurs.

      Le constat principal est une dégradation alarmante de la santé psychique des enfants et adolescents en France, avec 1,6 million de mineurs souffrant d'un trouble psychique, et une augmentation particulièrement marquée de +70% chez les 10-14 ans entre 2017 et 2023.

      Le système de soins est totalement débordé, avec seulement un jeune sur deux ayant accès à un suivi et des délais d'attente atteignant 18 mois pour un premier rendez-vous en Centre Médico-Psychologique (CMP).

      Le rapport identifie deux crises interdépendantes : d'une part, une offre de soins illisible, sous-financée et en manque criant de personnel, et d'autre part, une prévention quasi inexistante, notamment dans le cadre scolaire.

      Une surreprésentation dramatique des enfants de l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE) au sein des services de pédopsychiatrie (jusqu'à 40% des lits pour 2% de la population mineure) met en lumière la faillite du suivi de ces publics particulièrement vulnérables.

      Les 54 recommandations formulées visent à une refonte structurelle du système. Les priorités incluent :

      1. La réorganisation du parcours de soins via une "gradation" claire, renforçant le premier recours (médecins généralistes, pédiatres) pour désengorger les CMP.

      2. Le renforcement des CMP comme pivots du système, avec des budgets pérennes, un maillage territorial assurant un accès en 30 minutes, et une approche pluridisciplinaire.

      3. L'investissement massif dans la prévention, de la périnatalité (unités parents-bébés) à la santé scolaire (atteindre les ratios européens de médecins et psychologues).

      4. Une meilleure prise en charge des enfants de l'ASE avec un repérage systématique, un suivi de santé effectif et la création de structures mixtes soin-hébergement.

      5. La lutte contre la pénurie de professionnels par la revalorisation des salaires, la réforme de la tarification des actes et des mesures pour améliorer l'attractivité de la pédopsychiatrie.

      Enfin, le rapport souligne l'impact majeur de facteurs environnementaux comme la pression scolaire (Parcoursup), l'addiction aux écrans et les inégalités sociales, appelant à des réponses politiques plus larges.

      1. Le Constat Alarmant d'une Crise de Santé Publique

      Le rapport parlementaire, fruit de six mois de travail incluant 37 auditions et quatre déplacements, dresse un tableau sans équivoque de la détérioration de la santé mentale des mineurs en France.

      A. Chiffres Clés de la Dégradation

      Prévalence des troubles : Selon le rapport de la Cour des comptes de 2023, 1,6 million d'enfants et d'adolescents souffrent d'un trouble psychique.

      Augmentation significative : Entre 2017 et 2023, une forte augmentation des troubles a été observée, notamment :

      +70 % chez les 10-14 ans.    ◦ +46 % chez les 15-20 ans.

      Actes auto-infligés : La DREES note une augmentation des hospitalisations pour tentatives de suicide et gestes auto-infligés chez les 10-14 ans.

      Précocité des troubles : La moitié des troubles psychiatriques se déclarent avant l'âge de 15 ans, soulignant l'urgence d'une intervention précoce.

      B. La Vulnérabilité Extrême des Enfants Protégés

      Un des constats les plus marquants du rapport est la surreprésentation des enfants relevant de l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE) dans les services de pédopsychiatrie.

      Occupation des lits : Jusqu'à 40-50 % des lits d'hospitalisation à temps plein sont occupés par des enfants placés, alors qu'ils ne représentent que 2 % des mineurs en France.

      Facteurs de risque : La maltraitance subie par ces enfants multiplie par deux les risques de suicide et par quatre les risques de psychotrauma.

      Cercle vicieux : Le suivi médical défaillant de ces mineurs entraîne une prise en charge trop tardive, souvent via une hospitalisation prolongée qui se substitue à un lieu de vie, aggravant leur état.

      En parallèle, les foyers sont démunis face à des jeunes avec des troubles lourds non pris en charge.

      2. Un Système de Soins Débordé et Illisible

      Face à la hausse de la demande, l'offre de soins est criante de manque de moyens et d'organisation, laissant de nombreuses familles sans solution.

      A. La Saturation des Structures

      Accès aux soins limité : Sur les 1,6 million de jeunes présentant des troubles, seuls 750 000 à 850 000 sont suivis, soit environ un sur deux.

      Délais d'attente insoutenables : L'attente pour un premier rendez-vous en Centre Médico-Psychologique (CMP) peut atteindre 12 à 18 mois, parfois plus.

      Cette attente laisse le temps à la situation de s'aggraver, conduisant à une prise en charge aux urgences, elles-mêmes engorgées.

      B. Recommandation : Instaurer une Gradation des Soins

      Pour rendre l'offre plus lisible et efficiente, le rapport préconise une meilleure organisation du parcours de soins.

      Premier niveau : Les médecins généralistes et pédiatres devraient assurer la première consultation, la détection et l'orientation.

      Cela nécessite un renforcement de leur formation en psychiatrie infanto-juvénile.

      Ce niveau pourrait aussi inclure des psychologues et les Maisons des Adolescents.

      Deuxième niveau (pivot) : Les Centres Médico-Psychologiques (CMP) se concentreraient sur les cas nécessitant une expertise pluridisciplinaire, tout en conservant un accueil inconditionnel sans adressage obligatoire pour ne pas éloigner les plus fragiles.

      Troisième niveau : Des centres de gestion de crise de courte durée, adossés aux urgences pédiatriques ou hôpitaux psychiatriques, pour les situations les plus aiguës.

      C. Recommandation : Renforcer le Secteur de la Pédopsychiatrie

      Le rapport insiste sur la nécessité de renforcer l'existant plutôt que de disperser les moyens dans des dispositifs innovants non pérennes.

      Stabilité financière : Pérenniser et flécher les budgets de la pédopsychiatrie au sein des hôpitaux et privilégier les dotations pluriannuelles aux appels à projets.

      Priorité au soin : Réorienter les moyens financiers et humains vers le soin direct plutôt que vers des plateformes de diagnostic qui, malgré leurs avancées, peuvent favoriser une approche médicamenteuse au détriment de la relation thérapeutique.

      Maillage territorial : Revoir le maillage des CMP pour que chaque enfant puisse y accéder en moins de 30 minutes de son domicile, en adaptant le découpage des secteurs aux évolutions démographiques (un secteur couvre aujourd'hui jusqu'à 500 000 habitants contre 200 000 prévus initialement).

      3. L'Urgence d'une Prévention Efficace

      Le rapport souligne que la prévention est le parent pauvre de la politique de santé mentale, alors qu'elle est déterminante.

      A. La Période des 1000 Premiers Jours

      La période allant de la conception aux deux ans de l'enfant est fondamentale.

      Soutien à la parentalité : Les "Maisons des bébés" sont des dispositifs essentiels pour prévenir les troubles précoces du lien parent-enfant.

      Psychiatrie périnatale : Les unités d'hospitalisation conjointe mère-bébé, comme celle de Toulouse, permettent de détecter les signes de souffrance dès les premiers jours et de réparer le lien d'attachement. Il est recommandé de développer ces unités et de former les professionnels à la théorie de l'attachement.

      B. Le Rôle Fondamental de la Santé Scolaire

      L'Éducation Nationale est un lieu stratégique pour la détection précoce, mais ses moyens sont gravement fragilisés.

      Professionnel

      Ratio Actuel

      Ratio Recommandé (UE)

      Recommandation du Rapport

      Psychologue scolaire

      1 pour 1 600 élèves

      1 pour 800 élèves

      1 pour 800 élèves

      Médecin scolaire

      1 pour 13 000 élèves

      -

      1 pour 5 000 élèves

      Infirmier scolaire

      1 pour 9 établissements

      -

      1 par établissement

      Conséquence directe : Le bilan de santé obligatoire à 6 ans est réalisé à 12 ans dans 80 % des cas, entraînant une accumulation de difficultés non détectées à l'entrée au collège.

      Le rapport préconise une trajectoire de recrutement ambitieuse pour atteindre les ratios cibles.

      4. La Crise des Ressources Humaines et la Question de l'Attractivité

      La pénurie de professionnels qualifiés est au cœur de la crise du système.

      Pénurie de pédopsychiatres : La densité nationale est de 6,7 pédopsychiatres pour 100 000 jeunes, et la profession est vieillissante (moyenne d'âge de 60 ans).

      La discipline est peu attractive pour les internes (127 inscrits pour 157 postes ouverts en 2023) car jugée trop proche des sciences humaines et aux conditions de travail difficiles.

      Manque de valorisation : Les professions (psychologues, paramédicaux) sont peu valorisées et faiblement rémunérées.

      Une consultation en pédopsychiatrie est un acte long et complexe (minimum 1h) mais rémunéré seulement 67 € en moyenne, poussant les professionnels vers le secteur non conventionné ou la patientèle adulte.

      Recommandations :

      • Revaloriser la rémunération des psychologues et personnels paramédicaux en CMP.  

      • Augmenter significativement le tarif des consultations en pédopsychiatrie.  

      • Réformer le codage des actes pour valoriser le temps de concertation avec les familles et partenaires. 

      • Instaurer un quotient départemental pour les stages en internat afin de mieux répartir les futurs médecins sur le territoire.

      5. Facteurs Environnementaux et Sociétaux Aggravants

      Le rapport identifie plusieurs facteurs externes qui pèsent lourdement sur la santé mentale des jeunes.

      Médicalisation excessive : La consommation de psychotropes (type Ritaline) est en forte augmentation (490 000 enfants de 3 à 17 ans concernés).

      Ces médicaments sont souvent prescrits par des médecins généralistes peu formés, posant la question du bon usage.

      Le rapport recommande de privilégier les soins thérapeutiques à la prescription.

      Impact des écrans : L'addiction aux écrans et l'exposition à des contenus violents, pornographiques ou au cyberharcèlement sont unanimement citées comme aggravant les troubles anxio-dépressifs.

      Le rapport soutient la majorité numérique, la mise en place de "pauses numériques" dans les établissements scolaires et appelle à des campagnes de prévention massives.

      Pression scolaire : Le système d'orientation, et notamment Parcoursup, est décrit comme créant un "climat extrêmement anxiogène".

      Les rapporteurs proposent, avec des nuances, de réformer en profondeur (Nathalie Colin-Osterlé) ou de supprimer (autre rapporteure) ce dispositif et toute forme de sélection à l'université.

      Déterminants sociaux : Les enfants de familles défavorisées ont un risque trois fois plus important de développer un trouble mental et ont plus de difficultés d'accès aux soins.

      Le rapport appelle à investir dans les services publics et les politiques de lutte contre les inégalités sociales pour agir sur les causes profondes.

  5. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. após o trânsito em julgado

      A execução provisória de astreintes é possível. No entanto, o levantamento do valor está condicionado ao trânsito em julgado da sentença favorável ao exequente.

    2. Art. 17
      • Informativo nº 844
      • 25 de março de 2025.
      • RECURSOS REPETITIVOS
      • Processo: REsp 2.021.665-MS, Rel. Ministro Moura Ribeiro, Corte Especial, por maioria, julgado em 13/3/2025. (Tema 1198).

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO CIVIL, DIREITO PROCESSUAL CIVIL

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Demandas abusivas. Documentos capazes de comprovar a seriedade da demanda. Exigência. Finalidade. Coibição de fraude processual. Tema 1198.

      Destaque - Constatados indícios de litigância abusiva, o juiz pode exigir, de modo fundamentado e com observância à razoabilidade do caso concreto, a emenda da petição inicial a fim de demonstrar o interesse de agir e a autenticidade da postulação, respeitadas as regras de distribuição do ônus da prova.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - Cinge-se a controvérsia em verificar a possibilidade de o juiz, em um estágio inicial do processo, exigir que a parte apresente documentos capazes de evidenciar a verossimilhança do direito alegado, pavimentando, dessa forma, o caminho para a entrega de uma tutela jurisdicional efetiva e coibindo, a um só tempo, a prática de fraudes processuais. Ou seja, saber até que ponto ou em qual medida o juiz, antevendo a natureza temerária da lide, pode exigir da parte autora que apresente documentos capazes de confirmar a seriedade da pretensão deduzida em juízo.

      • Nas sociedades de massa, em que a grande maioria da população integra processos de produção, distribuição e consumo de larga escala, é esperado o surgimento de demandas e lides também massificadas. Essa litigância de massa, conquanto apresente novos desafios ao Poder Judiciário, constitui manifestação legítima do direito de ação.

      • Observa-se, no entanto, em várias regiões do país, verdadeira avalanche de processos infundados, marcados pelo exercício de advocacia abusiva, predatória, que não encontra respaldo no legítimo direito de ação. Tais feitos não apenas embaraçam o exercício de uma jurisdição efetiva, mas verdadeiramente criam sérios problemas de política pública, conforme identificado por órgãos de inteligência de vários tribunais do país.

      • A possibilidade de o juiz exigir a apresentação de documentos para comprovar o interesse de agir ou a verossimilhança do direito alegado tem sido admitida por esta Corte e também pelo Supremo Tribunal Federal (STF) em diversas situações.

      • Por isso, poderá o juiz, a fim de coibir o uso fraudulento do processo, exigir que o autor apresente extratos bancários, cópias de contratos, comprovante de residência, procuração atualizada e com poderes específicos, dentre outros documentos, a depender de cada caso concreto.

      • A procuração outorgada para determinada causa em regra não subsiste para outras ações distintas e desvinculadas, porque uma vez executado o negócio cessa o mandato para o qual outorgado (art. 682, IV, do Código Civil - CC). Assim, caso o advogado apresente instrumento muito antigo, dando margem a descrença de que não existe mais relação atual com o cliente, é lícito ao juiz determinar que a situação seja esclarecida, com juntada de um eventual novo instrumento.

      • A cautela indicada tem respaldo em princípios constitucionais de acesso à justiça, de proteção ao consumidor e de duração razoável do processo, harmonizando-se, ainda, com os postulados legais que privilegiam o julgamento de mérito e impõem o dever de cooperação entre os sujeitos do processo que, afinal, precisa ter desenvolvimento válido e regular.

      • O risco de exigências judiciais excessivas, como de resto o de qualquer decisão judicial equivocada, constitui realidade inexpugnável, ínsita ao sistema de Justiça, mas que deve ser controlado pontualmente em cada processo, não podendo ser invocado como obstáculo à adoção de boas práticas na condução judicial do feito.


      1. Nos termos do entendimento do Superior Tribunal de Justiça, a "ausência de legitimidade ativa, por se tratar de uma das condições da ação, é matéria de ordem pública cognoscível a qualquer tempo e grau, sendo insuscetível de preclusão nas instâncias ordinárias" (REsp 1.731.214/AL, relator Ministro Herman Benjamin, Segunda Turma, julgado em 8/5/2018, DJe de 19/11/2018). (AgInt no AgInt no AREsp n. 2.399.315/MA, relator Ministro Paulo Sérgio Domingues, Primeira Turma, julgado em 30/9/2024, DJe de 7/10/2024.)

      2. VI. Na forma da jurisprudência dominante desta Corte, as questões de ordem pública, apreciáveis, de ofício, em qualquer tempo e grau de jurisdição, nas instâncias ordinárias (e.g., pressupostos processuais, condições da ação, decadência, prescrição, etc.), não se sujeitam à preclusão, podendo ser suscitadas, ainda que em sede de Embargos de Declaração. Precedentes [...] (EAREsp n. 146.473/ES, relatora Ministra Assusete Magalhães, Primeira Seção, julgado em 11/10/2023, DJe de 19/10/2023.)


      Lei 9.507/97 (Lei do Habeas-data)

      • Art. 8° A petição inicial, que deverá preencher os requisitos dos arts. 282 a 285 do Código de Processo Civil, será apresentada em duas vias, e os documentos que instruírem a primeira serão reproduzidos por cópia na segunda.

      Parágrafo único. A petição inicial deverá ser instruída com prova:

      I - da recusa ao acesso às informações ou do decurso de mais de dez dias sem decisão; (Recusa administrativa)

      II - da recusa em fazer-se a retificação ou do decurso de mais de quinze dias, sem decisão; ou

      III - da recusa em fazer-se a anotação a que se refere o § 2° do art. 4° ou do decurso de mais de quinze dias sem decisão.


      • RE 631240 (Repercussão Geral - Tema 350)
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. ROBERTO BARROSO
      • Julgamento: 03/09/2014
      • Publicação: 10/11/2014

      Ementa Ementa: RECURSO EXTRAORDINÁRIO. REPERCUSSÃO GERAL. PRÉVIO REQUERIMENTO ADMINISTRATIVO E INTERESSE EM AGIR. 1. A instituição de condições para o regular exercício do direito de ação é compatível com o art. 5º, XXXV, da Constituição. Para se caracterizar a presença de interesse em agir, é preciso haver necessidade de ir a juízo. 2. A concessão de benefícios previdenciários depende de requerimento do interessado, não se caracterizando ameaça ou lesão a direito antes de sua apreciação e indeferimento pelo INSS, ou se excedido o prazo legal para sua análise. É bem de ver, no entanto, que a exigência de prévio requerimento não se confunde com o exaurimento das vias administrativas. 3. A exigência de prévio requerimento administrativo não deve prevalecer quando o entendimento da Administração for notória e reiteradamente contrário à postulação do segurado. 4. Na hipótese de pretensão de revisão, restabelecimento ou manutenção de benefício anteriormente concedido, considerando que o INSS tem o dever legal de conceder a prestação mais vantajosa possível, o pedido poderá ser formulado diretamente em juízo – salvo se depender da análise de matéria de fato ainda não levada ao conhecimento da Administração –, uma vez que, nesses casos, a conduta do INSS já configura o não acolhimento ao menos tácito da pretensão. 5. Tendo em vista a prolongada oscilação jurisprudencial na matéria, inclusive no Supremo Tribunal Federal, deve-se estabelecer uma fórmula de transição para lidar com as ações em curso, nos termos a seguir expostos. 6. Quanto às ações ajuizadas até a conclusão do presente julgamento (03.09.2014), sem que tenha havido prévio requerimento administrativo nas hipóteses em que exigível, será observado o seguinte: (i) caso a ação tenha sido ajuizada no âmbito de Juizado Itinerante, a ausência de anterior pedido administrativo não deverá implicar a extinção do feito; (ii) caso o INSS já tenha apresentado contestação de mérito, está caracterizado o interesse em agir pela resistência à pretensão; (iii) as demais ações que não se enquadrem nos itens (i) e (ii) ficarão sobrestadas, observando-se a sistemática a seguir. 7. Nas ações sobrestadas, o autor será intimado a dar entrada no pedido administrativo em 30 dias, sob pena de extinção do processo. Comprovada a postulação administrativa, o INSS será intimado a se manifestar acerca do pedido em até 90 dias, prazo dentro do qual a Autarquia deverá colher todas as provas eventualmente necessárias e proferir decisão. Se o pedido for acolhido administrativamente ou não puder ter o seu mérito analisado devido a razões imputáveis ao próprio requerente, extingue-se a ação. Do contrário, estará caracterizado o interesse em agir e o feito deverá prosseguir. 8. Em todos os casos acima – itens (i), (ii) e (iii) –, tanto a análise administrativa quanto a judicial deverão levar em conta a data do início da ação como data de entrada do requerimento, para todos os efeitos legais. 9. Recurso extraordinário a que se dá parcial provimento, reformando-se o acórdão recorrido para determinar a baixa dos autos ao juiz de primeiro grau, o qual deverá intimar a autora – que alega ser trabalhadora rural informal – a dar entrada no pedido administrativo em 30 dias, sob pena de extinção. Comprovada a postulação administrativa, o INSS será intimado para que, em 90 dias, colha as provas necessárias e profira decisão administrativa, considerando como data de entrada do requerimento a data do início da ação, para todos os efeitos legais. O resultado será comunicado ao juiz, que apreciará a subsistência ou não do interesse em agir.


      Art. 217, Constituição Federal:

      § 1º O Poder Judiciário só admitirá ações relativas à disciplina e às competições desportivas após esgotarem-se as instâncias da justiça desportiva, regulada em lei.

    3. coercitivas
      • Informativo nº 749
      • 19 de setembro de 2022.
      • TERCEIRA TURMA
      • Processo: HC 711.194-SP, Rel. Min. Marco Aurélio Bellizze, Rel. Acd. Min. Nancy Andrighi, Terceira Turma, por maioria, julgado em 21/06/2022, DJe 27/06/2022.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO PROCESSUAL CIVIL

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Medidas executivas atípicas. Medidas coercitivas. Apreensão de passaporte. Limitação temporal. Inexistência de duração pré-estabelecida. Verificação caso a caso.

      Destaque - Não há um <u>tempo pré-estabelecido</u> fixamente para a duração da medida coercitiva atípica, que deve perdurar por tempo suficiente para dobrar a renitência do devedor.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - As medidas executivas atípicas, sobretudo as coercitivas, não são penalidades judiciais impostas ao devedor, pois, se assim fossem, implicariam obrigatoriamente em quitação da dívida após o cumprimento da referida pena, o que não ocorre.

      • Por esse motivo, é correto dizer que essas medidas também não representam uma superação do dogma da patrimonialidade da execução, uma vez que são os bens - e apenas os bens - do devedor que respondem pelas suas dívidas. Não se deve confundir, todavia, patrimonialidade da execução com a possibilidade de imposição de restrições pessoais como método para dobrar a recalcitrância do devedor.

      • De fato, essas medidas devem ser deferidas e mantidas enquanto conseguirem operar, sobre o devedor, restrições pessoais capazes de incomodar e suficientes para tirá-lo da zona de conforto, especialmente no que se refere aos seus deleites, aos seus banquetes, aos seus prazeres e aos seus luxos, todos bancados pelos credores.

      • A limitação temporal das medidas coercitivas atípicas, a propósito, é questão inédita nesta Corte, pois os precedentes até aqui examinados se circunscreveram aos pressupostos para deferimento de medidas dessa natureza, mas não às hipóteses de manutenção e de verificação de efetividade após o transcurso de determinado período.

      • Feitas estas considerações. é correto afirmar que não há uma formula mágica e nem deve haver um tempo pré-estabelecido fixamente para a duração de uma medida coercitiva, que deve perdurar, pois, pelo tempo suficiente para dobrar a renitência do devedor, de modo a efetivamente convencê-lo de que é mais vantajoso adimplir a obrigação do que, por exemplo, não poder realizar viagens internacionais.

      • No que tange ao bloqueio de passaporte, observa-se o peculiar e injustificado interesse que os devedores que afirmam estar em situação de miserabilidade, de insolvência ou de qualquer modo impossibilitados de adimplir as suas dívidas, possuem especificamente na posse desse documento.

      • Isso porque ou bem o devedor realmente se encontra em situação de penúria financeira e não reúne condições de satisfazer a dívida (e, nessa hipótese, a suspensão do passaporte será duplamente inócua, como técnica coercitiva e porque o documento apenas ficará sob a posse do devedor no Brasil, diante da impossibilidade de custear viagens internacionais) ou o devedor está realmente ocultando patrimônio e terá revogada a suspensão tão logo quite as suas dívidas.

    4. I
      • A primeira matéria dedutível em impugnação ao cumprimento de sentença é a “falta ou nulidade da citação se, na fase de conhecimento, o processo correu à revelia” (art. 525, § 1º; art. 535, I).
      • Como já visto, essa é a única matéria prévia à formação do título executivo que pode ser alegada em sede de impugnação ao cumprimento de sentença. É que, não tendo sido regularmente citado o demandado no processo de conhecimento (ou, como diz o texto legal, na fase de conhecimento do processo, o que nem sempre será correto, pois em alguns casos – como no da execução fundada em decisão estrangeira homologada pelo STJ – haverá mesmo dois processos, um de conhecimento, e outro, autônomo, de execução), e tendo corrido o processo à sua revelia, o vício não terá sido sanado.

      • E esse vício é, como se disse anteriormente, o mais grave dentre todos os resultantes da violação do contraditório, já que terá havido uma absoluta privação do direito do demandado de participar do processo e influir na formação do resultado que lhe é desfavorável.

      • Trata-se, pois, de vício absolutamente insanável pelo trânsito em julgado da sentença que tenha sido proferida nesse processo defeituoso, e que pode ser alegado a qualquer tempo, mesmo depois do decurso do prazo para ajuizamento de ação rescisória. É esse, possivelmente, o único vício capaz de sobreviver a tudo isso, motivo pelo qual é possível chamá-lo de <u>vício transrescisório</u>.

      • Dito de outro modo, a falta ou nulidade de citação, num processo em que o demandado não tenha integrado efetivamente o contraditório, pode ser arguida <u>mesmo depois</u> do prazo decadencial do direito à rescisão da decisão transitada em julgado (ou seja, mesmo após o decurso do prazo do art. 975 do CPC).

      • Essa alegação poderá ser feita em demanda autônoma (tradicionalmente chamada querella nullitatis), desvinculada inteiramente de qualquer procedimento executivo, ou através de impugnação ao cumprimento de sentença.

      CÂMARA, Alexandre F. Manual de Direito Processual Civil - 4ª Edição 2025. 4. ed. Rio de Janeiro: Atlas, 2025. Acesso em: 08 out. 2025.

    5. juízo federal

      CONFLITO NEGATIVO DE COMPETÊNCIA. JUSTIÇA COMUM ESTADUAL E JUSTIÇA FEDERAL. ADOÇÃO. CRIANÇA INDÍGENA. ART. 28, §6º, III, DO ECA. ART. 109, I E XI DA CF. OBRIGATORIEDADE DE INTERVENÇÃO DA FUNAI COMO ENTIDADE CONSULTIVA. DIREITO PARTICULAR DA CRIANÇA INDÍGENA QUE NÃO SE CONFUNDE COM DIREITOS INDÍGENAS PREVISTOS NO ART. 231 DA CF. COMPETÊNCIA DA JUSTIÇA ESTADUAL QUE POSSUI MELHOR ESTRUTURA E EQUIPE ESPECIALIZADA. MELHOR INTERESSE DA CRIANÇA E DO ADOLESCENTE. - 1. Conflito negativo de competência suscitado em 22/10/2024 e concluso ao gabinete em 19/12/2024. - 2. O propósito do conflito de competência consiste em decidir se: (I) é obrigatória a intervenção da Fundação Nacional dos Povos Indígenas (FUNAI) em ação de adoção de criança indígena; e (II) se sim, qual o Juízo competente para o processamento de ação de adoção de criança indígena. - 3. A intervenção da Fundação Nacional dos Povos Indígenas (FUNAI) em ações de adoção de crianças e adolescentes de origem indígena possibilita melhor verificação das condições e particularidades da família biológica, a fim de propiciar o seu adequado acolhimento na família substituta. - 4. Nos termos do art. 28, § 6º, III, do ECA, a participação da FUNAI é obrigatória perante a equipe multiprofissional ou interdisciplinar que irá acompanhar a demanda, a fim de que possa verificar o adequado acolhimento da criança adotanda e, consequentemente, a proteção de seus melhores interesses. Precedentes. - 5. O fato de a criança ou do adolescente adotandos pertencerem à etnia indígena não atrai, por si só, a competência da Justiça Federal para o processamento da ação de adoção, pois o procedimento de adoção diz respeito a direito privado, uma vez tratar-se de interesse particular de criança ou adolescente, ainda que de origem indígena, não sendo devida a aplicação da competência prevista no art. 109, I e XI, da CF. - 6. É do melhor interesse de crianças e adolescentes indígenas a competência da Justiça Estadual para processar e julgar ações de adoção, uma vez que a Vara da Infância e Juventude <u>terá maiores e melhores condições</u> de acompanhar o procedimento, contando com equipe técnica qualificada e especializada. - 7. No conflito de competência sob julgamento, a ação de adoção na origem não envolve direitos indígenas previstos no art. 231 da CF, mas diz respeito a adoção intuitu personae de criança indígena de etnia Kayapó, promovida por pessoa também indígena, que cuida da criança desde o seu nascimento. - 8. O Juízo Federal suscitante expressamente reconhece a inexistência de interesse jurídico da FUNAI na lide, sobretudo porque não envolveria direitos indígenas coletivamente considerados, nos termos da Súmula 150/STJ. - 9. Portanto, a presença <u>obrigatória</u> da FUNAI não atrai a competência automática da Justiça Federal, devendo a demanda ser processada e acompanhada pela Justiça Estadual, uma vez que a Vara da Infância e Juventude apresenta instrumentos e equipe especializada para assegurar o atendimento ao melhor interesse da criança adotanda. - 10. Conflito de competência conhecido para declarar competente o Juízo de Direito da Vara Cível da Comarca de São Félix do Xingu - PA, ora suscitado.

      (CC n. 209.192/PA, relatora Ministra Nancy Andrighi, Segunda Seção, julgado em 3/4/2025, DJEN de 9/4/2025.)

    6. prazo
      • Edição Extraordinária nº 8
      • Direito Público
      • 17 de janeiro de 2023
      • Processo: AgInt no AREsp 2.118.653-SP, Rel. Ministro Humberto Martins, Segunda Turma, por unanimidade, julgado em 28/11/2022, DJe 30/11/2022.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO PROCESSUAL CIVIL

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Recurso especial e agravo em recurso especial. Tempestividade recursal. Aferição. Prazos em curso no Tribunal de origem.

      Destaque - A tempestividade do recurso especial e do respectivo agravo em recurso especial deve ser aferida de acordo com os prazos em curso na Corte de <u>origem</u>.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - A tempestividade do recurso especial e do agravo respectivo deve ser aferida de acordo com os prazos em curso na Corte de origem, e não no STJ.

      • Esta é a jurisprudência do Superior Tribunal de Justiça, no sentido de que "O prazo dos recursos interpostos perante a Corte de origem ainda que estejam endereçados a este Tribunal - obedece ao calendário de funcionamento do Tribunal de origem, sendo irrelevante, para a verificação da tempestividade do recurso, a existência de recesso forense, no STJ" (AgInt no AREsp 1.149.576/SP, rel. Ministra Assusete Magalhães, Segunda Turma, julgado em 3/4/2018, DJe 10/4/2018).
    7. § 4º
      • Edição Extraordinária nº 8
      • Direito Público
      • 17 de janeiro de 2023
      • Processo: REsp 1.934.881-SP, Rel. Ministra Assusete Magalhães, Segunda Turma, por unanimidade, julgado em 27/9/2022, DJe 30/9/2022.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO PROCESSUAL CIVIL

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Cumprimento de sentença. Apresentação de memória do cálculo. Impugnação. Contador judicial. Homologação de cálculo em valor superior ao postulado pelo exequente. Decisão ultra petita. Não configuração.

      Destaque - Não configura julgamento ultra petita o acolhimento dos cálculos elaborados por contador Judicial em valor superior ao apresentado pelo exequente.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - Cinge-se a controvérsia a determinar se extrapola os limites do pedido decisão que homologa os cálculos apresentados pela contadoria judicial em valor superior àquele apresentado pela parte exequente em sua memória de cálculo.

      • Conforme a jurisprudência consolidada no Superior Tribunal de Justiça, "o acolhimento dos cálculos elaborados por Contador Judicial em valor superior ao apresentado pelo exequente não configura julgamento ultra petita, uma vez que, ao adequar os cálculos aos parâmetros da sentença exequenda, garante a perfeita execução do julgado" (STJ, AgRg no Ag 1.088.328/SP, Rel. Ministro Napoleão Nunes Maia Filho, Quinta Turma, DJe de 16/8/2010).

      • Como apontado, "os cálculos da liquidação devem ser fiéis ao título exequendo, sem que isso configure decisão ultra ou extra petita, <u>caso se homologue valor maior que o apresentado pelas partes</u>. Dessa forma, considerando as explanações lançadas pela Perícia Contábil, deve-se observar a regra da fidelidade ao título executivo em sede de cumprimento e liquidação de sentença, conforme disposto no art. 509, § 4º, do CPC/2015".

    1. Analyse du projet académique ac Versailles 2025-2029

      source https://www.ac-versailles.fr/projet-academique-2025-2029-129400

      Comme les fois précédentes l'académie a produit un projet académique sans consultation spécifique de la FCPE.

      Ce document a pour but d'analyser les manques d'ambition pour leur engagement parental Mindmaps

      Project académique 2025-2029 Mind Map (6).png

      coéducation et parentalité Mind Map (6).png

      Le Projet Académique 2025-2029 de l'Académie de Versailles, tel qu'articulé autour de ses quatre axes principaux, mentionne l'ambition d'une réussite de tous les élèves grâce à la mobilisation de la communauté éducative et des partenaires.

      Cependant, en se basant sur le contenu fourni, plusieurs éléments cruciaux et concrets relatifs au rôle des parents, à la parentalité et à la coéducation semblent manquer ou ne sont pas suffisamment explicités pour constituer un volet fort et structurant de l'action académique.

      Voici ce qui paraît absent ou insuffisamment développé dans le projet, compte tenu des enjeux soulevés par l'ensemble des sources :

      I. Manque de reconnaissance explicite et de pilotage stratégique

      1. Absence des termes "Coéducation" et "Parentalité" dans les axes stratégiques :

      Bien que le projet réaffirme l'importance de renforcer les liens entre la communauté éducative et la société, les termes fondamentaux de « coéducation » et de « parentalité » n'apparaissent pas dans les titres ou les objectifs précis des quatre axes du projet 2025-2029.

      Cette absence est d'autant plus notable que le précédent projet académique (2021-2024) mentionnait pourtant déjà le « renforcement de la coéducation et du rôle des parents dans l’apprentissage des élèves ».

      2. Absence de mention spécifique des Représentants de Parents d'Élèves (RPE) :

      Le projet insiste sur la mobilisation des "partenaires" et des "associations", mais ne mentionne pas explicitement les associations et les RPE (comme la FCPE) comme des acteurs privilégiés ou siégeant aux instances de gouvernance et de pilotage stratégique.

      Les documents antérieurs critiquent déjà le manque d'audition des représentants des parents d'élèves pour l'élaboration du projet académique.

      3. Manque de rejet du « glissement sémantique » :

      Le projet utilise le terme générique de "partenaires". Ce vocabulaire est critiqué par les associations de parents, qui rappellent que les parents sont des co-éducateurs qui ne se choisissent pas et sont constitutifs de l'enfant, contrairement à un partenaire qui peut être choisi ou dont on peut se séparer.

      L'absence d'une clarification institutionnelle risque de perpétuer l'idée de parents « consommateurs » ou « partenaires » plutôt que de les reconnaître comme membres légitimes et incontournables de la communauté éducative.

      II. Manque de leviers concrets pour l'implication et l'accompagnement

      1. Non-prise en compte de l'épuisement parental et de la santé mentale des parents :

      L'Axe 1 vise à soutenir le bien-être et la santé mentale des élèves.

      Or, les sources soulignent que la capacité d'un enfant à apprendre sereinement est directement liée à la qualité de la relation parents-école et au bien-être des parents.

      Le projet n'aborde pas la question du burn-out parental ou du soutien à la santé mentale des parents, malgré l'importance de ce facteur sur l'environnement éducatif et la nécessité de ne pas les sur-responsabiliser.

      2. Absence de dispositifs spécifiques pour l'accueil des familles éloignées :

      Bien que l'Académie reconnaisse l'hétérogénéité territoriale (QPV, zones rurales, centres-villes privilégiés), le projet n'évoque pas le déploiement ou le renforcement des dispositifs d'accueil visant à combler le fossé avec les familles les moins familières des codes scolaires (les « parents invisibles »).

      Des outils tels que les « Espaces Parents » ou le dispositif OEPRE (Ouvrir l'École aux Parents pour la Réussite des Enfants) ne sont pas mentionnés dans les objectifs concrets.

      3. Absence de stratégie face à la fracture numérique et au droit à la déconnexion :

      Le projet mentionne la promotion d'un usage raisonné du numérique par les élèves et l'utilisation des outils numériques pour personnaliser les enseignements.

      Cependant, il n'aborde pas la nécessité de former ou d'accompagner les parents aux outils numériques de l'école (ENT/Pronote), qui, s'ils sont mal maîtrisés, peuvent devenir des facteurs d'exclusion.

      De plus, la question du « droit à la déconnexion » pour les enseignants et les familles, face aux notifications en soirée ou le week-end, n'est pas formalisée dans les axes.

      4. Manque d'articulation entre l'école et le soutien à la parentalité (REAAP/CAF) :

      Le projet vise à consolider les dynamiques des Cités éducatives et des Territoires Éducatifs Ruraux, mais omet de détailler explicitement comment il prévoit de coordonner l'action éducative avec les structures de soutien à la parentalité comme le REAAP (Réseaux d'Écoute, d'Appui et d'Accompagnement des Parents) ou la CAF, qui sont des partenaires essentiels pour la prévention et l'accompagnement des familles vulnérables.

      III. Manque de clarification sur les rôles et les enjeux spécifiques

      1. Formation initiale et continue des personnels :

      L'Axe 3 se concentre sur l'attractivité, la fidélisation et la formation des personnels.

      Or, un manque majeur identifié par les sources est l'absence de formation obligatoire et structurée des enseignants sur la gestion de la relation avec les familles, la communication, et la médiation des conflits.

      Le projet ne mentionne pas l'intégration de la « relation parents-enseignants » comme axe obligatoire de la formation.

      2. Implication des familles dans l'Orientation et la Gouvernance :

      L'Axe 4 mentionne l'enrichissement du Parcours Avenir. Cependant, les concertations nationales déplorent que les parents restent peu associés à la gouvernance et aux réflexions stratégiques de l'orientation.

      Le projet n'annonce aucune mesure spécifique pour renforcer l'implication des familles dans les instances décisionnelles d'orientation ou pour aider les familles à faire face aux enjeux de Parcoursup.

      3. Gestion des conflits et de la séparation :

      Les relations école-parents sont souvent tendues et asymétriques. Le projet ne propose pas de cadres ou d'outils pour aider les personnels à gérer les conflits avec les familles, en particulier les cas complexes de séparation parentale ou de coparentalité difficile, qui se répercutent directement sur le bien-être de l'élève.

      En conclusion,

      si le Projet Académique 2025-2029 pose les bases d'une ambition de réussite pour tous en mobilisant le collectif, il lui manque une traduction concrète et détaillée des mécanismes de la coéducation et du soutien à la parentalité qui permettraient de transformer l'intention en actions mesurables, en particulier pour les familles qui en ont le plus besoin.

    1. caducará
      • Informativo nº 837
      • 17 de dezembro de 2024.
      • PRIMEIRA TURMA
      • Processo: REsp 2.000.449-MT, Rel. Ministro Paulo Sérgio Domingues, Primeira Turma, por unanimidade, julgado em 26/11/2024, DJe 9/12/2024.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO ADMINISTRATIVO, DIREITOS HUMANOS

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Desapropriação. Comunidade quilombola. Decreto expropriatório. Prazo de caducidade. Não aplicação.

      Destaque - A desapropriação para comunidades quilombolas possui caráter reparatório e de promoção de direitos fundamentais, não se aplicando a esse procedimento os prazos de caducidade das desapropriações comuns.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - Cinge-se a controvérsia em determinar se o prazo de caducidade - especificamente, o prazo de 2 anos estabelecido no art. 3º da Lei n. 4.132/1962 - aplica-se ao decreto expropriatório para fins de desapropriação voltada para titulação de terras às comunidades remanescentes de quilombos.

      • Nesse sentido, a análise sobre a aplicabilidade ou não de prazo de caducidade às desapropriações em benefício das comunidades quilombolas deve levar em consideração o tratamento constitucional diferenciado conferido ao processo de titulação de terras de ocupação tradicional e às especificidades desse tipo de desapropriação.

      • Com efeito, a Constituição Federal, no art. 68 do ADCT, <u>assegura</u> o direito das comunidades quilombolas à posse e à propriedade das terras que tradicionalmente ocupam, em razão de seus laços históricos e culturais com o território, de modo que o fundamento constitucional das desapropriações quilombolas difere-se do das desapropriações comuns reguladas no Brasil, seja pelo Decreto-Lei n. 3.365/1941, que trata das desapropriações por utilidade pública, seja pela Lei n. 4.132/1962, que se aplica a situações de interesse social para fins gerais.

      • Outra particularidade das desapropriações voltadas à titulação de terras para as comunidades quilombolas é o reforço do art. 216, § 1º, da Constituição Federal, que confere proteção ao patrimônio cultural brasileiro e reconhece o direito à propriedade como essencial para a preservação da identidade cultural quilombola.

      • Por sua vez, o entendimento do Supremo Tribunal Federal, extraído do julgamento da ADI 3.239, é o de que o processo de desapropriação para titulação de terras às comunidades quilombolas possui um caráter reparatório e de promoção de direitos fundamentais, transcendente aos interesses puramente econômicos ou de desenvolvimento, uma vez que envolve territórios utilizados para garantir a sobrevivência e a cultura de um modo de vida específico das comunidades.

      • Cabe destacar que os prazos de caducidade previstos para as desapropriações comuns visam evitar a indefinição jurídica e a sujeição da propriedade tipicamente privada ao poder de império do Estado por tempo indeterminado. Em outras palavras, a caducidade do decreto impede que o poder expropriatório fique indefinidamente pendente, em respeito aos direitos do proprietário e à estabilidade das relações jurídicas eminentemente patrimoniais.

      • <u>Contudo</u>, no contexto das comunidades quilombolas, <u>o principal objetivo é a preservação do direito fundamental à identidade cultural e territorial</u>, de forma que a aplicação de prazos que comprometam a eficácia desse direito fundamental, quando já identificado e reconhecido pelo próprio Estado, não se justifica, ainda mais à luz do entendimento do STF sobre o tema.

      • Seguindo o raciocínio até aqui delineado, entende-se que os prazos de caducidade, tal como o prazo estabelecido no art. 3º da Lei n. 4.132/1962, aplicável às desapropriações convencionais, não devem incidir nesse tipo especial de desapropriação em prol dos direitos quilombolas, dado o seu objetivo constitucional específico e a sua regência por lei especial em sentido material (Decreto 4.887/2003).

      • Com isso, os institutos jurídicos não previstos no corpo normativo do Decreto n. 4.889/2003 somente podem ser aplicados se compatíveis com a essência e a finalidade do contexto protetivo e afirmativo da política pública em prol das comunidades quilombolas.

      • O silêncio do Decreto n. 4.887/2003 sobre um prazo de caducidade não deve ser entendido como uma lacuna normativa a ser preenchida por outras normas, ao contrário, reflete uma escolha deliberada ao normatizar e tratar essa modalidade de desapropriação e encontra-se alinhado com a natureza especial do processo de identificação, delimitação, demarcação e titulação das terras quilombolas, que envolve a ocupação tradicional e a proteção de um direito constitucional fundamental.

      • A análise do art. 13 do Decreto n. 4.887/2003 revela que, ao ingressar na fase de desapropriação das terras para titulação das comunidades quilombolas, o Poder Público já concluiu os procedimentos administrativos de identificação, reconhecimento e delimitação dessas terras, pois constituem procedimentos prévios que configuram o reconhecimento estatal da ocupação tradicional e do direito quilombola sobre o território específico.

      • A desapropriação, portanto, não se destina à declaração ou ao reconhecimento de direitos, uma vez que eles já foram previamente reconhecidos no curso do procedimento administrativo. Trata-se, assim, de um processo final e formal que visa a efetivação desse direito fundamental, possibilitando a transferência de titularidade das terras de forma definitiva às comunidades quilombolas e a justa indenização aos detentores do título de propriedade incidente sobre tais terras.

      • À luz desse raciocínio, <u>não se vislumbra a compatibilidade entre o instituto da decadência/caducidade e as desapropriações para titulação de terras quilombolas.</u> Embora o intérprete do direito possa se valer de mecanismos jurídicos de interpretação ou integração das normas, deve se ater aos institutos que preservem a integridade e a essência dessas normas e do sistema jurídico ao qual pertencem, sob pena de incorrer em total desvio de finalidade.

      • Dessa forma, o Decreto n. 4.887/2003 cumpre a função de regulamentar o processo de titulação das terras quilombolas, assegurando a proteção dos direitos constitucionais dessas comunidades sem a submissão a prazos de caducidade que comprometam a plena realização desses direitos, pois a especialidade normativa das desapropriações de terras quilombolas justifica o tratamento diferenciado, revelando-se incompatível com a fixação de prazo de caducidade ao ato administrativo que reconhece a propriedade como pertencente às comunidades quilombolas. Sendo assim, o prazo de caducidade de 2 anos previsto no art. 3º da Lei 4.132/1962 não se aplica às desapropriações voltadas à titulação de terras às comunidades quilombolas.


      • Informativo nº 850
      • 20 de maio de 2025.
      • SEGUNDA TURMA
      • Processo: REsp 2.006.687-SE, Rel. Ministro Afrânio Vilela, Segunda Turma, por unanimidade, julgado em 13/5/2025.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO AMBIENTAL

      TemaVida terrestre Paz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes Unidade de conservação de domínio público. Decreto de criação. Caducidade. Normas gerais de Direito Administrativo. Interesse social e utilidade pública. Inaplicabilidade. Norma ambiental. Prevalência. Especialidade e superveniência. Interesse ambiental na desapropriação em decorrência da própria lei. Permanência enquanto existir a unidade de conservação.

      Destaque - A caducidade dos decretos de interesse social e utilidade pública é inaplicável aos atos vinculados às unidades de conservação de <u>domínio público</u>, como é o caso do parque nacional, ante a incompatibilidade entre as normas administrativas gerais da desapropriação e a Lei do Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservação - SNUC.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - A controvérsia consiste em definir a possibilidade de caducarem os efeitos expropriatórios do decreto criador de unidade de conservação de domínio público, no caso, parque nacional.

      • Em primeiro lugar, deve ser esclarecido que a criação de unidade de conservação não decorre nem depende dos decretos que declaram o interesse expropriatório ou mesmo da implementação da desapropriação.

      • Conforme a Lei n. 9.985/2000, que regula o Sistema Nacional de Unidades de Conservação da Natureza - SNUC, o parque nacional é espécie de Unidade de Proteção Integral (art. 8º, III) de posse e domínio públicos e as áreas particulares incluídas em seus limites deverão ser desapropriadas (art. 11, § 1º).

      • A lei não condiciona a criação de unidades de conservação à desapropriação das áreas particulares. O que se exige são estudos técnicos e consultas públicas, e que haja ato do Poder Público instituinte (art. 22, § 2º). Criada a unidade, as restrições implementadas por lei são imediatas (art. 28).

      • Nesse passo, a criação da unidade, com todas as suas restrições decorrentes diretamente da lei, só pode ser revertida por lei ou, evidentemente, eventual nulidade do ato instituidor. Assim, criada a unidade, há <u>automática</u> declaração de interesse estatal, com finalidade ambiental, nos imóveis da área afetada

      • Nesse sentido, a caducidade dos decretos de interesse social e utilidade pública é inaplicável aos atos vinculados às unidades de conservação de domínio público, como é o caso do parque nacional, ante a incompatibilidade entre as normas administrativas gerais da desapropriação (Decreto-Lei n. 3.365/1941 e Lei n. 4.132/1962) e a Lei do SNUC.

      • Tanto as restrições ambientais quanto o interesse expropriatório do Estado sobre os imóveis afetados pelas unidades de conservação de domínio público decorrem da própria lei que regula essas unidades.

      • Admitir a caducidade do ato declaratório de interesse social ou utilidade pública vinculado à criação de unidade de conservação de domínio público conduziria a uma aporia normativa, um impasse legal sem resposta evidente quanto aos efeitos do ato, prejudicando a própria segurança jurídica tanto dos proprietários quanto do meio ambiente. Isso porque estaria sendo admitida a redução ou extinção da unidade de conservação por ato diverso da lei específica constitucionalmente exigida para o efeito.

      • Ademais, a Lei do SNUC é taxativa ao impor o domínio público, com consequente afetação ao erário, dos imóveis alcançados por unidades de conservação desse gênero: estação ecológica, reserva biológica, parque nacional, floresta nacional, reserva extrativista, reserva da fauna, e reserva de desenvolvimento sustentável.

      • Logo, a especialidade e a superveniência da Lei n. 9.985/2000 afastam as normas gerais de desapropriação por interesse social e utilidade pública no que são com ela incompatíveis, prevalecendo a autonomia do ramo do Direito Ambiental sobre as normas gerais do Direito Administrativo em sentido estrito.

      • O interesse estatal na desapropriação dos imóveis privados afetados por unidades de conservação de domínio público decorre diretamente da criação dessas unidades, e perdura enquanto elas existirem.

      • Nesse sentido, o interesse expropriatório de caráter ambiental não se confunde integralmente com o interesse social ou a utilidade pública, sendo regido pelas suas normas específicas, quando incompatíveis com as leis que regem as desapropriações administrativas em geral.

      • A criação de unidade de conservação <u>não é revertida </u>pelo decurso do prazo para ajuizamento das ações de desapropriação dos imóveis particulares afetados. Somente lei, em sentido estrito, pode desafetar ou reduzir a área de unidade de conservação. Logo, a desapropriação dos bens privados afetados é consequência, não premissa, da criação da unidade de conservação de domínio público.

      • Portanto: i) no âmbito das unidades de conservação de domínio público, o próprio ato de criação da unidade corresponde à fase declaratória da etapa administrativa da ação de desapropriação, que afirma o interesse estatal nas áreas privadas afetadas; ii) esse interesse é de caráter ambiental, distinto das declarações de utilidade pública ou de interesse social; iii) o interesse público ambiental na área objeto de unidade de conservação de domínio público dura enquanto a própria unidade de conservação não for extinta, por lei em sentido estrito, não estando sujeito à caducidade pela simples passagem de tempo.

      • Desse modo, o desatendimento do prazo para efetivação do procedimento administrativo expropriatório enseja eventual ação indenizatória do particular por desapropriação indireta ou limitação administrativa, observados os respectivos prazos prescricionais, mas jamais a reversão automática das restrições ambientais ou do domínio público resultantes diretamente, por força de lei, da criação da unidade de conservação. Os casos concretos deverão levar em conta, na indenização, a incidência ou não de juros compensatórios (ante a possível ausência de imissão estatal na posse), o passivo ambiental a ser descontado do preço pago ao expropriado, o termo inicial da prescrição e outros relevantes à solução da causa.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      (1) Significance of the findings:

      Cell-to-cell communication is essential for higher functions in bacterial biofilms. Electrical signals have proven effective in transmitting signals across biofilms. These signals are then used to coordinate cellular metabolisms or to increase antibiotic tolerance. Here, the authors have reported for the first time coordinated oscillation of membrane potential in E. coli biofilms that may have a functional role in photoprotection.

      (2) Strengths of the manuscript:

      - The authors report original data.<br /> - For the first time, they showed that coordinated oscillations in membrane potential occur in E. Coli biofilms.<br /> - The authors revealed a complex two-phase dynamic involving distinct molecular response mechanisms.<br /> - The authors developed two rigorous models inspired by 1) Hodgkin-Huxley model for the temporal dynamics of membrane potential and 2) Fire-Diffuse-Fire model for the propagation of the electric signal.<br /> - Since its discovery by comparative genomics, the Kch ion channel has not been associated with any specific phenotype in E. coli. Here, the authors proposed a functional role for the putative gated-voltage-gated K+ ion channel (Kch channel) : enhancing survival under photo-toxic conditions.

      (3) Weakness:

      - Contrarily to what is stated in the abstract, the group of B. Maier has already reported collective electrical oscillations in the Gram-negative bacterium Neisseria gonorrhoeae (Hennes et al., PLoS Biol, 2023).<br /> - The data presented in the manuscript are not sufficient to conclude on the photo-protective role of the Kch channel. The authors should perform the appropriate control experiments related to Fig4D,E, i.e. reproduce these experiments without ThT to rule out possible photo-conversion effects on ThT that would modify its toxicity. In addition, it looks like the data reported on Fig 4E are extracted from Fig 4D. If this is indeed the case, it would be more conclusive to report the percentage of PI-positive cells in the population for each condition. This percentage should be calculated independently for each replicate. The authors should then report the average value and standard deviation of the percentage of dead cells for each condition.<br /> - Although Fig 4A clearly shows that light stimulation has an influence on the dynamics of ThT signal in the biofilm, it is important to rule out possible contributions of other environmental variations that occur when the flow is stopped at the onset of light stimulation. I understand that for technical reasons, the flow of fresh medium must be stopped for the sake of imaging. Therefore, I suggest to perform control experiments consisting in stopping the flow at different time intervals before image acquisition (30min or 1h before). If there is no significant contribution from environmental variations due to medium perfusion arrest, the dynamics of ThT signal must be unchanged regardless of the delay between flow stop and the start of light stimulation.<br /> - To precise the role of K+ in the habituation response, I suggest using the ionophore valinomycin at sub-inhibitory concentrations (5 or 10µM). It should abolish the habituation response. In addition, the Kch complementation experiment exhibits a sharp drop after the first peak but on a single point. It would be more convincing to increase the temporal resolution (1min->10s) to show that there are indeed a first and a second peak. Finally, the high concentration (100µM) of CCCP used in this study completely inhibits cell activity. Therefore, it is not surprising that no ThT dynamics was observed upon light stimulation at such concentration of CCCP.<br /> - Since TMRM signal exhibits a linear increase after the first response peak (Supp Fig1D), I recommend to mitigate the statement at line 78.<br /> - Electrical signal propagation is an important aspect of the manuscript. However, a detailed quantitative analysis of the spatial dynamics within the biofilm is lacking. At minima, I recommend to plot the spatio-temporal diagram of ThT intensity profile averaged along the azimuthal direction in the biofilm. In addition, it is unclear if the electrical signal propagates within the biofilm during the second peak regime, which is mediated by the Kch channel: I have plotted the spatio-temporal diagram for Video S3 and no electrical propagation is evident at the second peak. In addition, the authors should provide technical details of how R^2(t) is measured in the first regime (Fig 7E).<br /> - In the series of images presented in supplementary Figure 4A, no wavefront is apparent. Although the microscopy technics used in this figure differs from other images (like in Fig2), the wavefront should be still present. In addition, there is no second peak in confocal images as well (Supp Fig4B) .<br /> - Many important technical details are missing (e.g. biofilm size, R^2, curvature and 445nm irradiance measurements). The description of how these quantitates are measured should be detailed in the Material & Methods section.<br /> - Fig 5C: The curve in Fig 5D seems to correspond to the biofilm case. Since the model is made for single cells, the curve obtained by the model should be compared with the average curve presented in Fig 1B (i.e. single cell experiments).<br /> - For clarity, I suggest to indicate on the panels if the experiments concern single cell or biofilm experiments. Finally, please provide bright-field images associated to ThT images to locate bacteria.<br /> - In Fig 7B, the plateau is higher in the simulations than in the biofilm experiments. The authors should add a comment in the paper to explain this discrepancy.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      This manuscript by Akabuogu et al. investigates membrane potential dynamics in E. coli. Membrane potential fluctuations have been observed in bacteria by several research groups in recent years, including in the context of bacterial biofilms where they have been proposed to play a role in cellular communication. Here, these authors investigate membrane potential in E. coli, in both single cells and biofilms. I have reviewed the revised manuscript provided by the authors, as well as their responses to the initial reviews; my opinion about the manuscript is largely unchanged. I have focused my public review on those issues that I believe to be most pressing, with additional comments included in the review to authors. Although these authors are working in an exciting research area, the evidence they provide for their claims is inadequate, and several key control experiments are still missing. In some cases, the authors allude to potentially relevant data in their responses to the initial reviews, but unfortunately these data are not shown. Furthermore, I cannot identify any traveling wavefronts in the data included in this manuscript. In addition to the challenges associated with the use of Thioflavin-T (ThT) raised by the second reviewer, these caveats make the work presented in this manuscript difficult to interpret.

      First, some of the key experiments presented in the paper lack required controls:

      (1) This paper asserts that the observed ThT fluorescence dynamics are induced by blue light. This is a fundamental claim in the paper, since the authors go on to argue that these dynamics are part of a blue light response. This claim must be supported by the appropriate negative control experiment measuring ThT fluorescence dynamics in the absence of blue light- if this idea is correct, these dynamics should not be observed in the absence of blue light exposure. If this experiment cannot be performed with ThT since blue light is used for its excitation, TMRM can be used instead.

      In response to this, the authors wrote that "the fluorescent baseline is too weak to measure cleanly in this experiment." If they observe no ThT signal above noise in their time lapse data in the absence of blue light, this should be reported in the manuscript- this would be a satisfactory negative control. They then wrote that "It appears the collective response of all the bacteria hyperpolarization at the same time appears to dominate the signal." I am not sure what they mean by this- perhaps that ThT fluorescence changes strongly only in response to blue light? This is a fundamental control for this experiment that ought to be presented to the reader.

      (2) The authors claim that a ∆kch mutant is more susceptible to blue light stress, as evidenced by PI staining. The premise that the cells are mounting a protective response to blue light via these channels rests on this claim. However, they do not perform the negative control experiment, conducting PI staining for WT the ∆kch mutant in the absence of blue light. In the absence of this control it is not possible to rule out effects of the ∆kch mutation on overall viability and/or PI uptake. The authors do include a growth curve for comparison, but planktonic growth is a very different context than surface-attached biofilm growth. Additionally, the ∆kch mutation may have impacts on PI permeability specifically that are not addressed by a growth curve. The negative control experiment is of key importance here.

      Second, the ideas presented in this manuscript rely entirely on analysis of ThT fluorescence data, specifically a time course of cellular fluorescence following blue light treatment. However, alternate explanations for and potential confounders of the observed dynamics are not sufficiently addressed:

      (1) Bacterial cells are autofluorescent, and this fluorescence can change significantly in response to stress (e.g. blue light exposure). To characterize and/or rule out autofluorescence contributions to the measurement, the authors should present time lapse fluorescence traces of unstained cells for comparison, acquired under the same imaging conditions in both wild type and ∆kch mutant cells. In their response to reviewers the authors suggested that they have conducted this experiment and found that the autofluorescence contribution is negligible, which is good, but these data should be included in the manuscript along with a description of how these controls were conducted.

      (2) Similarly, in my initial review I raised a concern about the possible contributions of photobleaching to the observed fluorescence dynamics. This is particularly relevant for the interpretation of the experiment in which catalase appears to attenuate the decay of the ThT signal; this attenuation could alternatively be due to catalase decreasing ThT photobleaching. In their response, the authors indicated that photobleaching is negligible, which would be good, but they do not share any evidence to support this claim. Photobleaching can be assessed in this experiment by varying the light dosage (illumination power, frequency, and/or duration) and confirming that the observed fluorescence dynamics are unaffected.

      Third, the paper claims in two instances that there are propagating waves of ThT fluorescence that move through biofilms, but I do not observe these waves in any case:

      (1) The first wavefront claim relates to small cell clusters, in Fig. 2A and Video S2 and S3 (with Fig. 2A and Video S2 showing the same biofilm.) I simply do not see any evidence of propagation in either case- rather, all cells get brighter and dimmer in tandem. I downloaded and analyzed Video S3 in several ways (plotting intensity profiles for different regions at different distances from the cluster center, drawing a kymograph across the cluster, etc.) and in no case did I see any evidence of a propagating wavefront. (I attempted this same analysis on the biofilm shown in Fig. 2A and Video S2 with similar results, but the images shown in the figure panels and especially the video are still both so saturated that the quantification is difficult to interpret.) If there is evidence for wavefronts, it should be demonstrated explicitly by analysis of several clusters. For example, a figure of time-to-peak vs. position in the cluster demonstrating a propagating wave would satisfy this. Currently, I do not see any wavefronts in this data.

      (2) The other wavefront claim relates to biofilms, and the relevant data is presented in Fig. S4 (and I believe also in what is now Video S8, but no supplemental video legends are provided, and this video is not cited in text.) As before, I cannot discern any wavefronts in the image and video provided; Reviewer 1 was also not able to detect wave propagation in this video by kymograph. Some mean squared displacements are shown in Fig. 7. As before, the methods for how these were obtained are not clearly documented either in this manuscript or in the BioRXiv preprint linked in the initial response to reviewers, and since wavefronts are not evident in the video it is hard to understand what is being measured here- radial distance from where? (The methods section mentions radial distance from the substrate, this should mean Z position above the imaging surface, and no wavefronts are evident in Z in the figure panels or movie.) Thus, clear demonstration of these wavefronts is still missing here as well.

      Fourth, I have some specific questions about the study of blue light stress and the use of PI as a cell viability indicator:

      (1) The logic of this paper includes the premise that blue light exposure is a stressor under the experimental conditions employed in the paper. Although it is of course generally true that blue light can be damaging to bacteria, this is dependent on light power and dosage. The control I recommended above, staining cells with PI in the presence and absence of blue light, will also allow the authors to confirm that this blue light treatment is indeed a stressor- the PI staining would be expected to increase in the presence of blue light if this is so.

      (2) The presence of ThT may complicate the study of the blue light stress response, since ThT enhances the photodynamic effects of blue light in E. coli (Bondia et al. 2021 Chemical Communications). The authors could investigate ThT toxicity under these conditions by staining cells with PI after exposing them to blue light with or without ThT staining.

      (3) In my initial review, I wrote the following: "In Figures 4D - E, the interpretation of this experiment can be confounded by the fact that PI uptake can sometimes be seen in bacterial cells with high membrane potential (Kirchhoff & Cypionka 2017 J Microbial Methods); the interpretation is that high membrane potential can lead to increased PI permeability. Because the membrane potential is largely higher throughout blue light treatment in the ∆kch mutant (Fig. 3[BC]), this complicates the interpretation of this experiment." In their response, the authors suggested that these results are not relevant in this case because "In our experiment methodology, cell death was not forced on the cells by introducing an extra burden or via anoxia." However, the logic of the paper is that the cells are in fact dying due to an imposed external stressor, which presumably also confers an increased burden as the cells try to deal with the stress. Instead, the authors should simply use a parallel method to confirm the results of PI staining. For example, the experiment could be repeated with other stains, or the viability of blue light-treated cells could be addressed more directly by outgrowth or colony-forming unit assays.

      The CFU assay suggested above has the additional advantage that it can also be performed on planktonic cells in liquid culture that are exposed to blue light. If, as the paper suggests, a protective response to blue light is being coordinated at the biofilm level by these membrane potential fluctuations, the WT strain might be expected to lose its survival advantage vs. the ∆kch mutant in the absence of a biofilm.

      Fifth, in several cases the data are presented in a way that are difficult to interpret, or the paper makes claims that are different to observe in the data:

      (1) The authors suggest that the ThT and TMRM traces presented in Fig. S1D have similar shapes, but this is not obvious to me- the TMRM curve has very little decrease after the initial peak and only a modest, gradual rise thereafter. The authors suggest that this is due to increased TMRM photobleaching, but I would expect that photobleaching should exacerbate the signal decrease after the initial peak. Since this figure is used to support the use of ThT as a membrane potential indicator, and since this is the only alternative measurement of membrane potential presented in text, the authors should discuss this discrepancy in more detail.

      (2) The comparison of single cells to microcolonies presented in figures 1B and D still needs revision:

      First, both reviewer 1 and I commented in our initial reviews that the ThT traces, here and elsewhere, should not be normalized- this will help with the interpretation of some of the claims throughout the manuscript.

      Second, the way these figures are shown with all traces overlaid at full opacity makes it very difficult to see what is being compared. Since the point of the comparison is the time to first peak (and the standard deviation thereof), histograms of the distributions of time to first peak in both cases should be plotted as a separate figure panel.<br /> Third, statistical significance tests ought to be used to evaluate the statistical strength of the comparisons between these curves. The authors compare both means and standard deviations of the time to first peak, and there are appropriate statistical tests for both types of comparisons.

      (3) The authors claim that the curve shown in Fig. S4B is similar to the simulation result shown in Fig. 7B. I remain unconvinced that this is so, particularly with respect to the kinetics of the second peak- at least it seems to me that the differences should be acknowledged and discussed. In any case, the best thing to do would be to move Fig. S4B to the main text alongside Fig. 7B so that the readers can make the comparison more easily.

      (4) As I wrote in my first review, in the discussion of voltage-gated calcium channels, the authors refer to "spiking events", but these are not obvious in Figure S3E. Although the fluorescence intensity changes over time, these fluctuations cannot be distinguished from measurement noise. A no-light control could help clarify this.

      (5) In the lower irradiance conditions in Fig. 4A, the ThT dynamics are slower overall, and it looks like the ThT intensity is beginning to rise at the end of the measurement. The authors write that no second peak is observed below an irradiance threshold of 15.99 µW/mm2. However, could a more prominent second peak be observed in these cases if the measurement time was extended? Additionally, the end of these curves looks similar to the curve in Fig. S4B, in which the authors write that the slow rise is evidence of the presence of a second peak, in contrast to their interpretation here.

      Additional considerations:

      (1) The analysis and interpretation of the first peak, and particularly of the time-to-fire data is challenging throughout the manuscript the time resolution of the data set is quite limited. It seems that a large proportion of cells have already fired after a single acquisition frame. It would be ideal to increase the time resolution on this measurement to improve precision. This could be done by imaging more quickly, but that would perhaps necessitate more blue light exposure; an alternative is to do this experiment under lower blue light irradiance where the first spike time is increased (Figure 4A).

      (2) The authors suggest in the manuscript that "E. coli biofilms use electrical signalling to coordinate long-range responses to light stress." In addition to the technical caveats discussed above, I am missing a discussion about what these responses might be. What constitutes a long-range response to light stress, and are there known examples of such responses in bacteria?

      (3) The presence of long-range blue light responses can also be interrogated experimentally, for example, by repeating the Live/Dead experiment in planktonic culture or the single-cell condition. If the protection from blue light specifically emerges due to coordinated activity of the biofilm, the ∆kch mutant would not be expected to show a change in Live/Dead staining in non-biofilm conditions. The CFU experiment I mentioned above could also implicate coordinated long-range responses specifically, if biofilms and liquid culture experiments can be compared (although I know that recovering cells from biofilms is challenging.)

      4. At the end of the results section, the authors suggest a critical biofilm size of only 4 μm for wavefront propagation (not much larger than a single cell!) The authors show responses for various biofilm sizes in Fig. 2C, but these are all substantially larger (and this figure also does not contain wavefront information.) Are there data for cell clusters above and below this size that could support this claim more directly?

      (5) In Fig. 4C, the overall trajectories of extracellular potassium are indeed similar, but the kinetics of the second peak of potassium are different than those observed by ThT (it rises minutes earlier)- is this consistent with the idea that Kch is responsible for that peak? Additionally, the potassium dynamics also include the first ThT peak- is this surprising given that the Kch channel has no effect on this peak according to the model?

      Detailed comments:

      Why are Fig. 2A and Video S2 called a microcluster, whereas Video S3, which is smaller, is called a biofilm?

      "We observed a spontaneous rapid rise in spikes within cells in the center of the biofilm" (Line 140): What does "spontaneous" mean here?

      "This demonstrates that the ion-channel mediated membrane potential dynamics is a light stress relief process.", "E. coli cells employ ion-channel mediated dynamics to manage ROS-induced stress linked to light irradiation." (Line 268 and the second sentence of the Fig. 4F legend): This claim is not well-supported. There are several possible interpretations of the catalase experiment (which should be discussed); this experiment perhaps suggests that ROS impacts membrane potential but does not indicate that these membrane potential fluctuations help the cells respond to blue light stress. The loss of viability in the ∆kch mutant might indicate a link between these membrane potential experiments and viability, but it is hard to interpret without the no light controls I mention above.

      "The model also predicts... the external light stress" (Lines 338-341): Please clarify this section. Where does this prediction arise from in the modeling work? Second, I am not sure what is meant by "modulates the light stress" or "keeps the cell dynamics robust to the intensity of external light stress" (especially since the dynamics clearly vary with irradiance, as seen in Figure 4A).

      "We hypothesized that E. coli not only modulates the light-induced stress but also handles the increase of the ROS by adjusting the profile of the membrane potential dynamics" (Line 347): I am not sure what "handles the ROS by adjusting the profile of the membrane potential dynamics" means. What is meant by "handling" ROS? Is the hypothesis that membrane potential dynamics themselves are protective against ROS, or that they induce a ROS-protective response downstream, or something else? Later the authors write that changes in the response to ROS in the model agree with the hypothesis, but just showing that ROS impacts the membrane potential does not seem to demonstrate that this has a protective effect against ROS.

      "Mechanosensitive ion channels (MS) are vital for the first hyperpolarization event in E. coli." (Line 391): This is misleading- mechanosensitive ion channels totally ablate membrane potential dynamics, they don't have a specific effect on the first hyperpolarization event. The claim that mechanonsensitive ion channels are specifically involved in the first event also appears in the abstract.

      Also, the apparent membrane potential is much lower even at the start of the experiment in these mutants (Fig. 6C-D)- is this expected? This seems to imply that these ion channels also have a blue light-independent effect.

      Throughout the paper, there are claims that the initial ThT spike is involved in "registering the presence of the light stress" and similar. What is the evidence for this claim?

      "We have presented much better quantitative agreement of our model with the propagating wavefronts in E. coli biofilms..." (Line 619): It is not evident to me that the agreement between model and prediction is "much better" in this work than in the cited work (reference 57, Hennes et al. 2023). The model in Figure 4 of ref. 57 seems to capture the key features of their data.

      In methods, "Only cells that are hyperpolarized were counted in the experiment as live" (Line 745): what percentage of cells did not hyperpolarize in these experiments?

      Some indication of standard deviation (error bars or shading) should be added to all figures where mean traces are plotted.

      Video S8 is very confusing- why does the video play first forwards and then backwards? It is easy to misinterpret this as a rise in the intensity at the end of the experiment.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Tamao et al. aimed to quantify the diversity and mutation rate of the influenza (PR8 strain) in order to establish a high-resolution method for studying intra-host viral evolution. To achieve this, the authors combined RNA sequencing with single-molecule unique molecular identifiers (UMIs) to minimize errors introduced during technical processing. They proposed an in vitro infection model with a single viral particle to represent biological genetic diversity, alongside a control model using in vitro transcribed RNA for two viral genes, PB2 and HA.

      Through this approach, the authors demonstrated that UMIs reduced technical errors by approximately tenfold. By analyzing four viral populations and comparing them to in vitro transcribed RNA controls, they estimated that ~98.1% of observed mutations originated from viral replication rather than technical artifacts. Their results further showed that most mutations were synonymous and introduced randomly. However, the distribution of mutations suggested selective pressures that favored certain variants. Additionally, comparison with a closely related influenza strain (A/Alaska/1935) revealed two positively selected mutations, though these were absent in the strain responsible for the most recent pandemic (CA01).

      Overall, the study is well-designed, and the interpretations are strongly supported by the data. However, the following clarifications are recommended:

      (1) The methods section is overly brief. Even if techniques are cited, more experimental details should be included. For example, since the study focuses heavily on methodology, details such as the number of PCR cycles in RT-PCR or the rationale for choosing HA and PB2 as representative in vitro transcripts should be provided.

      (2) Information on library preparation and sequencing metrics should be included. For example, the total number of reads, any filtering steps, and quality score distributions/cutoff for the analyzed reads.

      (3) In the Results section (line 115, "Quantification of error rate caused by RT"), the mutation rate attributed to viral replication is calculated. However, in line 138, it is unclear whether the reported value reflects PB2, HA, or both, and whether the comparison is based on the error rate of the same viral RNA or the mean of multiple values (as shown in Figure 3A). Please clarify whether this number applies universally to all influenza RNAs or provide the observed range.

      (4) Since the T7 polymerase introduced errors are only applied to the in vitro transcription control, how were these accounted for when comparing mutation rates between transcribed RNA and cell-culture-derived virus?

      (5) Figure 2 shows that a UMI group size of 4 has an error rate of zero, but this group size is not mentioned in the text. Please clarify.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a technically oriented application of UMI-based long-read sequencing to study intra-host diversity in influenza virus populations. The authors aim to minimize sequencing artifacts and improve the detection of rare variants, proposing that this approach may inform predictive models of viral evolution. While the methodology appears robust and successfully reduces sequencing error rates, key experimental and analytical details are missing, and the biological insight is modest. The study includes only four samples, with no independent biological replicates or controls, which limits the generalizability of the findings. Claims related to rare variant detection and evolutionary selection are not fully supported by the data presented.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses an important technical challenge in viral genomics by implementing a UMI-based long-read sequencing approach to reduce amplification and sequencing errors. The methodological focus is well presented, and the work contributes to improving the resolution of low-frequency variant detection in complex viral populations.

      Weaknesses:

      The application of UMI-based error correction to viral population sequencing has been established in previous studies (e.g., in HIV), and this manuscript does not introduce a substantial methodological or conceptual advance beyond its use in the context of influenza.

      The study lacks independent biological replicates or additional viral systems that would strengthen the generalizability of the conclusions. Potential sources of technical error are not explored or explicitly controlled. Key methodological details are missing, including the number of PCR cycles, the input number of molecules, and UMI family size distributions. These are essential to support the claimed sensitivity of the method.

      The assertion that variants at {greater than or equal to}0.1% frequency can be reliably detected is based on total read count rather than the number of unique input molecules. Without information on UMI diversity and family sizes, the detection limit cannot be reliably assessed.

      Although genetic variation is described, the functional relevance of observed mutations in HA and NA is not addressed or discussed in the context of known antigenic or evolutionary features of influenza. The manuscript is largely focused on technical performance, with limited exploration of the biological implications or mechanistic insights into influenza virus evolution.

      The experimental scale is small, with only four viral populations derived from single particles analyzed. This limited sample size restricts the ability to draw broader conclusions about quasispecies dynamics or evolutionary pressures.

    1. It’s the sort of place you leave — dwarfed by its next-door neighbor, Kent, home to Kent State University, which has more undergraduates (more than 20,000) than Ravenna has people (just over 11,000).

      This is something I find hard to relate to. I'm originally from Burbank CA where walt Disney studios and universal studios are right next to each other so everything is typically crowded and loud.

    1. Je suis finalement parvenu à passer entre les mailles du filet en partant au Canada dans le cadre d’un échange académique d’un an à la suite duquel j’ai décidé de rester vivre au Canada

      Jerome talks about his movement of pattern into moving to Canada for an academic year.

    1. A sizable majority of voters favored it initially, but the effort ultimately crashed at the polls

      I volunteered for this campaign a little (I was primarily working on another ballot initiative that cycle, focused on the independent redistricting commission).

      This was essentially a "Don't Become LA" campaign, which resonated well, especially as the influx of Californians arrived. Tucson complains about Phoenix, Phoenix complains about LA, I'm not sure who you guys complain about.

    2. Duane Schooley Jr. bought two houses in Tartesso to rent out at first back in 2018 and 2019 because “we figured that Arizona was going to be a hot spot.” But Schooley, a local Republican party activist, is now openly disdainful of the state’s decision to stop allowing new homes to be built on groundwater supplies. He even doubts the state’s talk of a water shortage.

      A highly speculative move, that's for sure (who wants to rent houses in the middle of nowhere with a low quality of life, especially when those are already the cheapest to buy?). Sorry that you didn't do enough research and that your bet didn't pan out—but that's capitalism for ya.

    3. can discourage lower-cost housing development

      Part of this is migration from more expensive markets. Developers cater to building larger houses than you'd find elsewhere, as someone selling their LA/SF house will look for lots more space than they need since they have more buying power. Every Californian that moves here tells his new neighbor that he can afford almost twice the house for nearly half the price here—so that's what gets built.

    1. ao marginalizarem o papel da experiência, da construção de estratégias e as influências situacionais.

      Os estudos quantitativos muitas vezes ignoram dimensões que fazem toda a diferença nos contextos abordados, neste caso no envelhecimento, como a experiência acumulada, a capacidade de criar estratégias e o contexto em que o trabalho é realizado. Ao diminuir tudo a indicadores de "performance" e só olharmos para números, é mais fácil concluir que os mais velhos "declinam" inevitavelmente. Se incluirmos o fator experiência e contexto, por exemplo, já podemos concluir que envelhecer não quer dizer simplesmente que se perdem capacidades, pode traduzir-se sim, em utilizar recursos diferentes para a sua adaptação.

    2. Em 1946 surge, em Cambridge, o primeiro laboratório dedicado aos problemas do envelhecimento, dirigido por Bartlett. Este laboratório, à semelhança dos trabalhos de Miles, centrava-se no estudo da performance humana com o objectivo de definir quais os tipos de trabalho industrial mais adequados para os trabalhadores menos jovens (Welford, 1976, 1986), ou seja, ambos os laboratórios estavam concentrados em avaliar o potencial dos mais velhos para o trabalho, abordando o tema de forma fundamental, isto é, medindo a performance em diferentes idades em tarefas de laboratório supostamente implicadas nas actividades industriais (Welford, 1976, 1985a).

      Achei curioso, o facto de no ano de 1946 já existir a preocupação de avaliar a "performance" dos trabalhadores mais velhos para definir a sua adequabilidade no trabalho industrial. Contudo, parece-me que a abordagem possa ser restrita, restringindo o envelhecimento a testes de laboratório sem considerar o contexto real ou a experiência acumulada desses trabalhadores. Fica a pergunta, se este tipo de estudo não levou ao reforço de estereótipos, em vez de se valorizar o trabalho das pessoas mais velhas no trabalho.

    3. ao marginalizarem o papel da experiência, da construção de estratégias e as influências situacionais.

      Os estudos quantitativos muitas vezes ignoram dimensões que fazem toda a diferença nos contextos abordados, neste caso no envelhecimento, como a experiência acumulada, a capacidade de criar estratégias e o contexto em que o trabalho é realizado. Ao diminuir tudo a indicadores de "performance" e se só olharmos para números, é mais fácil concluir que os mais velhos "declinam" inevitavelmente. Se incluirmos o fator experiência e contexto, por exemplo, podemos concluir que envelhecer não quer dizer simplesmente que se perdem capacidades, pode traduzir-se sim, em utilizar recursos diferentes para a sua adaptação.

    1. de ma formation artistique académique

      On répète ici une information donnée au premier paragraphe :

      Ni technophile enthousiaste, ni opposant farouche, je les ai abordées avec la réserve dûe à ma formation artistique classique.

      Peut-être vaudrait-il mieux indiquer seulement « sans doute du fait de ma sensibilité » ici.

  6. inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net
    1. We meet in the comfortable living room, facing glass doors opening onto a patio, a serene blue pool, and a colorful garden. Pictures of Isa-bella in dance costumes accent a grand piano. The adjacent dining room provides a calm space for conversation and homework, an environment that served as a refuge from Troy High School, which all three children attended and where, Clara reports, you can feel quivers of anxiety, as kids compete for the highest SAT scores and spots at Harvard, Stanford, and NYU. Her kids have had a very different experience growing up here than Clara and Ricardo had growing up a generation ago in South Central LA.

      This passage depicts the living conditions of a typical middle-upper class family, while also highlighting the differences across generations.

  7. drive.google.com drive.google.com
    1. And he was giving it back, as every-thing must be given back, so that, passing through death, itcan live forever. I saw my mother's face again, and felt, for thefirst time, how the stones of the road she had walked on musthave bruised her feet. I saw the moonlit road where my fa-ther's brother died. And it brought something else back to me,and carried me past it, I saw my little girl again and feltIsabel's tears again, and I felt my own tears begin to rise.

      the narrator's reaction to Sonny's music shows howdleeply it moves him. I think it's also a turning point where he finally begins to understand Sonny.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript discusses the role of phosphorylated ubiquitin (pUb) by PINK1 kinase in neurodegenerative diseases. It reveals that elevated levels of pUb are observed in aged human brains and those affected by Parkinson's disease (PD), as well as in Alzheimer's disease (AD), aging, and ischemic injury. The study shows that increased pUb impairs proteasomal degradation, leading to protein aggregation and neurodegeneration. The authors also demonstrate that PINK1 knockout can mitigate protein aggregation in aging and ischemic mouse brains, as well as in cells treated with a proteasome inhibitor. While this study provided some interesting data, several important points should be addressed before being further consideration.

      Strengths:

      (1) Reveals a novel pathological mechanism of neurodegeneration mediated by pUb, providing a new perspective on understanding neurodegenerative diseases.

      (2) The study covers not only a single disease model but also various neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer's disease, aging, and ischemic injury, enhancing the breadth and applicability of the research findings.

      Comments on revisions:

      This study, through a systematic experimental design, reveals the crucial role of pUb in forming a positive feedback loop by inhibiting proteasome activity in neurodegenerative diseases. The data are comprehensive and highly innovative. However, some of the results are not entirely convincing, particularly the staining results in Figure 1.

      In Figure 1A, the density of DAPI staining differs significantly between the control patient and the AD patient, making it difficult to conclusively demonstrate a clear increase in PINK1 in AD patients. Quantitative analysis is needed. In Fig 1C, the PINK1 staining in the mouse brain appears to resemble non-specific staining.

    1. direitos da personalidade

      Destaque-se que o reconhecimento de direitos de personalidade às pessoas jurídicas, no que cabível, é expressamente reconhecido pelo Código Civil; não se tratando de construção jurisprudencial.

    2. públicos
      • Edição Extraordinária nº 8
      • Direito Público
      • 17 de janeiro de 2023
      • Processo: REsp 1.986.143-DF, Rel. Ministro Herman Benjamin, Segunda Turma, por unanimidade, julgado em 6/12/2022, DJe 19/12/2022.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO ADMINISTRATIVO

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Imóvel público. Ocupação por particular. Ausência de prévia formalização de ato ou negócio jurídico administrativo. Taxa de ocupação. Cobrança. Cabimento.

      Destaque - É cabível a cobrança de taxa de ocupação de imóvel público, ainda que não haja prévia formalização de ato ou negócio jurídico administrativo.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - Com relação à taxa de ocupação, o art. 24 da Lei n. 4.545/1964 prescreve, tão somente, que a ocupação de imóvel público por particular tem caráter precário e submete-se à conveniência e à oportunidade da Administração Pública. Nada mais. Do dispositivo não se extrai o entendimento de que a taxa de ocupação só é devida caso exista prévia autorização formal do Governador do Distrito Federal.

      • A interpretação de que a taxa de ocupação de imóvel público só é devida caso haja prévia formalização de ato ou negócio jurídico administrativo contraria o princípio da boa-fé objetiva. <u>O ocupante irregular de bem público não pode se beneficiar da sua própria ilegalidade para deixar de cumprir obrigação a todos imposta, o pagamento da taxa de ocupação</u>.

      • Nos termos do art. 884 do Código Civil, caracteriza enriquecimento sem causa ocupar, usar, fruir ou explorar ilicitamente a totalidade ou parte do patrimônio público, material e imaterial.

      • Quem ocupa, usa ou explora indevidamente bem público deve, em primeiro lugar, restituir tudo o que contra legem se apropriou, inclusive rendimentos com ele auferidos; em segundo lugar, deve pagar tributos incidentes, além de indenização tanto pela restrição em si do domínio público, como por eventuais danos causados, sem prejuízo da restauração das funções ecológicas, paisagísticas e outras, tangíveis ou intangíveis, acaso afetadas.

      • Sendo o particular detentor de má-fé de bem público, haverá de responder, entre outras obrigações, por todos os frutos que o Estado deixou de perceber, na forma do art. 1.216 do Código Civil, cujas disposições a respeito do possuidor se aplicam também, com mais razão, ao simples detentor ou a quem se apossa irregularmente daquilo que a todos pertence. Acrescente-se que, no caso do patrimônio público, a má-fé do detentor se constitui ipso facto, a partir da ocupação sem título válido, dispensada qualquer forma de notificação ou formalidade.

      • À luz do princípio da indisponibilidade do interesse público, eventual omissão do Estado no exercício do seu poder de polícia - ao deixar de fiscalizar e adotar medidas cabíveis para se opor ou reagir à apropriação irregular de bem público - <u>não transforma o errado em certo</u>. Irrelevante, ademais, que a injuricidade ocorra às vistas do Administrador ou com a sua inércia, conivência ou mesmo (inconcebível) aceitação tácita.

      • É certo que as prerrogativas do Estado encarnam obrigações, na fórmula de deveres-poderes. Essa constatação, contudo, não implica defender ou aceitar que quando falhar o Estado em prevenir, reparar ou reprimir o apossamento indevido do patrimônio público, venha-se, sob o pretexto de não exercício do poder de polícia e de falha no dever de agir, a abrir as portas para premiar o infrator e, dessa maneira, punir a sociedade mais uma vez, já <u>agravada com a inépcia e desídia daqueles que são pagos para protegê-la</u>.

      • Finalmente, desimportante a antiguidade da ilicitude, diante da imprescritibilidade da natureza do bem público, que deságua no veto a usucapião (art. 102 do Código Civil). Outrossim, a cobrança e o pagamento da taxa de ocupação não se prestam quer como argumento para validar o que, por ventura, não seja passível de legalização, quer para infirmar a precariedade de anterior autorização ou ato da Administração, quer para embaraçar o exercício pelo Estado de medidas de garantia eficaz da integridade e inviolabilidade do patrimônio público.

    3. inabilite

      O "mandato duradouro" é uma modalidade de diretiva antecipada de vontade em que se nomeia um procurador para tomar decisões sobre cuidados de saúde. Sua finalidade é justamente garantir que a vontade do mandante seja respeitada em um momento de incapacidade, quando ele não puder mais se expressar. Isso o caracteriza como uma exceção à regra geral de extinção do mandato pela incapacidade superveniente do mandante, pois ele passa a produzir seus principais efeitos exatamente nessa situação.

      Fonte: - MERGULHÃO, Maria Fernanda Dias. As Diretivas Antecipadas da Vontade - "Testamento Vital" e o "Mandato Duradouro": a gestão da saúde humana. Revista do Ministério Público do Estado do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro, n. 92, p. 101-107, abr./jun. 2024.

    4. cláusula proibitiva

      Conquanto possa haver cláusula proibitiva de cessão de crédito, a referida cláusula não poderá ser oposta contra cessionário de boa-fé.

      Isto é, a cessão de crédito efetuada contra disposição contratual, se novo credor não souber do conhecimento da cláusula proibitiva não escrita em instrumento, não poderá impedir que este novo credor exija o valor do devedor, apesar do ilícito contratual.

    5. não seja proprietário de outro imóvel
      • Informativo nº 753
      • 17 de outubro de 2022.
      • TERCEIRA TURMA
      • Processo: REsp 1.909.276-RJ, Rel. Min. Ricardo Villas Bôas Cueva, Terceira Turma, por unanimidade, julgado em 27/09/2022, DJe 30/09/2022.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO CIVIL

      TemaPaz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes <br /> Usucapião constitucional. Propriedade da metade do imóvel. Alteração fática substancial. Transmudação da posse. Animus domini. Caracterização. Usucapião reconhecido.

      Destaque - O fato de os possuidores serem proprietários de metade do imóvel usucapiendo não faz incidir a vedação de não possuir "outro imóvel" urbano, contida no artigo 1.240 do Código Civil.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - A usucapião constitucional ou especial urbana apresenta os seguintes requisitos para o seu reconhecimento: (i) área urbana não superior a 250 m² (duzentos e cinquenta metros quadrados); (ii) posse mansa e pacífica de 5 (cinco) anos ininterruptos, sem oposição, com animus domini; (iii) imóvel utilizado como moradia do possuidor ou de sua família, e (iv) o possuidor não ser proprietário de outro imóvel urbano ou rural, não lhe tendo sido deferida a usucapião especial urbana em outra ocasião.

      • Na hipótese, a Corte de origem entendeu que os recorrentes não cumpriram um dos requisitos para a aquisição da propriedade com fundamento na usucapião constitucional, qual seja, não possuir outro imóvel urbano. Isso porque eles seriam proprietários da outra metade do imóvel que pretendem usucapir.

      • Quanto ao ponto, vale esclarecer que os recorrentes, enquanto residiam no imóvel, adquiriram 50% (cinquenta por cento) de sua propriedade em hasta pública, no ano de 1984. Tiveram dificuldade para registrar a carta de arrematação diante da existência de gravames na matrícula, ainda que prescritos, motivo pelo qual ingressaram com o pedido de declaração de propriedade da totalidade do imóvel. Durante a tramitação do feito, conseguiram registrar a carta de arrematação, de modo que desapareceu o interesse processual no que diz respeito à metade do imóvel adquirida em leilão.

      • A controvérsia, portanto, gira em torno de definir se o fato de os recorrentes serem proprietários de metade do imóvel usucapiendo corresponde a possuir "outro imóvel" urbano, faltando-lhes um dos requisitos do artigo 1.240 do Código Civil. Como enfatiza a doutrina, os constituintes, ao delinearem a usucapião especial urbana, tinham como preocupação contemplar as pessoas sem moradia própria, daí a exigência de não ser proprietário de outro imóvel.

      • Sob essa perspectiva, o fato de os recorrentes serem proprietários da metade ideal do imóvel que pretendem usucapir não parece constituir o impedimento de que trata o art. 1.240 do Código Civil, pois não possuem moradia própria, já que eventualmente teriam que remunerar o co-proprietário para usufruir com exclusividade do bem.

      • Cumpre assinalar, ademais, que é firme a jurisprudência desta Corte no sentido de ser admissível a usucapião de bem em condomínio, desde que o condômino exerça a posse do bem com exclusividade.

      • Assim, tendo os recorrentes (i) permanecido no imóvel durante ao menos 30 (trinta) anos, de 1984 até 2003, data da propositura da ação, sem contrato de locação regular, (ii) sem ter pagado alugueres, (iii) tendo realizado benfeitorias, (iv) tendo se tornado proprietários da metade do apartamento, (v) adimplido com todas as taxas e tributos, inclusive taxas extraordinárias de condomínio, não há como afastar a hipótese de transmudação da posse, que passou a ser exercida com animus domini.

      • Desse modo, consumado o prazo da usucapião constitucional, estando presentes os demais requisitos do artigo 1.240 do Código Civil, deve ser declarada a propriedade sobre a integralidade do imóvel.

    6. tem direito o evicto a receber o preço que pagou

      É possível cláusula contratual que dispõe a respeito da responsabilidade sobre a evicção, até mesmo excluir essa responsabilidade do alienante.

      Contudo, para que seja válida a cláusula, o adquirente deve ter ciência do risco da evicção ou, expressamente, assumir o risco.

      Acaso o adquirente não tenha assumido o risco da evicção ou não possua ciência de tal risco, terá direito ao recebimento do preço pago.

    7. se assim não foi convencionado

      Cláusula penal funciona como indenização mínima. Embora possa haver prejuízo excedente ao valor da cláusula penal, a indenização suplementar só pode ser exigida quando: - 1) Previsto em contrato a possibilidade de cobrança suplementar; - 2) Comprovação do prejuízo excedente.

    8. prejuízo

      Exigência de cláusula penal prescinde de demonstração de prejuízo. O cometimento de ilícito contratual já dá ensejo à cobrança da pena convencional.

    9. converter-se-á em alternativa
      • Inadimplemento total = Ou cláusula penal ou exigência de cumprimento da obrigação, a critério do credor.
    10. não se transmite

      Direito de revogar doação é exclusivo do doador, não se transmitindo com a herança.

      Herdeiros somente poderão tratar de revogação da doação na hipótese de o doador, em vida, ter iniciado ação para revogar a doação.

    1. por sentença judicial

      A naturalização não se cancela administrativamente, ainda que decorrente de fraude. Somente sentença judicial poderá desconstituir a nacionalidade adquirida por naturalização. Confira:

      • Informativo 694
      • RMS 27840 / DF
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. RICARDO LEWANDOWSKI
      • Redator(a) do acórdão: Min. MARCO AURÉLIO
      • Julgamento: 07/02/2013 (Presencial)
      • Ramo do Direito: Constitucional
      • Matéria: Naturalização

      Cancelamento de naturalização e via jurisdicional

      Resumo - Deferida a naturalização, seu desfazimento só pode ocorrer <u>mediante processo judicial</u> (CF: “Art. 12. ... § 4º - Será declarada a perda da nacionalidade do brasileiro que: I - tiver cancelada sua naturalização, por sentença judicial, em virtude de atividade nociva ao interesse nacional”).

      • Essa a orientação do Plenário que, ao concluir julgamento, por maioria, proveu recurso ordinário em mandado de segurança no qual se discutia a possibilidade de o Ministro de Estado da Justiça, <u>por meio de ato administrativo</u>, cancelar o deferimento de naturalização quando embasada em <u>premissa falsa</u> (erro de fato) consistente, na espécie, em omitir-se a existência de condenação em momento anterior a sua naturalização — v. Informativo 604.

      • Asseverou-se que a cláusula do inciso I do § 4º do art. 12 da CF seria abrangente, a revelar que o cancelamento da naturalização deveria ocorrer por sentença judicial.

      • Ademais, ressaltou-se que a referência feita na parte final do aludido preceito, ao apontar uma causa, seria simplesmente exemplificativa, haja vista a infinidade de situações que poderiam surgir, a desaguarem no cancelamento da naturalização.
      • Por conseguinte, declarou-se a nulidade da Portaria 361/2008, do Ministro de Estado da Justiça, de modo a restabelecer-se a situação do recorrente como brasileiro naturalizado em todos os órgãos públicos, sem prejuízo de que a condição de naturalizado fosse analisada judicialmente, nos termos do art. 12, § 4º, I, da CF.
      • Assentou-se, ainda, a não recepção do art. 112, §§ 2º e 3º, da Lei 6.815/80 (Estatuto do Estrangeiro) pela atual Constituição. Nesse ponto, a Min. Cármen Lúcia declarava o não recebimento apenas do mencionado § 3º. Salientava a adesão brasileira à Convenção sobre o Estatuto dos Apátridas, que, em seu art. 8º, § 4º, preveria, na hipótese em comento, também a atuação de órgão independente.
      • Entretanto, consignava que o Ministro de Estado da Justiça, tendo em conta vinculação hierárquica ao Chefe do Poder Executivo, não deteria essa competência. Vencido o Min. Ricardo Lewandowski, relator, que denegava o recurso por reputar possível esse cancelamento pela via administrativa, quando descobertos vícios no seu processo.

      Legislação: CF: “Art. 12. ... § 4º art. 112, §§ 2º e 3º, da Lei 6.815/80

    1. Terceiros
      • ADI 6284
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. ROBERTO BARROSO
      • Julgamento: 15/09/2021
      • Publicação: 24/09/2021

      Direito constitucional e tributário. Ação direta de inconstitucionalidade. Responsabilidade tributária solidária do contabilista. Ausência de ofensa reflexa à Constituição. Competência concorrente. Legislação estadual que conflita com as regras gerais do CTN. Inconstitucionalidade.

        1. Ação direta de inconstitucionalidade ajuizada pelo Partido Progressista, com pedido de medida cautelar, em que pleiteia a declaração de inconstitucionalidade dos arts. 45, XII-A, XIII e § 2º, da Lei nº 11.651/1991, do Estado de Goiás, e 36, XII-A e XIII, do Decreto nº 4.852/1997, do mesmo Estado. Em consonância com tais regras, atribui-se ao contabilista a responsabilidade solidária com o contribuinte ou com o substituto tributário, quanto ao pagamento de impostos e de penalidades pecuniárias, no caso de suas ações ou omissões concorrerem para a prática de infração à legislação tributária.
        1. A presente controvérsia consiste em definir se os atos normativos estaduais foram editados em contrariedade com as regras constitucionais de competência tributária, notadamente o art. 146, III, b, da CF/1988. Eventual inobservância de tais regras de competência implica ofensa direta à Constituição. Precedentes.
        1. Legislação estadual que <u>amplia</u> as hipóteses de responsabilidade de terceiros por infrações, invade a competência do legislador complementar federal para estabelecer as normas gerais sobre a matéria (art. 146, III, b, da CF/1988). Isso porque as linhas básicas da responsabilidade tributária devem estar contidas em lei complementar editada pela União, não sendo possível que uma lei estadual estabeleça regras conflitantes com as normas gerais (ADI 4.845, sob a minha relatoria).
        1. Inconstitucionalidade formal. Legislação do Estado de Goiás aborda matéria reservada à lei complementar e dispõe diversamente sobre (i) quem pode ser responsável tributário, ao incluir hipóteses não contempladas pelos arts. 134 e 135 do CTN, (ii) em quais circunstâncias pode ser responsável tributário (“infração à legislação tributária”), sendo que, conforme as regras gerais, para haver a responsabilidade tributária pessoal do terceiro, ele deve ter praticado atos com excesso de poderes ou infração de lei, contrato social ou estatutos, não havendo a responsabilização pelo mero inadimplemento de obrigação tributária.
        1. Ante todo o exposto, voto pelo conhecimento da presente ação direta de inconstitucionalidade e julgo procedente o pedido, para declarar a inconstitucionalidade dos arts. 45, XII-A, XIII e § 2º, da Lei nº 11.651/1991, do Estado de Goiás, e 36, XII-A e XIII, do Decreto nº 4.852/1997, do mesmo Estado.
        1. Fixação da seguinte tese: “É inconstitucional lei estadual que verse sobre a responsabilidade de terceiros por infrações de forma diversa das regras gerais estabelecidas pelo Código Tributário Nacional.”.

      Tese - É inconstitucional lei estadual que disciplina a responsabilidade de terceiros por infrações de forma diversa das regras gerais estabelecidas pelo Código Tributário Nacional.


      Obs.: Ou seja, é o CTN quem tem atribuição constitucional de definir a responsabilidade tributária de terceiros e sucessores, incorrendo em inconstitucionalidade formal a legislação estadual que ampliar ou modificar o rol previsto nos arts 133 e 134 do CTN.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a study on expectation manipulation to induce placebo and nocebo effects in healthy participants. The study follows standard placebo experiment conventions with the use of TENS stimulation as the placebo manipulation. The authors were able to achieve their aims. A key finding is that placebo and nocebo effects were predicted by recent experience, which is a novel contribution to the literature. The findings provide insights into the differences between placebo and nocebo effects and the potential moderators of these effects.

      Specifically, the study aimed to:

      (1) assess the magnitude of placebo and nocebo effects immediately after induction through verbal instructions and conditioning

      (2) examine the persistence of these effects one week later, and

      (3) identify predictors of sustained placebo and nocebo responses over time.

      Strengths:

      An innovation was to use sham TENS stimulation as the expectation manipulation. This expectation manipulation was reinforced not only by the change in pain stimulus intensity, but also by delivery of non-painful electrical stimulation, labelled as TENS stimulation.

      Questionnaire-based treatment expectation ratings were collected before conditioning and after conditioning, and after the test session, which provided an explicit measure of participants' expectations about the manipulation.

      The finding that placebo and nocebo effects are influenced by recent experience provides a novel insight into a potential moderator of individual placebo effects.

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough evaluation of our manuscript and for highlighting the novelty and originality of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      There are a limited number of trials per test condition (10), which means that the trajectory of responses to the manipulation may not be adequately explored.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the number of trials in the test phase. The trial number was chosen to ensure comparability with previous studies addressing similar research questions with similar designs (e.g. Colloca et al., 2010). Our primary objective was to directly compare placebo and nocebo effects within a within-subject design and to examine their persistence one week after the first test session. While we did not specifically aim to investigate the trajectory of responses within a single testing session, we fully agree that a comprehensive analysis of the trajectories of expectation effects on pain would be a valuable extension of our work. We have now acknowledged this limitation and future direction in the revised manuscript.

      The paragraph reads as follows: “It is important to note that our study was designed in alignment with previous studies addressing similar questions (e.g., Colloca et al., 2010). Our primary aim was to directly compare placebo and nocebo effects in a within-subject design and assess their persistence of these effects one week following the first test session. One limitation of our approach is the relatively short duration of each session, which may have limited our ability to examine the trajectory of responses within a single session. Future studies could address this limitation by increasing the number of trials for a more comprehensive analysis.”

      On day 8, one stimulus per stimulation intensity (i.e., VAS 40, 60, and 80) was applied before the start of the test session to re-familiarise participants with the thermal stimulation. There is a potential risk of revealing the manipulation to participants during the re-familiarization process, as they were not previously briefed to expect the painful stimulus intensity to vary without the application of sham TENS stimulation.

      We thank the reviewer for the opportunity to clarify this point. Participants were informed at the beginning of the experiment that we would use different stimulation intensities to re-familiarize them with the stimuli before the second test session. We are therefore confident that participants perceived this step as part of a recalibration rather than associating it with the experimental manipulation. We have added this information to the revised version of the manuscript.

      The paragraph now reads as follows: “On day 8, one stimulus per stimulation intensity (i.e., VAS 40, 60 and 80) was applied before the start of the test session to re-familiarise participants with the thermal stimulation. Note that participants were informed that these pre-test stimuli were part of the recalibration and refamiliarization procedure conducted prior to the second test session.”

      The differences between the nocebo and control conditions in pain ratings during conditioning could be explained by the differing physiological effects of the different stimulus intensities, so it is difficult to make any claims about expectation effects here.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and agree that, despite the careful calibration of the three pain stimuli, we cannot entirely rule out the possibility that temporal dynamics during the conditioning session were influenced by differential physiological effects of the varying stimulus intensities (e.g., intensity-dependent habituation or sensitization). We have addressed this in the revision of the manuscript, but we would like to emphasize that the stronger nocebo effects during the test phase are statistically controlled for any differences in the conditioning session.

      The paragraph now reads: “This asymmetry is noteworthy in and of itself because it occurred despite the equidistant stimulus calibration relative to the control condition prior to conditioning. It may be the result of different physiological effects of the stimuli over time or amplified learning in the nocebo condition, consistent with its heightened biological relevance, but it could also be a stronger effect of the verbal instructions in this condition.”

      A randomisation error meant that 25 participants received an unbalanced number of 448 trials per condition (i.e., 10 x VAS 40, 14 x VAS 60, 12 x VAS 80).

      We agree that this is indeed unfortunate. However, we would like to point out that all analyses reported in the manuscript have been controlled for the VAS ratings in the conditioning session, i.e., potential effects of the conditioned placebo and nocebo stimuli. Moreover, we have now conducted additional analyses, presented here in our response to the reviewers, to demonstrate that this imbalance did not systematically bias the results. Importantly, the key findings observed during the test phase remain robust despite this issue.

      Specifically, when excluding these 25 participants from the analyses, the reported stronger nocebo compared to placebo effects in the test session on day 1 remain unchanged. Likewise, the comparison of placebo and nocebo effects between days 1 and 8 shows the same pattern when excluding the participants in question. The only exception is the interaction between effect (placebo vs nocebo) x session (day 1 vs day 8), which changed from a borderline significant result (p = .049) to insignificant (p = .24). However, post hoc tests continued to show the same pattern as originally reported: a significant reduction in the nocebo effect from day 1 to day 8 and no significant change in the placebo effect.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kunkel et al aim to answer a fundamental question: Do placebo and nocebo effects differ in magnitude or longevity? To address this question, they used a powerful within-participants design, with a very large sample size (n=104), in which they compared placebo and nocebo effects - within the same individuals - across verbal expectations, conditioning, testing phase, and a 1-week follow-up. With elegant analyses, they establish that different mechanisms underlie the learning of placebo vs nocebo effects, with the latter being acquired faster and extinguished slower. This is an important finding for both the basic understanding of learning mechanisms in humans and for potential clinical applications to improve human health.

      Strengths:

      Beyond the above - the paper is well-written and very clear. It lays out nicely the need for the current investigation and what implications it holds. The design is elegant, and the analyses are rich, thoughtful, and interesting. The sample size is large which is highly appreciated, considering the longitudinal, in-lab study design. The question is super important and well-investigated, and the entire manuscript is very thoughtful with analyses closely examining the underlying mechanisms of placebo versus nocebo effects.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive evaluation of our manuscript and for acknowledging the methodological rigor and the significant implications for clinical applications and the broader research field.

      Weaknesses:

      There were two highly addressable weaknesses in my opinion:

      (1) I could not find the preregistration - this is crucial to verify what analyses the authors have committed to prior to writing the manuscript. Please provide a link leading directly to the preregistration - searching for the specified number in the suggested website yielded no results.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We included a link to the preregistration in the revised manuscript. This study was pre-registered with the German Clinical Trial Register (registration number: DRKS00029228; https://drks.de/search/de/trial/DRKS00029228).

      (2) There is a recurring issue which is easy to address: because the Methods are located after the Results, many of the constructs used, analyses conducted, and even the main placebo and nocebo inductions are unclear, making it hard to appreciate the results in full. I recommend finding a way to detail at the beginning of the results section how placebo and nocebo effects have been induced. While my background means I am familiar with these methods, other readers will lack that knowledge. Even a short paragraph or a figure (like Figure 4) could help clarify the results substantially. For example, a significant portion of the results is devoted to the conditioning part of the experiment, while it is unknown which part was involved (e.g., were temperatures lowered/increased in all trials or only in the beginning).

      We thank the reviewer for their helpful comment and agree that the Results section requires additional information that would typically be provided by the Methods section if it directly followed the Introduction. In response, we have moved the former Figure 4 from the Methods section to the beginning of the Results section as a new Figure 1, to improve clarity. Further, we have revised the Methods section to explicitly state that all trials during the conditioning phase were manipulated in the same way.

      Recommendations for the Authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Given that the authors are claiming (correctly) that there is only limited work comparing placebo/nocebo effects, there are some papers missing from their citations:

      Nocebo responses are stronger than placebo responses after subliminal pain conditioning - - Jensen, K., Kirsch, I., Odmalm, S., Kaptchuk, T. J. & Ingvar, M. Classical conditioning of analgesic and hyperalgesic pain responses without conscious awareness. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 112, 7863-7 (2015)

      We thank the reviewer and have now included this relevant publication into the introduction of the revised manuscript.

      Hird, E.J., Charalambous, C., El-Deredy, W. et al. Boundary effects of expectation in human pain perception. Sci Rep 9, 9443 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-45811-x

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting this relevant publication. We have now included it into the discussion of the revised manuscript by adding the following paragraph:

      “Recent work using a predictive coding framework further suggests that nocebo effects may be less susceptible to prediction error than placebo effects (Hird et al., 2019), which could contribute to their greater persistence and strength in our study.”

      (2) The trial-by-trial pain ratings could have been usefully modelled with a computational model, such as a Bayesian model (this is especially pertinent given the reference to Bayesian processing in the discussion). A multilevel model could also be used to increase the power of the analysis. This is a tentative suggestion, as I appreciate it would require a significant investment of time and work - alternatively, the authors could acknowledge it in the Discussion as a useful future avenue for investigation, if this is preferred.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. While we agree that computational modelling approaches could provide valuable insights into individual learning, our study was not designed with this in mind and the relatively small number of trials per condition and the absence of trial-by-trial expectancy ratings limit the applicability of such models. We have therefore chosen not to pursue such analysis but highlight it in the discussion as a promising direction for future research.

      “Notably, the most recent experience was the most predictive in all three analyses; for instance, the placebo effect on day 8 was predicted by the placebo effect on day 1, not by the initial conditioning. This finding supports the Bayesian inference framework, where recent experiences are weighted more heavily in the process of model updating because they are more likely to reflect the current state of the environment, providing the most relevant and immediate information needed to guide future actions and predictions24. Interestingly, while a change in pain predicted subsequent nocebo effects, it seemed less influential than for placebo effects. This aligns with findings that longer conditioning enhanced placebo effects, while it did not affect nocebo responses10 and the conclusion that nocebo instruction may be sufficient to trigger nocebo responses. Using Bayesian modeling, future studies could identify individual differences in the development of placebo and nocebo effects by integrating prior experiences and sensory inputs, providing a probabilistic framework for understanding the underlying mechanisms.”

      (3) The paper is missing any justification of sample size, i.e. power analysis - please include this.

      We apologize for the missing information on our a priori power analysis. As there is a lack of prior studies investigating within-subjects comparisons of placebo and nocebo effects that could inform precise effect size estimates for our research question, we based our calculation on the ability detect small effects. Specifically, the study was powered to detect effect sizes in the range of d = 0.2 - 0.25 with α = .05 and power = .9, yielding a required sample size of N = 83-129. We have now added this information to the methods section of the revised manuscript.

      (4) "On day 8, one stimulus per stimulation intensity (i.e., VAS 40, 60 and 80) was applied before the start of the test session to re-familiarise participants with the thermal stimulation."

      What were the instructions about this? Was it before the electrode was applied? This runs the risk of unblinding participants, as they only expect to feel changes in stimulus intensity due to the TENS stimulation.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the potential risk of unblinding participants due to the re-familiarization process prior to the second test session. We would like to clarify that we followed specific procedures to prevent participants from associating this process with the experimental manipulation. The re-familiarisation with the thermal stimuli was conducted after the electrode had been applied and re-tested to ensure that both stimulus modalities were re-introduced in a consistent and neutral context. Participants were explicitly informed that both procedures were standard checks prior to the actual test session (“We will check both once again before we begin the actual measurement.”). For the thermal stimuli, we informed participants that they would experience three different intensities to allow the skin to acclimate (e.g., “...we will test the heat stimuli in 3 trials with different temperatures, allowing your skin to acclimate to the stimuli. …”), without implying any connection to the experimental conditions.

      Importantly, this re-familiarization procedure mirrored what participants had already experienced during the initial calibration session on day 1. We therefore assume that participants interpreted as a routine technical step rather than part of the experimental manipulation. We have now clarified this procedure in the methods section of the revised manuscript.

      (5) "For a comparison of pain intensity ratings between time-points, an ANOVA with the within-subject factors Condition (placebo, nocebo, control) and Session (day 1, day 8) was carried out. For the comparison of placebo and nocebo effects between the two test days, an ANOVA with the with-subject factors Effect (placebo effect, nocebo effect) and Session (day 1, day 8) was used."

      It seems that one ANOVA is looking at raw pain scores and one is looking at difference scores, but this is a bit confusing - please rephrase/clarify this, and explain why it is useful to include both.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. Our primary analyses focus on placebo and nocebo effects, which we define as the difference in pain intensity ratings between the control and the placebo condition (placebo effect) and the nocebo and the control condition (nocebo effect), respectively.

      To examine whether condition effects were present at each time-point, we first conducted two separate repeated measures ANOVAs - one for day 1 and one for day 8 - with the within-subject factor CONDITION (placebo, nocebo, control).

      To compare the magnitude and persistence of placebo and nocebo effects over time, we then calculated the above-mentioned difference scores and submitted these to a second ANOVA with within-subject factors EFFECT (placebo vs. nocebo effect) and SESSION (day 1 vs. day 8). We have now clarified this approach on page 19 of the revised manuscript. To avoid confusion, the Condition x Session ANOVA has been removed from the manuscript.

      (6) Please can the authors provide a figure illustrating trial-by-trial ratings during test trials as well as during conditioning trials?

      In response to the reviewer’s point, we now provide the trial-by-trial ratings of the test phases on days 1 and 8 as an additional figure in the Supplement (Figure S1) and would like to clarify that trial-by-trial pain intensity ratings of the conditioning phase are displayed in Figure 2C of the manuscript,

      (7) "Separate multiple linear regression analyses were performed to examine the influence of expectations (GEEE ratings) and experienced effects (VAS ratings) on subsequent placebo and nocebo effects. For day 1, the placebo effect was entered as the dependent variable and the following variables as potential predictors: (i) expected improvement with placebo before conditioning, (ii) placebo effect during conditioning and (iii) the expected improvement with placebo before the test session at day 1"

      The term "placebo effect during conditioning" is a bit confusing - I believe this is just the effect of varying stimulus intensities - please could the authors be more explicit on the terminology they use to describe this? NB changes in pain rating during the conditioning trials do not count as a placebo/nocebo effect, as most of the change in rating will reflect differences in stimulation intensity.

      We agree with the reviewer that the cited paragraph refers to the actual application of lower or higher pain stimuli during the conditioning session, rather than genuinely induced placebo or nocebo effect. We thank the reviewer for this helpful observation and have revised the terminology, accordingly, now referring to these as “pain relief during conditioning” and “pain worsening during conditioning”.

      (8) Supplementary materials: "The three temperature levels were perceived as significantly different (VAS ratings; placebo condition: M= 32.90, SD= 16.17; nocebo condition: M= 56.62, SD= 17.09; control condition: M= 80.84, SD= 12.18"

      This suggests that the VAS rating for the control condition was higher than for the nocebo condition. Please could the authors clarify/correct this?

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this error. The values for the control and the nocebo condition had accidentally been swapped. This has now been corrected in the manuscript: control condition: M= 56.62, SD= 17.09; nocebo condition: M= 80.84, SD= 12.18.

      (9) "To predict placebo responses a week later (VAScontrol - VASplacebo at day 8), the same independent variables were entered as for day 1 but with the following additional variables (i) the placebo effect at day 1 and (ii) the expected improvement with placebo before the test session at day 8."

      Here it would be much clearer to say 'pain ratings during test trials at day 1".

      We agree with the reviewer and have revised the manuscript as suggested.

      (10) For completeness, please present the pain intensity ratings during conditioning as well as calibration/test trials in the figure.

      Please see our answer to comment (6).

      (11) In Figure 1a, it looks like some participants had rated the control condition as zero by day 8. If so, it's inappropriate to include these participants in the analysis if they are not responding to the stimulus. Were these the participants who were excluded due to pain insensitivity?

      On day 8, the lowest pain intensity ratings observed were VAS 3 in the placebo condition and VAS 2 in the control condition, both from the same participant. All other participants reported minimum values of VAS 11 or higher (all on a scale from 0-100). Thus, no participant provided a pain rating of VAS 0, and all ratings indicated some level of pain perception in response to the stimulus. We did not define an exclusion criterion based on day 8 pain ratings in our preregistration, and we did not observe any technical issues with the stimulation procedure. To avoid post-hoc exclusions and maintain consistency with our preregistered analysis plan, we therefore decided to include all participants in the analysis.

      (12) "Comparison of day 1 and day 8. A direct comparison of placebo and nocebo effects on day 1 and day 8 pain intensity ratings showed a main effect of Effect with a stronger nocebo effect (F(1,97)= 53.93, 131 p< .001, η2= .36) but no main effect of Day (F(1,97)= 2.94, p= .089, η2 = .029). The significant Effect x Session interaction indicated that the placebo effect and the nocebo effect developed differently over time (F(1,97)= 3.98, p= .049, η2 = .039)"

      This is confusing as it talks about a main effect of "day" and then interaction with "session" - are they two different models? The authors need to clarify.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. In our analysis, “Session” is the correct term for the experimental factor, which has two factor levels, “day 1” and “day 8”. This has now been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) More information on how "size of the effect" in Figures 1b and 2b was calculated is needed; this can be in the legend. If these are differences between control and each condition, then they were reversed for one condition (nocebo?), which is ok - but this should be clearly explained.

      We agree with the reviewer and have now revised the figure legends to improve clarity. The legends now read:

      1b: “Figure 1. Pain intensity ratings and placebo and nocebo effects during calibration and test sessions. (A) Mean pain intensity ratings in the placebo, nocebo and control condition during calibration, and during the test sessions at day 1 and day 8. (B) Placebo effect (control condition - placebo condition, i.e., positive value of difference) and nocebo effect (nocebo condition - control condition, i.e., positive value of difference) on day 1 and day 8. Error bars indicate the standard error of the mean, circles indicate mean ratings of individual participants. *: p < .001, : p < .01, n.s.: non-significant.”

      2b: “Figure 2. Mean and trial-by-trial pain intensity ratings, placebo and nocebo effects during conditioning. (A) Mean pain intensity ratings of the placebo, nocebo and control condition during conditioning. (B) Placebo effect (control condition - placebo condition, i.e., positive value of difference) and nocebo effect (nocebo condition - control condition, i.e., positive value of difference) during conditioning. (C) Trial-by-trial pain intensity ratings (with confidence intervals) during conditioning. Error bars indicate the standard error of the mean, circles indicate mean ratings of individual participants. ***: p < .001.”

      (2) In the methods, I was missing a clear understanding of how many trials there were in the conditioning phase, and then how many in the other testing phases. Also, how long did the experiment last in total?

      We apologize that the exact number of trials in the testing phases was not clear in the original manuscript. We now indicate on page 18 of the revised manuscript that we used 10 trials per condition in the test sessions. We have also added information on the duration of each test day (i.e., three hours on day 1 and one hour on day 8) on page 15.

      (3) In expectancy ratings, line 186 - are improvement and worsening expectations different from expected pain relief? It is implied that these are two different constructs - it would be helpful to clarify that.

      We agree that this is indeed confusing and would like to clarify that both refer to the same construct. We used the Generic rating scale for previous treatment experiences, treatment expectations, and treatment effects (GEEE questionnaire, Rief et al. 2021) that discriminates between expected symptom improvement, expected symptom worsening, and expected side effects due to a treatment. We now use the terms “expected pain relief” and “expected pain worsening” throughout the whole manuscript.

      (4) In the last section of the Results, somatosensory amplification comes out of nowhere - and could be better introduced (see point 2 above).

      We agree with the reviewer that introducing the concept of somatosensory amplification and its potential link to placebo/nocebo effects only in the Methods is unhelpful, given that this section appears at the end of the manuscript. We therefore now introduce the relevant publication (Doering et al., 2015) before reporting our findings on this concept.

      (5) In line 169, if the authors want to specify what portion of the variance was explained by expectancy, they could conduct a hierarchical regression, where they first look at R2 without the expectancy entered, and only then enter it to obtain the R2 change.

      We fully agree that hierarchical regression can be a useful approach for isolating the contribution of variables. However, in our case, expectancy was assessed at different time points (e.g., before conditioning and before the test session on day 1), and there was no principled rationale for determining the order in which these different expectancy-related variables should be entered into a hierarchical model.

      That said, in response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now conducted hierarchical regression analyses in which all expectancy-related variables were entered together as a single block (see below). These analyses largely confirmed the findings reported so far and are provided here in the response to the reviewers below. Given the exploratory nature of this grouping and the lack of an a priori hierarchy, we feel that the standard multiple regression models remain the most appropriate for addressing our research question because it allows us to evaluate the total contribution of expectancy-related predictors while also examining the individual contribution of each variable within the block. We would therefore prefer to retain these as the primary analyses in the manuscript.

      Results of the hierarchical regression analyses:

      Day 1 - Placebo response: In step 1, we entered the difference in pain intensity ratings between the control and the placebo condition during conditioning as a predictor. In step 2, we added the two variables reflecting expectations (i.e., expected improvement with placebo (i) before conditioning and (ii) before the test session on day 1). This allowed us to assess whether expectation-related variables explained additional variance beyond the effect of conditioning.

      The overall regression model at step 1 was significant, F(1, 102) = 13.42, p < .001, explaining 11.6% of the variance in the dependent variable (R<sup>2</sup> = .116). Adding the expectancy-related predictors in step 2 did not lead to a significant increase in explained variance, ΔR<sup>2</sup> = .007, F(2, 100) = 0.384, p = .682. Thus, the conditioning response significantly predicted placebo-related pain reduction on day 1, but additional information on expectations did not account for further variance.

      Day 1 - Nocebo response: The equivalent analysis was run for the nocebo response on day 1. In step 1, the pain intensity difference between the nocebo and the control condition was entered as a predictor before adding the two expectancy ratings (i.e., expected worsening with nocebo (i) before conditioning and (ii) before the test session on day 1).

      In step 1, the regression model was not statistically significant, F(1, 102) = 2.63, p = .108, and explained only 2.5% of the variance in nocebo response (R<sup>2</sup> = .025). Adding the expectation-related predictors in Step 2 slightly increased the explained variance by ΔR<sup>2</sup> = .027, but this change was also non-significant, F(2, 100) = 1.41, p = .250. The overall variance explained by the full model remained low (R<sup>2</sup> = .052). These results suggest that neither conditioning nor expectation-related variables reliably predicted nocebo-related pain increases on day 1.

      Day 8 - Placebo response: For the prediction of the placebo effect on day 8, the following variables reflecting perceived effects were entered as predictors in step 1: the difference in pain intensity ratings between the control and the placebo condition (i) during conditioning and (ii) on day 1. In step 2, the variables reflecting expectations were added: the expected improvement with placebo (i) before conditioning, (ii) before the test session on day 1 and (iii) before the test session on day 8.

      In step 1, the model was statistically significant, F(3, 95) = 14.86, p < .001, explaining 23.8% of the variance in the placebo response (R<sup>2</sup> = .238, Adjusted R<sup>2</sup> = .222). In step 2, the addition of the expectation-related predictors resulted in a non-significant improvement in model fit, ΔR<sup>2</sup> = .051, F(3, 92) = 2.21, p = .092. The overall variance explained by the full model increased modestly to 29.0%.

      Day 8 - Nocebo response: For the equivalent analyses of nocebo responses on day 8, the following variables were included in step 1: the difference in pain intensity ratings between the nocebo and the control condition (i) during conditioning and (ii) on day 1. In step 2, we entered the variables reflecting nocebo expectations including expected worsening with nocebo (i) before conditioning, (ii) before the test session on day 1 and (iii) before the test session on day 8. In step 1, the model significantly predicted the day 8 nocebo response, F(3, 95) = 6.04, p = .003, accounting for 11.3% of the variance (R<sup>2</sup> = .113, Adjusted R<sup>2</sup> = .094). However, the addition of expectation-related predictors in Step 2 resulted in only a negligible and non-significant improvement, ΔR<sup>2</sup> = .006, F(3, 92) = 0.215, p = .886. The full model explained just 11.9% of the variance (R<sup>2</sup> = .119).

      Typos:

      (6) Abstract - 104 heathy xxx (word missing).

      (7) Line 61 - reduce or decrease - I think you meant increase.

      Thank you, we have now corrected both sentences.

      References

      Colloca L, Petrovic P, Wager TD, Ingvar M, Benedetti F. How the number of learning trials affects placebo and nocebo responses. Pain. 2010

      Doering BK, Nestoriuc Y, Barsky AJ, Glaesmer H, Brähler E, Rief W. Is somatosensory amplification a risk factor for an increased report of side effects? Reference data from the German general population. J Psychosom Res. 2015

    1. Un instrumento sonoro capaz de representarse a sí mismo, enocasiones de forma terrible, aunque siempre de manera sorprendente,

      ¿Qué da miedo del chifle?¿que puede comunicar que viene el peligro?

    1. Briefing détaillé : L'Endométriose – Vers de nouvelles thérapies

      Ce document présente une revue détaillée des thèmes principaux, des idées les plus importantes et des faits marquants concernant l'endométriose, basés sur les extraits audio fournis.

      Introduction : Une Maladie Complexe et Invalidante

      L'endométriose est une maladie complexe et insidieuse qui touche environ une femme sur 10, soit 200 millions de personnes dans le monde.

      Elle se caractérise par la présence de tissu semblable à l'endomètre (la muqueuse utérine) en dehors de l'utérus, pouvant se fixer sur divers organes comme les ovaires, la région pelvienne et abdominale, la vessie, l'intestin, et même les poumons.

      Ces lésions s'épaississent et saignent lors des règles, mais contrairement aux menstruations, le sang ne peut être évacué, entraînant des inflammations, des kystes, des cicatrices et des adhérences entre les organes.

      La douleur est un symptôme central, souvent décrite comme "transperçante, on dirait des lames" ou "un arrachement d'organe", et "pire que celle d'un accouchement".

      Elle peut être aiguë dans l'abdomen et le dos, lors des rapports sexuels et en allant aux toilettes.

      Cette douleur chronique peut également engendrer une "mémoire de la douleur", rendant les patientes encore plus sensibles.

      La maladie est évolutive et très invalidante, affectant profondément la qualité de vie des femmes, comme en témoigne Amandine Paul André : "On peut pas avoir une vie entre guillemets normale quoi. On est obligé de faire avec la forme du moment".

      Un Diagnostic Tardif et une Souffrance Ignorée L'un des problèmes majeurs de l'endométriose est le délai de diagnostic, qui est en moyenne de 7 à 10 ans.

      Cette latence est principalement due au fait que "la souffrance des patientes n'est pas prise au sérieux".

      De nombreuses femmes entendent des phrases comme "on me dit que je suis folle, mon IRM est normal, c'est dans ma tête". Historiquement, la médecine a longtemps négligé les douleurs féminines, les considérant comme normales, voire les associant à l'hystérie ou à des problèmes psychologiques. Jasmine Cando raconte : "j'en ai parlé à ma mère qui m'a dit 'Mais c'est normal, moi j'étais comme toi, ça va durer un certain temps.' Donc j'ai appris à me taire, à terre mes douleurs."

      Le manque de connaissances médicales sur la maladie a également contribué à ce retard.

      En France, l'endométriose n'a fait son entrée dans les programmes de médecine qu'en 2020, et en Allemagne en 2018 pour la spécialisation en gynécologie obstétrique.

      Causes Mal Connues, Traitements Non Curatifs mais en Évolution

      Les causes exactes de l'endométriose restent encore "mal connues".

      Cependant, la recherche progresse et suggère qu'il n'y a pas "un seul type d'endométriose, mais plusieurs", partageant des traits communs avec d'autres maladies chroniques complexes.

      Il n'existe actuellement aucun traitement curatif pour l'endométriose. Cependant, des options sont disponibles pour atténuer les symptômes et enrayer sa progression :

      Thérapies hormonales : Souvent recommandées en première intention (pilule contraceptive, traitement progestatif) pour limiter la production d'œstrogènes et les saignements, interrompant ainsi la prolifération des lésions.

      Cependant, cette solution "ne convient pas à tout le monde" et peut avoir des effets secondaires. Gestion multimodale de la douleur : Intègre des approches médicamenteuses (antalgiques, parfois morphine comme pour Yasmine, bien que cela puisse entraîner une dépendance) et non médicamenteuses.

      Parmi ces dernières, on trouve le yoga, les changements d'alimentation, l'ostéopathie, l'acupuncture et l'accompagnement psychologique.

      Maria Bambec a appris à "se composer comme un bouquet de fleurs de toutes les choses qui m'aident et je pioche dedans".

      Chirurgie : Vise à retirer ou détruire les lésions d'endométriose.

      Ces interventions peuvent être complexes, en particulier pour les formes sévères touchant plusieurs organes.

      Amandine a subi une intervention de 5 heures pour des lésions obstructives de l'intestin, utilisant la chirurgie robotique pour une "précision inégalée".

      Cependant, la maladie peut récidiver après la chirurgie, comme l'a expérimenté Yasmine, qui a subi neuf opérations.

      Avancées Prometteuses en Diagnostic et Traitement

      Malgré les défis, la recherche "rattrape peu à peu son retard" et les "dernières avancées en matière de diagnostic et de thérapie sont particulièrement prometteuses."

      Test salivaire (EndoTest) : Cette avancée est "absolument phénoménale". Développé par une entreprise lyonnaise de biotechnologie, ce test permettrait de diagnostiquer l'endométriose avec une "précision diagnostique de plus de 95 %" à partir d'un échantillon de 2 ml de salive, évitant ainsi des cœlioscopies diagnostiques. L'étude actuelle sur 25 000 femmes vise à évaluer son impact sur la prise en charge et le nombre d'opérations.

      Ultrasons focalisés à haute intensité (HIFU) : Cette nouvelle approche thérapeutique, testée à Lyon, permettrait d'éviter des chirurgies lourdes pour les lésions profondes, notamment celles infiltrant la paroi rectale.

      La sonde utilise des ultrasons à très haute énergie pour "brûler" et détruire les lésions, leur vascularisation et les fibres nerveuses responsables de la douleur.

      Les premiers résultats sont très encourageants : sur 60 femmes traitées, seules trois ont connu une récidive, et les patientes témoignent d'une réduction significative de la douleur. Gill du Bernard, le médecin menant l'essai, déclare : "C'est un rêve devenu réalité".

      Recherche génétique : Des études à Oxford, menées par Krina Zondervan, analysent l'ADN de dizaines de milliers de femmes pour identifier les "variants génétiques correspondant à un risque d'endométriose" (42 régions du génome identifiées).

      Ces recherches révèlent des recoupements avec d'autres comorbidités (douleurs dorsales, migraines, maladies inflammatoires auto-immunes, asthme).

      L'objectif est de développer des "médicaments adaptés aux différentes manifestations de l'endométriose" et d'individualiser le diagnostic et la prise en charge, à l'image de l'oncologie.

      Sensibilisation et Soutien : Un Enjeu Sociétal

      L'endométriose est de plus en plus reconnue comme un "problème de société", comme l'a souligné le président Macron en janvier 2022. En 2024, le gouvernement allemand a alloué 15 millions d'euros sur 3 ans à la recherche.

      Des actions de sensibilisation sont menées activement par des associations de patientes comme Endofrance, où Yasmine Cando intervient dans les collèges et lycées.

      Grâce aux réseaux sociaux et à des célébrités (Alexa Chung, Lena Dunham, Laetitia Milot), la parole se libère autour des règles et des douleurs gynécologiques. Yasmine constate une évolution positive, notamment chez les garçons, qui "posent les questions, qui interviennent", changeant la perception de cette maladie longtemps considérée comme strictement féminine.

      Le soutien des proches est également crucial. Lucas, le compagnon de Maria, a appris à être présent sans chercher à "soulager sa douleur" directement, mais en "communiquant", "juste une pression de la main ou le fait de dire 'Je suis là, je peux te réchauffer quelque chose, comment tu te sens ?'".

      Conséquences de la Maladie au-delà de la Santé Physique

      Les conséquences de l'endométriose s'étendent bien au-delà de la douleur physique :

      Infertilité : Plus d'une patiente sur trois a des difficultés à tomber enceinte naturellement.

      Souffrances psychiques : Dépression, anxiété, et sentiment de "flou en permanence" sont fréquents. Impact socio-économique :

      La maladie entraîne des arrêts de travail, une diminution de la productivité, et parfois l'incapacité de travailler.

      "Cette situation pèse sur l'économie, le système de santé et de sociale. Une maladie mal prise en charge a des conséquences pour toute la société."

      Conclusion : Un Espoir Renouvelé

      • Malgré le parcours souvent long et difficile des patientes, les avancées récentes en matière de diagnostic (test salivaire) et de traitements (ultrasons focalisés, recherche génétique pour des thérapies ciblées) offrent un immense espoir.

      L'amélioration de la prise en charge, à travers des structures comme les hôpitaux de jour proposant une approche pluridisciplinaire, permet un suivi plus rapide et plus global, essentiel pour améliorer le confort de vie des patientes.

      L'objectif est de tendre vers des "thérapies beaucoup plus ciblées, du sur-mesure grâce à la recherche génétique."

      La sensibilisation croissante et la reconnaissance de l'endométriose comme un problème de société sont également des pas importants vers un avenir où les femmes atteintes pourront vivre une vie plus apaisée.

    1. L'extrait du documentaire ARTE, intitulé « Premier de corvée », offre un aperçu poignant de la vie des travailleurs sans-papiers en France, se concentrant principalement sur ceux employés dans le secteur de la restauration.

      Les discussions mettent en lumière les défis quotidiens de ces individus, notamment la précarité de l'emploi, les longues heures de travail et la difficulté d'obtenir des papiers de régularisation, souvent via des syndicats ou des avocats.

      Les témoignages révèlent le sacrifice personnel impliqué dans l'exil, le manque de sommeil et l'exploitation, ainsi que l'importance cruciale de ces travailleurs pour le fonctionnement de certaines industries.

      Le texte souligne également les efforts collectifs de grève pour revendiquer leurs droits, illustrant leur lutte pour la dignité et l'unité des salariés.

      Premiers de corvée : Synthèse du documentaire

      Résumé

      Ce document synthétise les thèmes centraux du documentaire "Premier de corvée", qui explore la vie des travailleurs immigrés sans papiers en France, particulièrement dans le secteur de la restauration.

      Il met en lumière une réalité paradoxale : ces travailleurs, bien qu'essentiels au fonctionnement de pans entiers de l'économie, sont privés de droits fondamentaux et vivent dans une précarité constante.

      Le documentaire retrace leur parcours, depuis les motivations du départ et les périls du voyage jusqu'à la dure réalité du travail non déclaré, l'exploitation et la séparation familiale.

      La lutte pour la régularisation est au cœur du récit, illustrant le rôle crucial des employeurs, le soutien syndical et la nécessité de l'action collective, comme la grève, pour obtenir des droits.

      La régularisation est présentée comme une libération, un soulagement immense qui ouvre la voie à la liberté, à la dignité et à de nouvelles perspectives professionnelles et personnelles, soulignant en creux l'injustice d'un système qui dépend d'une main-d'œuvre qu'il maintient dans l'illégalité.

      1. Le Parcours de l'Immigration

      Le documentaire dépeint l'immigration non pas comme un choix facile, mais comme une nécessité dictée par des impératifs familiaux et économiques, un chemin semé d'embûches et de sacrifices profonds.

      Motivations du départ : L'exil est présenté comme une mission et une source de fierté pour la famille restée au pays. Les raisons sont multiples : "aller chercher ta vie", "tenter ma chance", et surtout "aider la famille".

      Un témoignage brutal résume cette pression : "ta famille est de la merde toi aussi tu es de la merde tu es venu pour aider la famille".

      Les risques du voyage : Le périple est marqué par un danger mortel, notamment la traversée de la Méditerranée.

      Ce sacrifice initial est une réalité incontournable : "Tu as traversé la Méditerranée tu as risqué ta vie pour ces pays tu pouvais mourir dans dans la mer".

      La réalité en France : L'arrivée en France est une désillusion. Loin d'être des touristes venus admirer la Tour Eiffel, les immigrés sont là pour une seule raison : le travail.

      "On n'est pas venu en vacances [...] on est venu ici pour bosser". Cette focalisation sur le travail et l'objectif de régularisation impose une vie recluse : "J'ai fait tout pour rester dans mon coin jusqu'à ce que je vais recevoir mes papiers".

      Le coût psychologique et familial : L'éloignement est une source de douleur constante.

      La nostalgie du "village" et la séparation d'avec les enfants sont des peines profondes ("ça me donne l'arme aux yeux", "ça fait mal très très mal").

      L'impossibilité de retourner au pays, même pour le décès d'un parent, est une des facettes les plus cruelles de leur condition.

      2. La Vie et le Travail en Situation Irrégulière

      La condition de "sans-papiers" est définie par l'absence de droits et une vulnérabilité extrême, qui se manifestent dans tous les aspects de la vie quotidienne et professionnelle.

      L'absence de droits : La conclusion est sans appel : "pour nous les sans papiers on n'a pas le droit". En France, tout est conditionné à la possession d'une pièce d'identité, rendant l'existence légale impossible.

      Le travail non déclaré : Pour survivre, les travailleurs ont recours à des subterfuges, comme l'utilisation des papiers d'un proche : "j'ai pris les papiers de mon frère pour [...] tenter ma chance".

      Ils travaillent "en extra", souvent avec des volumes horaires très élevés ("en extra à 200 heures par mois"), dans des secteurs comme la restauration ou le nettoyage.

      La précarité et la dévalorisation :

      Logement : Le logement est une difficulté majeure, nécessitant des arrangements précaires, comme la cohabitation pour économiser ("il faut des personnes dans la chambre") ou le recours à un tiers qui loue en son nom.  

      Épuisement : Les journées sont longues et le repos rare. Les transports tard dans la nuit, comme le VTC, sont une nécessité coûteuse après un service éreintant.  

      Injustice sociale : Les diplômes obtenus dans le pays d'origine n'ont aucune valeur. "Si tu as bac 5 ici on s'en fout des diplôme [...] vous Tous pareil".

      Cette dévalorisation est vécue comme une profonde "injustice".

      3. La Lutte pour la Régularisation

      Le processus de régularisation est un combat administratif et social complexe, où la volonté de l'employeur est déterminante et l'action collective souvent indispensable.

      Le rôle pivot de l'employeur : La régularisation est à la discrétion de l'employeur.

      "C'est le patron qui décide si vous serrez régularisé ou pas".

      Il doit accepter de remplir les documents nécessaires, notamment le formulaire CERFA 158603, mais n'a "pas d'obligation" légale de le faire.

      Le soutien syndical et associatif : Des organisations comme la CGT (mentionnée comme "CBT") et des personnes comme Marline Poulin jouent un rôle essentiel.

      Elles guident les travailleurs dans les démarches, vérifient l'éligibilité des dossiers (par exemple, la condition d'être entré en France depuis plus de 3 ans) et contactent les employeurs pour les convaincre de coopérer.

      L'action collective : La Grève : Face à des employeurs récalcitrants, "s'ils comprennent que le langage de la force", la grève devient le seul moyen de "créer un rapport de force".

      C'est une action risquée ("même si tu es un CD ou tu es un extra tu es viré tu es viré tu es fout tu as pas de papier tombe dans la galère"), mais elle est menée pour des objectifs clairs : "vos droits pour votre régularisation pour l'égalité pour l'unité du salarié et la solidarité de classe".

      Le contexte politique : Cette lutte s'inscrit dans un contexte politique tendu, marqué par le débat sur les quotas d'immigration économique et "la montée des idées extrême droite", ce qui rend la visibilité de ces mouvements d'autant plus importante.

      4. L'Indispensable Main-d'œuvre Immigrée

      Le documentaire met en évidence la dépendance de l'économie française à cette main-d'œuvre, créant un paradoxe entre son utilité économique et son invisibilité juridique.

      Des secteurs dépendants : Un constat est partagé par les syndicats et certains employeurs : sans les travailleurs immigrés, de nombreux secteurs ne pourraient fonctionner.

      Les questions rhétoriques posées sont éloquentes : "S'il n'y avait pas l'immigration si vous n'étiez pas là qui irait à 5h du matin pour ramasser les poubelles qui permettrait aux gens d'aller manger au restaurant et du plus petit au plus cher qui est en cuisine qui est à la plonge".

      La perspective des employeurs :

      ◦ Certains chefs et managers reconnaissent cette réalité : "je pense que certaines cuisines ne tourneraient pas sans les immigrés" et admettent avoir du mal à recruter pour ces postes difficiles ("c'est des boulots vous avez du mal à recruter on va pas se mentir oui quand la plonge oui").   

      ◦ Beaucoup d'employeurs sont "assez conscients de la réalité" et accompagnent leurs salariés.

      D'autres, cependant, se déresponsabilisent : "j'avoue que moi je occupe pas on a des RH pour ça".

      5. La Vie Après la Régularisation

      L'obtention des papiers est une véritable renaissance, un moment de libération qui transforme radicalement la vie des travailleurs et leur ouvre de nouvelles perspectives.

      La libération d'un poids : Les témoignages après la régularisation expriment un immense soulagement.

      "Ils avaient beaucoup de poids maintenant on dirait ils avaient 100 kg sur moi".

      La fin du stress constant est palpable.

      La conquête de la liberté : La régularisation est synonyme de choix et d'autonomie.

      "Avec tes papier les choix tu es avec ton liberté fait ce que tu veux [...] tu peux changer où tu veux les métiers où tu veux faire l'information que tu veux".

      Le retour au pays et le statut retrouvé : Le voyage au pays natal, désormais possible, permet de renouer avec la famille et de changer de statut social.

      En France, l'immigré est un "salarié" ; au pays, il redevient un "chef de famille".

      Nouveaux horizons professionnels : La régularisation permet d'envisager un avenir au-delà des métiers précaires.

      Le documentaire se conclut sur des images de formation pour des métiers aéroportuaires (agent de piste, conduite de tracteur d'avion), symbolisant la possibilité d'acquérir de nouvelles qualifications et de construire une carrière.

      Le bonheur, comme le dit un témoin, "ça va venir après".

    1. 35:06 "erfahrungsschatz ... vieles durchgemacht ... was du gerne sehen möchtest ... dass alle kinder frei sind?"<br /> "ich möchte die freie wahl, in welche schule man geht, egal ob staatliche schule, privatschule, homeschooling, freilernen, gar keine schule, ..." ("schulwahl")<br /> tja! in deutschland hast du eine "wahl" nur alle 5 jahre, dann darfst du wählen zwischen pest (mainstream parteien a la CDU) und cholera (controlled opposition a la AFD), und nach dieser "wahl" gilt "fresse halten und weiter arbeiten" und "delegiere diese komplexen probleme an unseren experten" und "youtube videos sind keine seriöse quelle für informationen"...<br /> also die große frage ist doch, wo sind überhaupt noch unsere freiräume? was sind die variablen, die wir realistisch ändern können? weil selbst wenn man freunde gefunden hat, mit denen man "irgendwie" mehr machen will, wo genau soll das sein? die meisten menschen sind ja gefangen in kleinen wohnungen in großen städten (sesshaftigkeit), und träumen vielleicht von einem ökodorf ("wie früher") oder vom "unterwegs sein" (nomadentum)... <br /> kleinere forderungen wären: schüler dürfen ihre lehrer frei wählen ("lehrerwahl"), und jeder darf lehrer sein. weil dann würde man schnell sehen, welche lehrer sind wirklich "gut", also welche lehrer verdienen respekt und anerkennung. aber ein "runterbrechen auf minimal-forderungen" ist zeitverschwendung, "das system" ("die da oben") hat überhaupt keine lust auf reformen a la "never change a running system".

    2. erfahrung gegen vorurteile: 5:09 ... 5:44 ... 5:58 ... 6:35 "experten" ... bis 7:14<br /> das gilt ja auch beim thema drogen, wo die meisten nur erfahrung mit alkohol haben,<br /> und diese "erfahrung" dann extrapolieren auf alle anderen drogen, aber es gibt auch bei drogen grundsätzlich vier typen:<br /> "drugs world" stimulants depressants anti-psychotics hallucinogens<br /> http://www.hangsshop.com/interview/drugs.pdf

    1. Synthèse du Documentaire "Ceci est mon corps"

      Résumé

      Ce document analyse le parcours de Jérôme, une victime d'abus sexuels, alors qu'il navigue dans le complexe processus judiciaire contre son agresseur, le prêtre Olivier de Citivau.

      Le récit, que Jérôme décide de documenter lui-même, est déclenché par la découverte d'autres victimes, ce qui légitime sa propre démarche.

      Le documentaire explore en profondeur plusieurs thèmes centraux : la nature fragmentée et douloureuse de la mémoire traumatique, les dynamiques familiales complexes oscillant entre soutien et incompréhension, la faillite institutionnelle de l'Église face à des alertes répétées, et le parcours judiciaire éprouvant menant à une résolution inattendue.

      Le processus force Jérôme à affronter des souvenirs refoulés, des confrontations violentes et des doutes familiaux, culminant lors du procès aux assises où Olivier de Citivau fait des aveux complets, validant enfin l'expérience de sa victime et révélant l'ampleur systémique des abus.

      I. Le Point de Départ : La Plainte et la Décision de Documenter

      La démarche de Jérôme commence par une plainte déposée 20 ans après les faits pour des attouchements subis dans son enfance et adolescence.

      Cependant, la décision de transformer son histoire en documentaire est un tournant crucial, motivé par un facteur externe.

      Le Déclencheur : Jérôme explique sa décision de filmer : "pour être sincère j'ai pris la décision de filmer quand j'ai appris qu'il y avait d'autres histoires en fait".

      La découverte d'autres plaintes, notamment une plainte pour viol déposée par une victime nommée "Juillet", est l'élément qui a conduit à l'incarcération d'Olivier de Citivau.

      Légitimation de la Démarche : Cette révélation confère une nouvelle légitimité à son combat et à son projet. Il déclare : "c'est là où je me suis dit je délire pas je suis pas tout seul et la légitimité de ma plainte va avec ma légitimité de filmer".

      Le Contexte des Abus : Olivier de Citivau était une figure d'autorité omniprésente dans la vie de nombreux jeunes garçons, s'occupant de "la colo, du groupe scolaire, des scouts d'Europe, de l'aumônerie, des enfants de chœur".

      II. Le Labyrinthe de la Mémoire Traumatique

      Un thème central du documentaire est la lutte de Jérôme avec sa propre mémoire, qui est marquée par des lacunes importantes et des résurgences violentes.

      Amnésie Traumatique : Jérôme souffre de "trous dans la mémoire" concernant les abus.

      Il exprime ce vide : "J'aimerais qu'Olivier me dise tout ce qu'il m'a fait [...] dans mes souvenirs souvent je me vois sonner à sa porte ressortir par le jardin mais de ce qui s'est passé entre rien".

      Reconstitution du Passé : En consultant des archives familiales (photos, agendas) avec sa mère, Jérôme découvre que l'étendue des abus est bien plus grande qu'il ne s'en souvenait.

      Il réalise avoir passé six étés au camp du "Quinquis", et non deux comme il le pensait, ce qui le choque : "non c'est vénère ça veut dire que c'est passé 6 ans au quinqu et je me souviens que de deux".

      Résurgence des Souvenirs : La confrontation avec Olivier de Citivau agit comme un puissant catalyseur, provoquant des flashbacks et des symptômes post-traumatiques intenses. Jérôme décrit un "état de cauchemar éveillé", avec des sensations physiques violentes : "j'ai des sensations physiques très violentes en fait de [...] pénétration quoi mais de comme si vraiment on le faisait vraiment".

      Émergence de Faits Nouveaux : Le processus judiciaire fait émerger des souvenirs d'une gravité accrue, notamment une pénétration anale au "Quinquis" et une fellation forcée.

      Ces souvenirs sont si clairs qu'il déclare à son avocate : "c'est pas des simples souvenirs là vous avez une vous avez une scène".

      III. Le Parcours Judiciaire et ses Rebondissements

      Le documentaire détaille les étapes clés du processus judiciaire, marquées par des moments de tension, de revers et de révélations.

      La Confrontation

      La première rencontre avec Olivier de Citivau depuis les faits est une expérience "intense".

      L'accusé commence par nier, puis minimise ses actes.

      • Il "a commencé par nier tous les faits".

      • Face à Jérôme, il "nie l'intentionnalité et dit 'Oui j'ai eu des attouchements mais je voulais pas quoi c'était fort vie'". Pour un autre cas de viol avec pénétration, où il avait fait des aveux par messagerie, il ne peut nier.

      La Libération Provisoire et l'Appel aux Victimes

      La décision de remettre Olivier de Citivau en liberté sous contrôle judiciaire est un choc, perçu comme un "signe hyper mauvais". Cette décision pousse Jérôme et ses soutiens à agir.

      Création d'un Groupe Facebook : Ils décident de lancer un "appel à la victime" via un groupe Facebook nommé "appel aux victimes d'Olivier de Cittivo" et une adresse mail "appellevictimeorleans".

      La Requalification des Faits

      Avec l'émergence de souvenirs de pénétration, la question de requalifier les faits en "viol" devient centrale. Cette décision est lourde de conséquences et suscite la peur chez Jérôme.

      Hésitation et Crainte : "J'ai peur de relancer la machine à dossier j'ai peur de lui être confronté à nouveau j'ai peur d'être dépassé j'ai peur des assises".

      Décision Finale : Malgré ses craintes, il annonce à ses proches : "j'ai pris la décision tout tout seul et puis avec mes avocats de demander de de requalifier en viol".

      Le Procès aux Assises et l'Aveu Complet

      Le procès constitue le point culminant du documentaire. Olivier de Citivau, qui risque 20 ans de réclusion criminelle, surprend toute l'audience par des aveux complets et sans réserve dès le début.

      Déclaration Initiale : "Je reconnais l'ensemble des faits qui me sont reprochés à savoir attouchement pénétration fation reçu et forcé".

      Validation de la Victime : Face à l'avocate de Jérôme, il confirme la véracité des souvenirs de ce dernier. À sa demande, il déclare : "Oui Jérôme non Jérôme tu n'es pas fou".

      Ampleur des Actes : Le procès révèle une ampleur inimaginable des abus, avec une quantification estimée à "plusieurs centaines d'acte par victime".

      IV. Dynamiques Familiales : Entre Soutien et Incompréhension

      La relation de Jérôme avec ses parents est une source majeure de tension et de douleur, illustrant la difficulté pour l'entourage de comprendre et de répondre adéquatement au traumatisme.

      Le Rôle de la Mère

      La mère de Jérôme oscille entre un soutien apparent et une méfiance qui blesse profondément son fils.

      Doute sur la Sincérité : Lors de la décision de requalifier les faits en viol, elle émet un doute : "que tu sois pas complètement sincère [...] que tu ailles au-delà si tu veux pour donner plus de poids". Cette insinuation choque Jérôme : "Attends je rêve ou quoi elle a dit que j'étais en train de bidonner".

      Incompréhension de la Réparation : Elle ne comprend pas la demande de compensation financière de Jérôme, la qualifiant d'étrange : "C'est bizarre que tu demandes une [...] compensation financière à ta famille j'ai plus de mal même je comprends pas du tout".

      Le Père et la Faute

      Le père est perçu comme celui qui a failli à son devoir de protection.

      Connaissance des Faits : Il est révélé que le père a écrit une lettre à l'évêque de l'époque, Monseigneur Picandet, vers 1996 ou 1997, pour dénoncer les agissements d'Olivier de Citivau.

      Manque d'Action : Malgré cette connaissance, il a continué à envoyer Jérôme en colonie de vacances avec le prêtre. Jérôme le verbalise avec colère : "il a continué à m'envoyer à mes 13 ans 14 ans et 15 ans dans les bras d'un prêtre dont il savait qu'il était pédophile".

      Colère Déplacée : L'avocat de Jérôme observe que sa colère est plus intense envers son père qu'envers son agresseur, en raison de l'attente de protection inhérente au rôle parental.

      La Demande de Réparation

      Jérôme demande à ses parents une compensation financière, non par cupidité, mais pour "rétablir un peu l'inégalité de départ", arguant que les huit années d'abus ont constitué un "petit handicap dans la vie" qui l'a désavantagé par rapport à ses frères et sœurs.

      V. La Faillite Institutionnelle de l'Église

      Le documentaire met en lumière une série d'alertes et de signalements concernant Olivier de Citivau qui ont été ignorés ou mal gérés par la hiérarchie ecclésiastique pendant des décennies.

      Date

      Événement

      Source de l'Information

      Décembre 1983

      Premier signalement concernant les "comportements de Olivier Citivau".

      Documents du dossier judiciaire.

      Juillet 1984

      Naissance de Jérôme. Le premier signalement précède sa naissance.

      Documents du dossier judiciaire.

      ~1996-1997

      Le père de Jérôme écrit une lettre à l'évêque, Monseigneur Picandet (décédé en oct. 1997).

      Témoignage du père.

      1997

      Nathalie, responsable de l'aumônerie, avertit l'évêché des "plaintes" arrivant. Elle doit le "surveiller" pendant deux ans avant de démissionner.

      Témoignage de Nathalie.

      2007-2009

      La responsable de l'aumônerie écrit à l'évêché qu'un animateur a dénoncé les "gestes pédophiles" d'Olivier envers son fils.

      Témoignage de Nathalie.

      Cette chronologie prouve que les penchants d'Olivier de Citivau étaient un secret de polichinelle. Une connaissance le résume ainsi : "Les penchants d'Olivier de Citivau pour les jeunes garçons c'est quelque chose qui était connu comme la Loire qui coule sous le pont", ajoutant que "la moitié d'Orléan qui savait".

      VI. Citations Clés

      Sur le Traumatisme et la Mémoire :

      Jérôme : "J'ai des trous dans la mémoire. J'aimerais qu'Olivier me dise tout ce qu'il m'a fait."

      Jérôme (après la confrontation) : "Je pensais pas que ce serait aussi violent de le revoir. Depuis des flashes m'envahissent. Je suis comme dans un espèce d'état de cauchemar éveillé en fait."

      Jérôme (sur ses souvenirs de viol) : "Il y a une pénétration de aucun kiss [...] Il faudra qu'on qu'on retourne dans le juge là."

      Sur les Dynamiques Familiales :

      La mère (questionnant sa sincérité) : "Que tu ailles au-delà si tu veux pour donner plus de poids."

      Le père (admettant sa défaillance) : "On a sûrement été en dessous de tout à ce moment-là. Moi j'ai je suis complètement fautif à cet égard mais ça a pas été une volonté de cacher si tu veux."

      Jérôme (à sa mère) : "Tu considères pas que c'est un petit handicap dans la vie de se faire abuser pendant 8 ans ?"

      Jérôme (sur son père) : "Il a continué à m'envoyer [...] dans les bras d'un prêtre dont il savait qu'il était pédophile."

      Sur le Processus Judiciaire :

      Olivier de Citivau (lors de la confrontation) : "Oui j'ai eu des attouchements mais je voulais pas quoi c'était fort vie."

      Olivier de Citivau (au procès) : "Je reconnais tout sans réserve notamment l'effation et pénétration."

      Olivier de Citivau (s'adressant à Jérôme par l'intermédiaire de son avocate) : "Oui Jérôme non Jérôme tu n'es pas fou."

      L'avocat de Jérôme : "Il faut quand même vous préparer au fait qu'il niera les faits, qu'il ne les reconnaîtra jamais." (Une prédiction qui se révélera fausse).

      Sur la Connaissance des Faits par l'Institution :

      Une connaissance : "Mais ma pauvre amie mais il y a longtemps qu'on le sait [...] il y a la moitié d'Orléan qui savait."

      Jérôme (découvrant l'ancienneté des faits) : "Décembre 83, premier signalement sur les comportements de Olivier Citivau. Juillet 84, c'est ma naissance. Avant ma naissance il y a eu un signalement."

    1. L'Échec comme Moteur : Analyse et Perspectives

      Résumé

      L'analyse des contextes fournis révèle une vision contre-intuitive et multifacette de l'échec, le présentant non pas comme une finalité mais comme un processus fondamental, voire essentiel, au développement humain, artistique et social.

      Loin d'être une simple absence de succès, l'échec est dépeint comme une ressource active : il est le carburant de la créativité pour les artistes et les clowns, un catalyseur de transformation personnelle profonde pour l'individu confronté à l'effondrement de ses rêves, et une méthodologie d'innovation pour des projets communautaires.

      Les thèmes centraux qui émergent sont la capacité de l'échec à humaniser en brisant l'illusion de la perfection, son pouvoir de générer du lien social par le rire et l'empathie, et sa fonction libératrice qui, bien que douloureuse, peut ouvrir la voie à une existence plus authentique.

      Il est également souligné que la capacité à surmonter un échec majeur est un "luxe" qui dépend d'un soutien social et structurel, mettant en lumière une inégalité face à la possibilité même de "chuter".

      1. L'Échec comme Ressource Créative et Artistique

      Le document met en évidence comment plusieurs disciplines artistiques intègrent l'échec non seulement comme un risque inhérent mais comme une composante centrale de leur processus créatif et de leur message.

      L'Art du Clown : L'Échec Humanisant

      Pour les clowns du cirque Ronkali, l'échec est la matière première de leur art. Ils le décrivent comme un élément qui les "alimente" et le considèrent comme de "l'or". Cette approche repose sur plusieurs principes clés :

      Humanisation : L'échec est perçu comme ce qui rend l'être humain, en opposition à une quête de perfection jugée "inhumaine".

      En se "cassant la figure", le clown rappelle au public que l'erreur fait partie de la condition humaine.

      Thérapie et Lien Social : L'échec mis en scène a une fonction quasi thérapeutique pour le public et les artistes.

      Le rire qu'il provoque n'est pas moqueur mais un "nous ri" fondamental, créant une communauté et un sentiment de partage.

      Le clown invite le public à participer, créant "une atmosphère où l'échec n'est pas quelque chose de tragique".

      Improvisation et Transformation : Un échec technique, comme une fausse note de trompette, n'est pas une fin en soi. Il devient une opportunité de jeu, transformé en "blague" ou en "message". La solution est de "saisir ce diamant et le polir" pour en faire un effet comique.

      L'Artiste et la "Méditation sur l'Échec"

      L'artiste américaine Cassidi Toner a fait de l'échec le cœur de sa pratique artistique, qu'elle qualifie de "méditation sur l'échec".

      Figure Totémique : Elle s'inspire de la figure tragicomique de Vil Coyote, qui échoue sans cesse à attraper Bip Bip.

      Citant Mark Twain, elle décrit le coyote comme une "allégorie vivante du désir", toujours affamé mais jamais rassasié, incarnant cet échec constant.

      Valorisation du Ratage : Le titre de son exposition, "besides the point" (hors sujet), est une "invitation au ratage joyeux".

      Elle considère que si l'on accepte le ratage non comme un échec mais comme un "potentiel créatif", la réussite prend une tout autre signification.

      Le Paradoxe de la Maîtrise : Son succès à transformer l'échec en art l'a conduite à un paradoxe : "j'ai tellement récupéré l'échec que même si j'essaie d'échouer [...] je ne peux pas".

      Un véritable ratage de sa part serait interprété par le public comme une démarche intentionnelle.

      2. L'Échec comme Crise Personnelle et Voie de Reconstruction

      Le témoignage de l'auteur Alexander Crutfelt illustre la dimension dévastatrice de l'échec personnel et social, mais aussi son potentiel de reconstruction et de lucidité.

      Le Récit de l'Effondrement

      Le projet de rénovation d'une ferme familiale se transforme en cauchemar, menant à une cascade de faillites :

      Échec Matériel : Le toit de la maison s'effondre, le projet de rénovation est interdit, et la propriété finit par être une "maison hantée" qui "détruit une famille".

      Échec Financier : Il accumule une "dette à six chiffres" et doit déclarer une "faillite personnelle".

      Échec Familial : Le couple se sépare, et il décrit le moment où il a dû annoncer son départ à ses enfants comme la "pire horreur de [sa] vie" et le "moment culminant de l'échec".

      La Dimension Sociale et la Libération par la Parole

      L'échec de Crutfelt met en lumière la pression sociale et le pouvoir de la vulnérabilité.

      Le Poids du Regard Social : Il ressent l'échec "aux yeux de la société" axée sur la performance, qui le marginalise.

      Il prend conscience que, contrairement à ce qu'il pensait, il n'est pas indifférent à "ce que les autres pensaient de [lui]". Il critique l'illusion de perfection véhiculée par les réseaux sociaux comme Instagram.

      La Vertu du Partage : En écrivant sur son expérience et en en parlant publiquement, il découvre qu'il n'est pas seul. Son récit incite d'autres personnes à partager leurs propres échecs, créant un sentiment de connexion et de validation mutuelle.

      La Gratitude Paradoxale et le "Luxe d'Échouer"

      Malgré la douleur, l'échec a été une expérience profondément transformatrice pour Crutfelt.

      Libération du "Moi Antérieur" : Il se dit "reconnaissant à la maison de s'être écroulée", car "sans cet échec, je ne serai jamais sorti de mon ancien moi". Cela lui a permis de vivre dans le présent et de trouver le bonheur dans une vie plus simple.

      La Conscience du Privilège : Il reconnaît qu'échouer et se relever est un "immense luxe".

      Il a bénéficié du soutien de sa famille, d'un thérapeute et de l'État-providence, ce qui lui a permis "d'atterrir sur un doux édredon".

      Il oppose sa situation à celle des "personnes qui n'ont aucune chance de se retrouver dans la situation d'un possible échec parce qu'elles ne peuvent tout simplement pas tomber plus bas".

      3. L'Échec comme Méthodologie d'Innovation et de Cohésion Sociale

      Le projet du "Bosk" à Leeuwarden, mené par un duo de designers, illustre comment l'acceptation de l'échec et de l'imperfection peut devenir une méthode de travail productive et un vecteur de lien social.

      Un Projet Ancré dans un Échec Historique

      Le projet prend racine dans l'histoire de la ville, symbolisée par la tour Oldehove, une cathédrale dont la construction a "magnifiquement échoué" il y a 500 ans en s'enfonçant dans le sol.

      Le "Bosk" se propose de "finir la cathédrale" non pas architecturalement, mais comme un "projet social" temporaire de 100 jours.

      L'Acceptation de l'Imperfection dans le Processus

      Les designers critiquent la culture néerlandaise qui, par excès de planification, cherche à "se préserver de l'échec".

      Leur approche consiste à tester les projets publiquement, comme une "maquette grandeur nature", et à s'adapter aux imprévus.

      Problème / Échec Rencontré

      Solution / Adaptation

      Résultat

      Les voiles de bateau frison ne passent pas le test de sécurité incendie.

      Utilisation de toile de vieux ballons à air chaud.

      Le rendu est "plus coloré" et "convient bien mieux au projet".

      Les fragments de ballon ne pendent pas en triangles géométriques parfaits comme prévu.

      Ils décident de "continuer et on verra ce qui va se passer".

      L'imperfection est acceptée comme une part inévitable de la réalisation.

      Ils affirment : "quand on essaie de traduire [un plan] en une image réelle, on échoue forcément".

      Le Succès par le Lien Social

      Le véritable succès du projet ne réside pas dans la perfection de la structure, mais dans son impact humain.

      La maison communautaire est "vraiment devenue la maison des gens d'ici".

      Le plus beau retour qu'ils aient reçu est que des gens "se sont fait de nouveaux amis".

      La valeur du projet, qui sera démantelé, "restera dans le cœur et dans l'âme des gens".

    1. Analyse de l'Échec : De la Stigmatisation à l'Outil d'Apprentissage

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse la nature complexe de l'échec, en s'appuyant sur des perspectives neurobiologiques, sociologiques, scientifiques et pédagogiques.

      Bien que socialement stigmatisé et perçu comme une menace déclenchant une réponse de stress primitive, l'échec est présenté comme un mécanisme fondamental, inévitable et essentiel à l'apprentissage, à l'innovation et à l'évolution.

      L'analyse révèle que l'attitude adoptée face à un revers est plus déterminante que l'échec lui-même.

      Des stratégies comme la résilience, l'optimisme réaliste et l'acceptation des émotions sont cruciales pour transformer une déconvenue en une opportunité de croissance.

      Le concept d' "échec productif", développé par le chercheur Manu Kapour, propose même de provoquer délibérément l'échec dans un cadre contrôlé pour améliorer significativement la profondeur et la flexibilité de l'apprentissage.

      En définitive, l'échec n'est pas une fin en soi mais une négociation avec soi-même et le monde, un puissant moteur de changement dont la valeur dépend de notre capacité à l'analyser, à en tirer des leçons et à oser le regarder en face.

      1. La Perception Sociale et la Réponse Neurobiologique à l'Échec

      La société contemporaine, décrite comme une "société de performance", juge les individus à l'aune de leur succès, ce qui rend l'échec tabou et stigmatisé.

      Cette pression culturelle inculque l'idée que l'échec est intrinsèquement négatif, ce qui peut ébranler la confiance en soi et générer une panique à sa simple perspective.

      Réponse Cérébrale et Psychologique :

      Activation de l'Amygdale : Face à un échec, le cerveau déclenche une réaction de peur et de stress.

      L'amygdale, une structure cérébrale impliquée dans les émotions, s'active automatiquement, envoyant un signal de danger. Ce mécanisme est un héritage de l'évolution, datant de l'époque où une erreur pouvait être fatale.

      Court-circuit du Cortex Préfrontal : Dans un premier temps, le circuit neuronal menant à l'amygdale est plus rapide que celui qui achemine l'information au cortex préfrontal.

      Ce dernier, responsable de l'analyse cognitive et de la régulation des réactions, est donc "court-circuité". Il en résulte une réaction initiale souvent explosive et disproportionnée.

      Pensées Catastrophiques : La réaction émotionnelle (peur, angoisse) et la réaction cognitive s'influencent mutuellement.

      Après un revers, comme un entretien d'embauche raté, les peurs peuvent tourner en boucle, menant à des "pensées catastrophiques" (ex: "je suis un incapable", "je finirai à la rue"). Même le cortex préfrontal, censé modérer la peur, peut alors s'emballer.

      2. L'Échec comme Moteur d'Apprentissage et d'Adaptation

      Malgré la réaction négative qu'il provoque, l'échec est un mécanisme d'apprentissage fondamental. L'être humain est décrit comme une "machine conçue pour s'adapter et pour apprendre".

      Chaque échec pousse à un changement et ancre une expérience dans la mémoire.

      Stratégies d'Adaptation :

      Adaptatives : Stratégies utiles qui permettent de faire face activement au problème et d'en tirer des leçons.

      Maladaptatives : Mécanismes qui apportent un soulagement momentané mais sont nocifs sur le long terme. Exemples : détourner son attention par l'alcool ou la nicotine, se replier sur soi-même.

      L'attitude face à l'échec est donc aussi déterminante que l'échec lui-même, car les réactions répétées créent de nouveaux automatismes cérébraux.

      L'Inévitabilité de l'Échec dans la Nature :

      Prédateurs : Les super prédateurs échouent à attraper une proie dans 75% de leurs tentatives. L'échec est banal et fait partie intégrante de leur stratégie de survie.

      Évolution : Plus de 99,9% des espèces ayant existé sur Terre ont disparu. Ce processus, vu comme une succession d'échecs, est pourtant le mécanisme qui a permis de créer la diversité biologique actuelle.

      3. Le Rôle Fondamental de l'Échec dans la Science et l'Innovation

      Le progrès scientifique est rarement une avancée rectiligne. Il est le plus souvent le fruit d'un processus de tâtonnement, où l'échec joue un rôle primordial.

      Exemples de Découvertes Issues d'Échecs ou d'Accidents : | Découverte | Inventeur(s) | Contexte initial | | :--- | :--- | :--- | | Pénicilline | Alexander Fleming | Oubli de ranger son bureau, menant à la contamination d'une culture bactérienne. | | Porcelaine | Alchimistes allemands | Tentative infructueuse de fabriquer de l'or. | | Fond Diffus Cosmologique | Wilson et Penzias | Un "bruit de fond" persistant, d'abord considéré comme une interférence ou un défaut de leur radiotélescope, s'est révélé être la première preuve de la théorie du Big Bang, leur valant un prix Nobel. |

      Concepts Clés :

      Méthode Essai-Erreur : Cette approche est intégrante au progrès scientifique et apporte des enseignements précieux.

      L'Entropie comme Métaphore : Le deuxième principe de la thermodynamique stipule que l'entropie (le désordre) d'un système ne peut qu'augmenter.

      Ce chaos, cet "échec de l'ordre", est présenté comme une source d'innovation, car il offre un nombre infini de nouvelles possibilités qui n'existaient pas dans un état parfaitement ordonné.

      Publication des Résultats Négatifs : La non-publication des résultats négatifs en science est qualifiée de "terrible erreur".

      Un échec expérimental est productif car il permet de découvrir "quelque chose qu'on ignorait ignorer".

      Des initiatives comme le Journal of Unsolved Questions cherchent à valoriser ces expériences ratées.

      4. Stratégies pour Gérer l'Échec : Résilience et Optimisme Réaliste

      La manière de gérer l'échec est cruciale, car une mauvaise approche peut aggraver la situation.

      Le Danger de l'Optimisme Irréaliste : L'exemple du Fire Festival illustre les conséquences désastreuses d'un déni de la réalité.

      L'organisateur, Billy McFarland, a persisté malgré des problèmes insurmontables, transformant son projet en un fiasco et finissant en prison pour fraude.

      L'Importance de l'Optimisme Réaliste : Cette attitude consiste à prendre la situation au sérieux, à analyser les raisons de l'échec et à accepter sa part de responsabilité sans se décourager, afin d'entrevoir de meilleures solutions.

      La Résilience : La recherche sur la résilience étudie les stratégies permettant de mieux faire face aux revers. Inspirées des thérapies comportementales et cognitives, elles visent à remplacer les automatismes dysfonctionnels par des stratégies saines.

      Composantes Clés :

      1. Régulation des émotions : Accepter de ressentir le stress ou la peur aide paradoxalement à s'en délivrer.    

      1. Proactivité : Être convaincu de pouvoir surmonter l'adversité.    

      2. Appréciation Positive : Tendance à voir les situations menaçantes sous un angle plus positif, sans perdre le lien avec la réalité.

      Facteurs d'Influence : Des facteurs comme l'éducation, un environnement sûr et des liens sociaux forts favorisent la résilience.

      Cependant, des personnes ayant subi de nombreux coups durs peuvent développer une grande capacité d'adaptation, bien que cela puisse avoir un coût physiologique (stress chronique, vieillissement cellulaire accéléré).

      5. L'Échec Productif : Une Approche Pédagogique Révolutionnaire

      Le chercheur Manu Kapour a développé une approche pédagogique consistant à programmer l'échec dans un cadre sécurisé et à faible enjeu pour en faire un puissant outil d'apprentissage.

      Les "4 A" de l'Apprentissage par l'Échec Productif :

      1. Activation : L'échec active les connaissances préexistantes pertinentes de l'étudiant. Plus l'échec est important, plus le "filet de connaissances" s'agrandit.

      2. Acceptation : L'étudiant accepte l'écart entre ce qu'il sait et ce qu'il doit savoir.

      3. Affect : L'acceptation de cet écart crée une motivation, une envie de trouver la bonne solution.

      4. Assemblage : Un expert (professeur) intervient pour aider l'étudiant à assembler les connaissances et à comprendre comment elles s'articulent.

      Des études comparatives montrent que les étudiants formés avec cette méthode obtiennent de meilleurs résultats et développent une compréhension plus flexible et profonde des concepts que ceux ayant suivi un enseignement classique par instruction directe.

      6. La Revalorisation Culturelle de l'Échec et ses Limites

      Une tendance culturelle récente semble valoriser l'échec.

      Exemples : Le Musée de l'Échec, qui expose de grands flops commerciaux, ou les Fuck Up Nights, des soirées où des entrepreneurs racontent leurs ratages professionnels.

      Cette tendance crée cependant une nouvelle pression : celle de "réussir ses ratages".

      Il est rappelé qu'avant d'être une leçon ou une anecdote, un échec est d'abord une "blessure financière, émotionnelle, sociale" et un retour à une "dure et douloureuse réalité".

      Conclusion : Redéfinir l'Échec

      L'échec n'est pas une vérité absolue mais une "négociation avec soi et avec le monde".

      C'est l'individu qui détermine si une expérience constitue un échec, et cette évaluation peut évoluer.

      La question fondamentale n'est pas d'éviter l'échec, mais de savoir comment y réagir.

      Apprendre à "échouer correctement" est la clé pour ne pas "échouer à apprendre".

      En osant le regarder en face, l'échec, bien que rarement reluisant, se révèle être une expérience enrichissante et un puissant moteur de changement.

    1. Synthèse du Stream React : "Pédocriminalité, les failles d'Instagram"

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les points clés de la discussion tenue sur la chaîne Twitch d'ARTE, centrée sur le documentaire du magazine "Source" intitulé "Pédocriminalité, les failles d'Instagram".

      L'échange, réunissant les journalistes Maeva Poulet et Valentin Petit et la chargée de plaidoyer Églantine Camille de l'association Caméléon, révèle que des réseaux pédocriminels opèrent de manière visible et organisée sur des plateformes grand public comme Instagram, déconstruisant l'idée que ces activités sont confinées au Dark Web.

      L'enquête, menée via des techniques de journalisme en source ouverte (OSINT), a mis en lumière des failles critiques dans les mécanismes d'Instagram : une modération opaque et souvent inefficace, et un algorithme qui, au lieu de protéger, peut activement recommander des contenus dangereux, créant une boucle perverse pour les prédateurs.

      L'analyse démontre que les photos d'enfants, même les plus anodines partagées par les parents, sont systématiquement détournées.

      Face à ce phénomène, les associations insistent sur la prévention et la responsabilisation des plateformes, tandis que les journalistes et professionnels exposés à ces contenus doivent mettre en place des protocoles stricts pour leur protection psychologique.

      1. L'Enquête du Magazine "Source" : Méthodologie et Démarche

      L'investigation du magazine "Source" se distingue par son approche méthodologique rigoureuse et transparente, ancrée dans les techniques du journalisme en source ouverte.

      Le Journalisme d'Investigation en Source Ouverte (OSINT)

      L'OSINT, ou Open Source Intelligence, est au cœur de la méthode d'enquête.

      Valentin Petit la définit comme une "enquête qui est faite à partir de sources, donc de documents, de données, etc., qu'on peut trouver ouvertement sur les réseaux sociaux, sur Internet".

      Cette approche ne nécessite pas de sources confidentielles mais repose sur des compétences techniques pour exploiter les traces laissées en ligne.

      Les techniques employées incluent :

      • • La géolocalisation d'images.

      • • L'analyse de données de masse.

      • • L'exploration des réseaux sociaux et l'utilisation d'images satellites.

      • • La recherche d'image inversée pour identifier l'origine de photos de profil.

      • • L'analyse de réseaux sociaux (SNA) pour cartographier les connexions entre les comptes.

      L'émission "Source" a pour particularité d'expliquer sa méthode en même temps qu'elle expose les résultats de son investigation, offrant ainsi une double lecture sur le sujet traité et les techniques journalistiques.

      Origine et Mise en Place de l'Enquête

      L'enquête a été initiée suite à la découverte par les journalistes d'une série de "mise en accusation du groupe méta" aux États-Unis pour manquement à la protection des mineurs.

      Cette information a servi de point de départ pour vérifier si le problème était constatable par un utilisateur lambda sur la plateforme.

      Pour ce faire, les journalistes ont créé un "compte d'enquête" anonyme sur Instagram ("Max, 23 ans") sans publier aucun contenu.

      L'objectif était de répondre à plusieurs questions fondamentales :

      • • Peut-on trouver facilement des contenus problématiques ?

      • • La modération de la plateforme est-elle suffisante ?

      • • Comment l'algorithme réagit-il à un intérêt pour ce type de contenus ?

      2. Le Fonctionnement des Réseaux Pédocriminels sur Instagram

      L'enquête révèle que, loin d'être cachés, les réseaux pédocriminels prospèrent au vu et au su de tous sur Instagram, utilisant la plateforme comme une vitrine pour attirer des acheteurs et organiser leurs activités.

      Stratégies de Dissimulation et de Recrutement

      Les prédateurs emploient diverses tactiques pour contourner les filtres de modération et se retrouver entre eux :

      Mots-clés anodins : Ils utilisent des mots-clés apparemment inoffensifs comme "sport boys" pour trouver des comptes agrégeant des photos d'enfants, souvent dans des contextes sportifs (gymnastique, water-polo) où les tenues sont légères.

      Langage codé : Dans les hashtags et les commentaires, ils utilisent des codes spécifiques, comme le "leet speak" (remplacement de lettres par des chiffres), pour éviter la détection automatique.

      Comptes "vitrines" : Des comptes publics sont utilisés pour republier des photos et vidéos d'enfants, souvent volées sur les profils de leurs parents.

      Les commentaires laissés sous ces publications, d'une "incroyable obscénité" ("quelle petite délice", "une belle petite fente"), servent de signaux entre prédateurs pour se reconnaître et indiquer la disponibilité de contenus illégaux.

      Faux comptes de mineurs : Les journalistes ont identifié au moins 15 comptes francophones se faisant passer pour des adolescentes.

      Ces profils volent des photos et vidéos sur les comptes réels de mineurs (sur Instagram ou TikTok) pour se donner une apparence de crédibilité.

      D'Instagram à Telegram : Le Commerce d'Images Illégales

      Instagram sert de porte d'entrée vers des plateformes de messagerie cryptée comme Telegram, où le commerce d'images et de vidéos pédocriminelles a lieu.

      • Les "comptes vitrines" et les faux comptes de mineurs incluent des liens vers des groupes Telegram dans leur biographie, leurs publications ou leurs stories.

      • Dans ces groupes, des "packs" sont proposés à la vente, classés par âge ("un pack 4-12 ans").

      Les prix sont relativement bas (ex: "300 photos + 50 vidéos 50 €"), ce qui, selon les enquêteurs, "refléterait la grande quantité d'images existantes".

      • Les vendeurs partagent des "preuves de vente" (captures d'écran de transactions) pour attester de la fiabilité de leur commerce.

      3. Les Failles Critiques de la Plateforme Meta

      L'enquête met en évidence une défaillance systémique d'Instagram, tant au niveau de sa modération humaine et automatisée que de son algorithme de recommandation.

      Une Modération Opaque et Inefficace

      Le processus de modération d'Instagram apparaît défaillant et incohérent.

      Exemple du compte "Arba" : Ce compte, avec près de 40 000 abonnés, publiait des images de petites filles et se vantait de son impunité ("les rageux peuvent continuer à me signaler, je gagne à chaque fois").

      Un premier signalement des journalistes a été rejeté par Instagram, qui a conclu que le compte "ne va pas à l'encontre de nos règles de la communauté".

      Ce n'est qu'après une demande de réexamen que la plateforme a fait "volte-face" et supprimé le compte, invoquant une "erreur".

      Sentiment d'impunité : Les journalistes ont constaté que de nombreux commentaires obscènes étaient postés depuis des comptes personnels non anonymisés, où les auteurs se mettent en scène avec leurs propres enfants ou petits-enfants, illustrant un sentiment total d'impunité.

      Création continue de nouveaux comptes : Bien que Meta supprime certains comptes, de nouveaux profils "exactement similaires" et utilisant les "mêmes codes" sont créés quotidiennement, rendant les efforts de la plateforme "insuffisants".

      L'Algorithme : Un Puissant Facilitateur

      L'un des constats les plus alarmants de l'enquête est le rôle actif de l'algorithme d'Instagram dans la promotion de contenus dangereux.

      • Après deux mois d'enquête, le compte "Max, 23 ans" a commencé à recevoir des recommandations quasi-exclusivement composées de contenus problématiques.

      Onglet "Découverte" et "Reels" : L'algorithme ne proposait plus des photos de vie de famille, mais des vidéos "d'enfants qui dansent", "d'enfants dont on voit les sous-vêtements", ou "d'enfants qui sont en maillot de bain", des contenus jugés "très suggestifs".

      Onglet "Suggestions" : La plateforme a directement suggéré de suivre des comptes ouvertement pédocriminels, dont un publiant des images "camouflées de jeunes garçons en train de se masturber".

      Conséquence : Les prédateurs n'ont "même plus à faire l'effort de rechercher du contenu, le contenu est offert à eux", ce qu'Églantine Camille qualifie de "mise à disposition du corps des enfants" qui est "redoublée" et "servi sur un plateau".

      La Position de Meta et les Poursuites Judiciaires

      Interrogée par les journalistes, Meta a fourni une réponse vague, affirmant développer des technologies pour "débusquer ces prédateurs" et avoir supprimé "une grande majorité des comptes identifiés" avant même le signalement.

      Cependant, l'entreprise fait l'objet de poursuites judiciaires, notamment une plainte de l'État du Nouveau-Mexique en décembre 2023, l'accusant d'être un "vivier pour les prédateurs sexuels" et de faire passer "leur profit avant la sécurité des enfants".

      Un ancien ingénieur de Meta, Arturo Béjar, a également témoigné devant le Sénat américain des manquements de la plateforme.

      4. Prévention, Risques et Actions Citoyennes

      La discussion a largement porté sur les mesures de prévention et la responsabilité collective face à ce phénomène.

      Le Risque du Partage de Photos d'Enfants ("Sharenting")

      Églantine Camille de l'association Caméléon a souligné un fait crucial : toute photo d'enfant postée publiquement est susceptible d'être récupérée.

      Contenus "autoproduits" : En 2022, 50 % des contenus échangés sur les forums pédocriminels étaient "autoproduits", c'est-à-dire créés par l'enfant lui-même ou postés par son entourage.

      Détournement de photos anodines : Une simple photo de classe ou de vacances peut "devenir l'objet d'un fantasme".

      Risque en cercle privé : Partager des photos en privé n'élimine pas le risque, car "les premiers agresseurs c'est des membres de l'entourage".

      Conseils de prévention : L'association préconise de s'interroger sur la nécessité de partager, et d'utiliser des techniques comme l'ajout d'un émoji sur le visage ou la prise de vue de dos.

      Le Rôle des Associations et l'Appel à l'Action

      Les associations comme Caméléon jouent un rôle essentiel sur plusieurs fronts :

      Prévention : Elles interviennent directement auprès des enfants, des parents et des pouvoirs publics pour sensibiliser et faire évoluer les lois. Leur campagne "Merci" visait à choquer pour faire prendre conscience des risques du partage de photos.

      Plaidoyer : Elles militent pour que les plateformes deviennent "volontaires et proactives" dans la lutte, en intégrant la sécurité ("Trust and Safety") dès la conception de leurs produits et pas seulement en réaction.

      Signalement : Tous les intervenants ont insisté sur l'importance pour les citoyens de signaler systématiquement tout contenu illégal à la plateforme Pharos, le portail officiel du gouvernement français.

      5. L'Impact Psychologique sur les Enquêteurs et les Modérateurs

      La confrontation à des contenus d'une extrême violence a un coût psychologique important pour les professionnels qui y sont exposés.

      Protocoles de protection : Les journalistes ont mis en place une méthodologie pour se protéger :

      • ◦ Discussions régulières au sein de l'équipe.  
      • ◦ Consultation d'associations spécialisées.  
      • ◦ Signalement systématique des contenus à Pharos et Instagram pour agir concrètement.  
      • ◦ Mise en place de "sanctuaires" : horaires de travail limités, éviter de consulter ces contenus la nuit ou à domicile.  
      • ◦ Utilisation de techniques de distanciation (ex: mettre/retirer ses lunettes).

      Risque de normalisation : Un danger identifié est la "normalisation de ces contenus", qui peut mener à une désensibilisation ou, chez les plus jeunes, à une recherche de contenus de plus en plus violents.

      Ce risque concerne autant les journalistes que les équipes de modération des plateformes.

    1. Les Failles d'Instagram face à la Pédocriminalité : Synthèse d'Enquête

      Résumé

      Une enquête approfondie révèle de graves défaillances sur Instagram, qui permettent à des réseaux pédocriminels de prospérer sur la plateforme.

      Malgré des mesures de protection superficielles, le réseau social est utilisé comme une plaque tournante pour le vol d'images d'enfants, le réseautage entre prédateurs et la vente directe de contenus d'abus sexuels.

      L'enquête démontre que les systèmes de modération d'Instagram sont incohérents et facilement contournés.

      De manière plus alarmante, l'algorithme de recommandation de la plateforme, au lieu de protéger les utilisateurs, peut activement proposer des contenus pédocriminels aux profils manifestant un intérêt pour ce type de matériel.

      Face à ces révélations, la réponse de la société mère, Meta, est jugée insuffisante, alors même qu'elle fait l'objet de poursuites judiciaires aux États-Unis l'accusant de faire passer ses profits avant la sécurité des enfants.

      Principales Conclusions de l'Enquête

      1. Des Mécanismes de Protection Facilement Contournés

      L'enquête a débuté par la création d'un profil anonyme ("Max, 23 ans") pour explorer les mesures de sécurité de la plateforme.

      Blocage des mots-clés évidents : Instagram bloque les recherches explicites comme "sexy kids", affichant un avertissement sur l'abus sexuel d'enfants.

      Prolifération via des termes anodins : Cependant, en utilisant des mots-clés plus neutres comme "sport boys", les enquêteurs ont facilement trouvé une multitude de comptes problématiques.

      Ces comptes, aux noms évocateurs ("Hot Boys", "bikini young kids", "boys for you"), publient quotidiennement des photos et vidéos volées de mineurs, souvent dans des poses suggestives.

      Exemple du compte "Arba" : Un compte nommé "Arba", avec près de 40 000 abonnés, publiait exclusivement des images volées de petites filles. Il citait même les comptes sources et ses publications attiraient des commentaires ouvertement pédophiles comme : "absolument sexy j'aimerais bien la remplir" ou "délicieux je veux la bouffer".

      Le titulaire du compte se vantait de son impunité : "les haineux peuvent continuer à me signaler je gagne à chaque fois je ne publie rien d'inapproprié".

      2. Une Modération Inefficace et Incohérente

      Le système de signalement d'Instagram s'est avéré défaillant et contradictoire lors de tests pratiques.

      Premier signalement ignoré : Les enquêteurs ont signalé le compte "Arba" pour "nudité ou acte sexuel impliquant un enfant". Après 24 heures, la réponse d'Instagram a été que le compte "ne va pas à l'encontre de nos règles de la communauté".

      Volte-face après réexamen : Face à cette réponse, une demande de réexamen a été effectuée.

      De manière surprenante, Instagram a changé sa décision, supprimé le compte et admis son erreur : "nous avons réexaminé le compte de Arba et nous l'avons supprimé merci de nous avoir informé de notre erreur".

      Conséquences pour les victimes : Cette incohérence démontre une faille majeure dans les processus de modération, laissant des contenus dangereux en ligne et exposant les mineurs à des risques.

      3. Instagram comme Plaque Tournante pour les Réseaux Pédocriminels

      L'enquête révèle qu'au-delà de la simple exposition, Instagram est une plateforme active pour l'organisation et la commercialisation de contenus pédocriminels.

      Lieu de réseautage : Selon An Ggender, d'une organisation britannique de protection de l'enfance, ces comptes servent de point de ralliement pour les prédateurs.

      Ils y partagent des images pour "signaler à d'autres délinquants leur intérêt pour les enfants" et s'orienter mutuellement vers des plateformes où des contenus plus extrêmes sont accessibles.

      Vente directe sur la plateforme : Des comptes se présentant comme des adolescentes, tel que celui de "Nina" (prétendument 13 ans), proposent ouvertement des packs d'images et de vidéos à caractère sexuel : "300 photos plus 50 vidéos pour 50 €".

      L'enquête a révélé que les photos de "Nina" étaient volées à une véritable adolescente française de 14 ans. Au moins 15 comptes similaires francophones ont été identifiés.

      Utilisation de messageries cryptées : Ces comptes Instagram servent de vitrine et renvoient systématiquement vers des groupes sur l'application de messagerie cryptée Telegram pour finaliser les transactions.

      Organisation de la vente sur Telegram : Dans ces groupes Telegram, les contenus sont classés par âge ("pack 13-17 ans", "pack 4-12 ans") et vendus à bas prix (20 € pour plusieurs centaines de vidéos), ce qui suggère un volume très important de matériel disponible.

      Les vendeurs fournissent des aperçus montrant des vignettes de vidéos d'abus sexuels, parfois très violents.

      Identification des acheteurs : Certains vendeurs publient des preuves de vente, incluant les pseudonymes des acheteurs.

      Les enquêteurs ont retrouvé deux de ces acheteurs sur Instagram, confirmant qu'ils suivaient bien les comptes des vendeurs identifiés.

      Ampleur du phénomène

      L'enquête a permis de quantifier l'étendue de ces réseaux :

      Réseaux francophones : Au moins 15 comptes Instagram identifiés.

      Réseaux internationaux : Des centaines de profils anonymes, utilisant souvent l'acronyme "CP" ("Child Pornography"), ont été découverts lors de recherches en anglais.

      Analyse à grande échelle : L'analyse de 1000 de ces comptes "CP" a montré qu'ils renvoyaient vers près de 300 groupes Telegram distincts dédiés à la vente d'images illégales.

      4. Le Rôle Complice de l'Algorithme de Recommandation

      L'une des découvertes les plus inquiétantes est que l'algorithme d'Instagram, loin de contrer ces activités, les facilite activement.

      Après deux mois passés à suivre des comptes problématiques dans le cadre de l'enquête, l'algorithme a commencé à proposer de manière proactive des contenus similaires au profil "Max".

      Onglet "Découverte" : Cet onglet ne présentait presque plus que des contenus mettant en scène de très jeunes enfants.

      Onglet "Reels" : Le flux de vidéos proposait quasi exclusivement des mineurs qui dansent, s'embrassent ou se dénudent.

      Onglet "Suggestions" : L'algorithme a suggéré de suivre des comptes extrêmement problématiques, notamment :

      ◦ Un compte rassemblant des photos de jeunes garçons avec des commentaires tels que "je veux les violer".    ◦ Un autre compte publiant des images camouflées de jeunes garçons en train de se masturber.

      L'algorithme a donc cessé d'être un outil passif pour devenir un moteur de proposition actif, rendant la recherche de contenus pédocriminels superflue.

      Ce constat est corroboré par le témoignage d'Arturo Béjar, un lanceur d'alerte et ancien ingénieur de Meta, qui a dénoncé devant le Sénat américain les manquements de la plateforme en matière de protection des mineurs.

      5. Réponse d'Instagram et Contexte Juridique

      Interrogée sur les résultats de l'enquête, l'entreprise a fourni une réponse via son agence de communication.

      Déclaration officielle : _"L'exploitation des enfants est un crime terrible [...] c'est pourquoi nous développons des technologies pour débusquer ces prédateurs [...]

      Dans le cadre de nos efforts continus pour faire respecter la législation, nous avons supprimé une grande majorité des comptes identifiés par Arte avant même qu'ils ne nous soient signalés."_

      Une action insuffisante : La mention d'une "grande majorité" implique que certains comptes n'ont pas été supprimés.

      De plus, l'enquête a montré que bien que 30 des 32 comptes d'un réseau aient été supprimés par Instagram, les deux restants ont continué leurs activités pendant au moins deux semaines, et de nouveaux comptes sont créés quotidiennement.

      Poursuites judiciaires : Le groupe Meta fait face à des actions en justice aux États-Unis. En décembre 2023, l'État du Nouveau-Mexique a porté plainte, accusant l'entreprise d'être un "vivier pour les prédateurs sexuels" et de faire passer "leur profit avant la sécurité des enfants".

    1. Wednesdays : Synthèse et Analyse Approfondie

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document présente une analyse détaillée du jeu vidéo Wednesdays, coédité et coproduit par Arte, sorti le 26 mars 2025 sur PC (Steam et Itch.io).

      Conçu par l'auteur et directeur créatif Pierre et l'illustratrice Exaeva, ce jeu narratif aborde les thématiques complexes et sensibles de l'inceste, de la pédocriminalité et des violences intrafamiliales.

      Malgré la dureté des sujets, le jeu adopte un ton qualifié de "lumineux et bienveillant".

      D'une durée moyenne de deux heures, Wednesdays se distingue par une direction artistique unique, inspirée de la bande dessinée indépendante, où les personnages victimes sont représentés avec des têtes cubiques.

      Un pilier central du projet est son accessibilité, pensée à la fois pour les non-joueurs et les personnes en situation de handicap, avec un travail approfondi sur la lisibilité des couleurs et des mécaniques de jeu simplifiées.

      Le développement, mené par une petite équipe de sept personnes travaillant à distance, a été marqué par des choix créatifs forts, notamment la création de l'espace de décompression "Orcopark" et une conception sonore immersive qui pallie l'absence de doublage.

      Wednesdays se positionne comme une œuvre cherchant à libérer la parole et à utiliser le médium du jeu vidéo comme un outil de prise de conscience et d'écoute.

      I. Présentation du Jeu "Wednesdays"

      A. Concept et Thématiques Abordées

      Wednesdays est un jeu vidéo narratif qui plonge le joueur dans les souvenirs fragmentés de Timothé, un personnage victime d'inceste.

      Le but est de reconstituer son histoire en explorant différentes scènes de sa vie, de l'enfance à l'âge adulte. Le jeu traite frontalement de sujets difficiles comme la pédocriminalité et les violences intrafamiliales.

      Malgré la gravité de ces thèmes, la démarche des créateurs est de proposer une expérience "lumineuse et bienveillante".

      L'approche narrative et visuelle évite toute représentation graphique de la violence, privilégiant la suggestion, la pédagogie et l'émotion.

      Des avertissements de contenu (trigger warnings) sont intégrés directement dans le jeu pour permettre aux joueurs de se préserver.

      B. Équipe de Développement et Édition

      Le jeu est le fruit d'une collaboration entre plusieurs talents de la scène indépendante, sous l'égide d'Arte qui coproduit et coédite des jeux vidéo depuis plus de dix ans.

      Membre

      Rôle

      Contributions Notables

      Pierre

      Auteur et Directeur Créatif

      Conception du projet, écriture du scénario et des dialogues.

      Exaeva

      Illustratrice

      Création de toute la direction artistique, des personnages et des décors.

      Virginia

      Sound Designer

      Conception de l'univers sonore, incluant les gimmicks sonores des personnages.

      Florent Morin (The Pixel Hunt)

      Éditeur

      Accompagnement du projet, gestion administrative, conseils créatifs.

      Chris

      Programmeur

      Développement technique, lui-même concerné par le sujet du jeu.

      Nico Novac

      Artiste Pixel Art

      Création des visuels pour la section "Orcopark".

      Dianne

      Programmeuse (renfort)

      Aide à la programmation sur des aspects spécifiques du jeu.

      L'équipe principale de sept personnes a travaillé majoritairement à distance via Discord, sans réunions formelles, démontrant une grande autonomie de chaque membre.

      C. Données Clés

      Caractéristique

      Détail

      Date de sortie

      26 mars 2025

      Plateformes

      PC (via Steam et Itch.io)

      Durée de jeu moyenne

      Environ 2 heures à 2 heures 30

      Genre

      Jeu narratif, Bande dessinée interactive

      II. Direction Artistique et Conception Visuelle

      A. Un Style "Bande Dessinée Interactive"

      La direction artistique de Wednesdays est l'un de ses aspects les plus marquants. Elle s'inspire fortement de la bande dessinée indépendante franco-belge et américaine, avec des références citées comme Frédéric Peeters, Craig Thompson et Tillie Walden.

      Le processus de création est traditionnel et méticuleux :

      1. Dessin sur papier : Exaeva réalise tous les dessins des décors et des personnages sur papier, son support de prédilection. Les personnages sont dessinés sur des calques en papier "layout", un peu transparent, utilisé en animation traditionnelle.

      2. Numérisation : Tous les éléments graphiques sont ensuite scannés.

      3. Colorisation numérique : Les couleurs sont ajoutées digitalement, en respectant une technique de bichromie, qui consiste à utiliser principalement deux teintes dominantes par image pour créer des ambiances colorées et lumineuses spécifiques.

      Cette approche donne au jeu une texture unique, avec un aspect crayonné très personnel qui va à contre-courant des productions 3D ultra-réalistes.

      B. Le Symbolisme des "Têtes Cubiques"

      Un choix visuel central du jeu est la représentation des personnages victimes d'inceste avec des têtes cubiques. Cette idée, présente dès la genèse du projet, a plusieurs fonctions :

      Visibilité de l'invisible : Elle rend les victimes, souvent invisibles dans la société, immédiatement identifiables pour le joueur.

      Faciliter la projection : En s'appuyant sur les théories de Scott McCloud (L'Art invisible), un visage moins détaillé et réaliste permet au joueur de se projeter plus facilement dans le personnage.

      Défi artistique : Contrairement à l'idée initiale que cela simplifierait le travail, l'absence d'expressions faciales a représenté un défi majeur. Toute l'émotion des personnages doit être transmise par la corporalité, les postures et la gestuelle, ce qui a demandé un travail d'animation et de dessin très poussé.

      C. Processus Créatif et Influences

      La collaboration entre Pierre et Exaeva a été fondamentale. Pierre arrivait avec des idées de scènes, parfois sous forme de placeholders (visuels de substitution) très simples, et Exaeva les transformait en scènes complètes.

      De nombreuses décisions de mise en scène ont été prises lors de sessions de travail à Bruxelles, autour d'un verre. Le jeu alterne entre les scènes dessinées par Exaeva et l'univers en pixel art d'Orcopark, créant un contraste visuel fort.

      III. Conception Sonore et Narrative

      A. Sound Design sans Voice Acting

      Le jeu ne contient pas de dialogues parlés (voice acting), un choix justifié par le budget mais aussi par une volonté artistique.

      La sound designer Virginia a créé un univers sonore immersif basé sur des sons réalistes et des "gimmicks" sonores pour chaque personnage, tous liés à l'univers du papier et de l'écriture :

      Timothé : Bruit de machine à écrire.

      Les enfants : Bruits de Crayola ou de feutres.

      Joël (le père) : Son de stylo-plume.

      Fatia (l'institutrice) : Bruit de craie sur un tableau.

      Cette approche permet non seulement d'identifier auditivement qui parle, mais renforce aussi l'idée que l'histoire est en train de s'écrire ou de se reconstituer.

      B. La Libération de la Parole par le Gameplay

      La structure narrative et les mécaniques de jeu sont conçues pour servir le thème principal : la difficulté et les étapes de la libération de la parole.

      Souvenirs fragmentés : Le joueur peut choisir les souvenirs dans un ordre non linéaire, reflétant le processus non chronologique de la mémoire traumatique.

      Mécaniques de dialogue : Dans certaines scènes, comme celle de la voiture avec le personnage de Yeram, le gameplay joue avec les bulles de dialogue.

      Le joueur sélectionne une option, mais le personnage peine à la formuler, la phrase change ou est remplacée par des points de suspension.

      Cela représente la lutte interne pour verbaliser le trauma. Pierre note que près de 4% des bulles de dialogue du jeu sont des silences ("..."), soulignant l'importance de ce qui n'est pas dit.

      IV. L'Accessibilité : Un Pilier du Projet

      L'accessibilité a été une priorité dès le début du développement. L'objectif était double :

      1. Rendre le jeu jouable par des non-joueurs : Avec des contrôles simples et une interface claire.

      2. Inclure les personnes en situation de handicap.

      Pour y parvenir, l'équipe a collaboré avec Game Accessibility Hub, une société spécialisée. Des tests ont été menés avec des joueurs ayant différents handicaps.

      Un exemple marquant est celui d'un testeur achromate (qui ne voit aucune couleur).

      Il a trouvé le jeu parfaitement lisible et a même ressenti une différence dans la seule scène conçue en noir et blanc pur, validant ainsi l'efficacité des contrastes et de la direction artistique.

      Le travail sur les palettes de couleurs a été systématiquement testé à l'aide d'outils simulant différentes formes de daltonisme. Arte a soutenu cette démarche en allouant un budget supplémentaire dédié à l'accessibilité.

      V. Genèse et Coulisses de la Production

      A. D'un "One-Man Show" au Jeu Vidéo

      L'idée de Wednesdays est née de l'inspiration de Pierre après avoir vu L'Imposture, un spectacle de marionnettes de Lucie Arnodin.

      Fasciné par la capacité du spectacle à traiter de sujets graves avec légèreté et une narration éclatée, il a d'abord tenté d'écrire un one-man show sur le sujet.

      Après un retour mitigé d'un ami proche, il a abandonné cette idée pour se tourner vers un médium qu'il maîtrisait : le jeu vidéo, tout en conservant le ton et l'approche narrative du projet initial.

      B. Orcopark : L'Espace de Décompression

      L'interface de sélection des chapitres a connu une évolution significative. Le concept initial était un bureau sur lequel le joueur cliquait sur différents objets pour lancer les souvenirs. Jugée "un peu chiante" par Arte, cette idée a été remplacée par Orcopark, un parc d'attractions rétro en pixel art.

      Orcopark sert de hub central mais aussi d'espace "safe" pour le joueur.

      Entre des scènes émotionnellement intenses, il peut prendre le temps de se détendre, de ramasser des débris, de cliquer sur des éléments interactifs et de décorer son parc.

      Cet espace a été développé plus que prévu initialement, à l'encouragement d'Arte, pour renforcer son rôle de sas de décompression.

      C. Anecdotes de Développement

      Moustache le chat : Le chat Moustache a été ajouté dans une scène finale à la demande de Nil, le fils de Pierre.

      Joël, l'alter ego vieilli : Le design du personnage du père, Joël, est basé sur une version vieillie de l'auteur, Pierre.

      Figurine en argile : L'objet mystère de l'émission était une statuette en argile réalisée par la grand-mère de Pierre, qui a aussi servi de base pour une marionnette dans un autre de ses projets de jeu sur Game Boy Camera.

      VI. Réflexions sur l'Impact et la Réception

      A. Le Jeu Vidéo comme Média d'Écoute

      Les créateurs soulignent la position particulière de Wednesdays, un "OVNI" qui se situe à l'intersection du jeu vidéo et de l'œuvre culturelle. Cette position hybride pose des défis de réception :

      • Les journalistes spécialisés jeu vidéo peuvent être déroutés par un jeu qui ne correspond pas aux critères d'évaluation habituels (gameplay, durée de vie, etc.).

      • Les journalistes culturels généralistes peuvent être réticents en raison d'un mépris ou d'une méconnaissance du médium.

      Malgré cela, le jeu a reçu une bonne couverture en France et a trouvé son public.

      B. Un Outil pour la Prise de Conscience

      Le retour le plus gratifiant pour l'équipe vient des joueurs.

      De nombreux témoignages font état de l'impact positif du jeu, y compris de la part de personnes victimes qui se sont senties comprises ou qui ont eu des prises de conscience sur leur propre vécu en jouant.

      Le jeu semble ainsi atteindre son objectif : non seulement libérer la parole de son personnage, mais aussi potentiellement celle de ses joueurs, et sensibiliser l'entourage aux réalités de l'inceste.

    1. Among self-ascribed Celts it was the discourse of nationalism above allthat carried and enforced the racial meanings of Irish identity. Irish na-tionalism, of course, has a complex history of its own, but for the presentpurpose the specific ins and outs of Irish nationalism as a political pro-gram are less important than the more diffuse currents of myth and sen-sibility that were embedded in Irish immigrant culture.

      Its crazy how Irish nationalist had to really forge a distinct identity from their British colonizers. These Irish nationalists had changed the racial narrative and made it known that the Irish were a noble Celtic race.

    1. Externalize often. The more you express those ideas—in words, in sketches, in prototypes, in demos—the more visible those flaws will be to you and other people. There’s a reason that Leonardo da Vinci kept a notebook in which he sketched and wrote every idea he had: it allowed him to see those ideas, share those ideas, critique those ideas, and improve those ideas. Had he kept them all in his head, his limited capacity to see and reason about those ideas would have greatly limited his productivity.

      I agree becasue I believe that it is easy to think of a vague, rough idea idea in your mind; but to perfect, visualize and externalize it is another thing. If we hesitate to record our idea right away, there is a good chance we will lose it. For a instance, when I start a essay, I found making a outline that lists all my thoughts would be helpful. I am sure it will be helpful to all of us if even Leonardo is doing it.

    2. How do you figure out what’s wrong with those bad ideas? Externalize often. The more you express those ideas—in words, in sketches, in prototypes, in demos—the more visible those flaws will be to you and other people. There’s a reason that Leonardo da Vinci kept a notebook in which he sketched and wrote every idea he had: it allowed him to see those ideas, share those ideas, critique those ideas, and improve those ideas. Had he kept them all in his head, his limited capacity to see and reason about those ideas would have greatly limited his productivity.

      I really like this section and think the idea of externalizing your ideas is super useful. I've noticed that when I sketch something out or explain it to someone else, I can spot the flaws way more easily than if I just keep it in my head. The Leonardo da Vinci example makes a lot of sense too as it shows even really smart people need a way to organize their thoughts. It's making me realize I should probably write down or sketch my ideas more often instead of trying to remember everything.

    3. Externalize often. The more you express those ideas—in words, in sketches, in prototypes, in demos—the more visible those flaws will be to you and other people. There’s a reason that Leonardo da Vinci kept a notebook in which he sketched and wrote every idea he had: it allowed him to see those ideas, share those ideas, critique those ideas, and improve those ideas. Had he kept them all in his head, his limited capacity to see and reason about those ideas would have greatly limited his productivity.

      I really like how this section connects creativity to the act of expressing ideas instead of just thinking about them. I agree that externalizing thoughts makes it way easier to catch flaws. Whenever I try to hold everything in my head, I lose track of details or overestimate the quality of my idea. It’s also kind of motivating to think that even someone like da Vinci needed to write everything down to make sense of it.

    1. Pink my pad est une refonte du projet PSnotes, indisponible à l’adresse notes.ecrituresnumeriques.ca. PSnotes a été développé à la CRC-EN en 2019 en amont des journées Publishing Sphere avec l’idée de créer un espace d’écriture et de publication libre et ouvert1.

      Interesting function!

    1. Chiffres tirés des Statements of Ownership que les maisons d’édition étaient légalement tenues de publier annuellement pour chaque publication.

      Cette source est-elle accessible? Il faudrait trouver un moyen de la faire figurer en bibliographie.

    2. Mais là encore, ce sont des contenus que Marvel Comics avait encouragé à travers sa ligne éditoriale Epic Comics, lancée en 1982.

      Cette information est présentée de manière un peu expéditive : il faudrait mieux la contextualiser un peu davantage.

    3. Dans l’exemple cité, le dessinateur-encreur Bill Sienkiewicz ne changea pas son dessin très stylisé et profita de la rigidité des visages à décrire pour accentuer ses traits avec des aplats de noir, tout en matérialisant visuellement les déformations sonores,

      Ici encore, une image serait la bienvenue, si vous en détenez les droits de diffusion.

    4. L’un des traits les plus reconnaissables et les plus appréciés de la série fut son intrigue longue, qui s’étala sur toute la durée de la série.

      Suggestion de reformulation pour éviter la répétition de « série » : « L'un des traits les plus reconnaissables et les plus appréciés de la série fut son intrigue longue, qui s'étala sur toute sa durée ».

    5. Ces cartes plurent tellement aux représentants de Hasbro qu’elles furent intégrées dans les boîtes des jouets en question. La supervision éditoriale de G.I. Joe : A Real American Hero était quasiment absente

      Des sources seraient les bienvenues pour appuyer ces deux informations.

    6. rapidement divergé du matériau d’origine après épuisement de ce dernier, G.I Joe n’avait même pas cette possibilité : il n’y avait pas de matériau d’origine

      Pour éviter la répétition de « matériau » dans ce passage, l'une des occurrences pourrait être remplacée par « matière ».

    7. les couvertures célèbres de Frank Frazetta

      L'intégration de l'une de ces couvertures (libre de droits, ou une image dont vous possédez les droits de diffusion) serait la bienvenue, si une telle chose est possible pour vous. Ce n'est évidemment qu'une suggestion.

    8. CNBDI

      Il faudrait résoudre l'abbréviation de « Cité internationale de la bande dessinée et de l'image » : on pourrait même se permettre de l'écrire au long, puisque l'abbréviation n'est pas utilisée à un autre moment dans l'article.

  8. stylo.ecrituresnumeriques.ca stylo.ecrituresnumeriques.ca
    1. de se ménager l’appui des femmes contre les théologiens

      L'abbé Bremond reprendre l'argument, raillant une époque où "la moindre femmelette" se mêlait de théologie (je cite de mémoire, mais "femmelette" était dans le texte...)

    2. l’art y était tellement caché

      C'est bien sûr un principe cicéronien, mais aussi, à cette époque, un précepte cardinal de l'art mondain, qui s'approprie la sprezzatura de Castiglione

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Gu et al., employed novel viral strategies, combined with in vivo two-photon imaging, to map the tone response properties of two groups of cortical neurons in A1 - The thalamocortical recipient (TR neurons) and the corticothalamic (CT neurons). They observed a clear tonotopic gradient among TR neurons but not in CT neurons. Moreover, CT neurons exhibited high heterogeneity of their frequency tuning and broader bandwidth, suggesting increased synaptic integration in these neurons. By parsing out different projecting-specific neurons within A1, this study provides insight into how neurons with different connectivity can exhibit different frequency response-related topographic organization.

      Strengths:

      This study reveals the importance of studying neurons with projection specificity rather than layer specificity since neurons within the same layer have very diverse molecular, morphological, physiological, and connectional features. By utilizing a newly developed rabies virus CSN-N2c GCaMP-expressing vector, the authors can label and image specifically the neurons (CT neurons) in A1 that project to the MGB. To compare, they used an anterograde trans-synaptic tracing strategy to label and image neurons in A1 that receive input from MGB (TR neurons).

      Weaknesses:

      - Perhaps as cited in the introduction, it is well known that tonotopic gradient is well preserved across all layers within A1, but I feel if the authors want to highlight the specificity of their virus tracing strategy and the populations that they imaged in L2/3 (TR neurons) and L6 (CT neurons), they should perform control groups where they image general excitatory neurons in the two depths and compare to TR and CT neurons, respectively. This will show that it's not their imaging/analysis or behavioral paradigms that are different from other labs.  

      - Fig 1D and G, the y-axis is Distance from pia (%). I'm not exactly sure what this means. How does % translate to real cortical thickness? 

      - For Fig. 2G and H, is each circle a neuron or an animal? Why are they staggered on top of each other on the x-axis? If x-axis is thedistance from caudal to rostral, each neuron should have a different distance? Also,it seems like it's because Fig. 2H has more circles, that's why it has morevariation thus not significant (for example, at 600 or 900um, 2G seems to haveless circles than 2H).  

      - Similar in Fig 2J and L, why are the circles staggered onthe y-axis now? And is each circle now a neuron or a trial? It seems they havemuch more circles than Fig 2G and 2H. Also I don't think doing a correlation isthe proper stats for this type of plot (this point applies to Fig. 3H and 3J)

      - What does inter-quartile range of BF (IQRBF, in octaves) imply? What's the interpretation of this analysis? I am confused why TR neurons showhigh IQR in HF areas compared to LF areas mean homogeneity among TR neurons (line 213 - 216). On the same note, how is this different from the BF variability?  Isn't higher IQR = tohigher variability?

      - Fig. 4A-B, there's no clear critieria on how the authors categorize V, I, and O Shape. The descriptions in the Methods (line 721 - 725) are also very vague.  

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed all my questions in the previous round.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Gu and Liang et. al investigated how auditory information is mapped and transformed as it enters and exits a auditory cortex. They use anterograde transsynaptic tracers to label and perform calcium imaging of thalamorecipient neurons in A1 and retrograde tracers to label and perform calcium imaging of corticothalamic output neurons. They demonstrate a degradation of tonotopic organization from the input to output neurons.

      Strengths:

      The experiments appear well executed, well described, and analyzed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Given that the CT and TR neurons were imaged at different depths, the question as to whether not these differences could otherwise be explained by layer-specific differences is still not 100% resolved. Control measurements would be needed either by recording 1) CT neurons upper layers 2) TR in deeper layers 3) non-CT in deeper layers and/or 4) non-TR in upper layers.

      (2) What percent of the neurons at the depths being are CT neurons? Similar questions for TR neurons?

      (3) V-shaped, I-shaped, or O-shaped is not an intuitively understood nomenclature, consider changing. Further, the x/y axis for Figure 4a is not labeled, so it's not clear what the heat maps are supposed to represent.

      (4). Many references about projection neurons and cortical circuits are based on studies from visual or somatosensory cortex. Auditory cortex organization is not necessarily the same as other sensory areas. Auditory cortex references should be used specifically, and not sources reporting on S1, V1.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have fully addressed my concerns.

    1. Conclusion

      a dissocier "le projet du Mucem pourrait etc" à mettre dans une partie "pistes pour une reproductibilité" le reste dans une conclusion qu'on pourrait terminer par " Mais au-delà de l’échelle d’un établissement, la démarche se veut surtout une expérimentation, technique et documentaire, qui ouvre des pistes pour d’autres projets de ce type. Il s’agira bien entendu, pour ceux qui s’engageraient dans un chemin similaire, de décliner ses principes en fonction des spécificités locales. Nous espérons cependant avoir posé quelques jalons utiles. "

    2. Le projet du Mucem pourrait servir d’exemple à d’autres institutions mais sa réitération ne serait pas forcément évidente. L’organisation des sites de la collection Recherches ethnologiques, qui restent globalement antérieurs au web 2.0 dans leur conception malgré des innovations reprises par leurs concepteurs à l’époque, a facilité leur extraction et remédiation. La présence de fichiers Flash a obligé les équipes à prévoir un dispositif local spécifique pour des raisons de sécurité informatique, mais n’a pas freiné le projet. Or, les sites récents peuvent être plus complexes à préserver car ils embarquent des technologies et des contenus hébergés en dehors du site lui-même. C’est fréquemment le cas pour les supports multimédia comme la vidéo, qui peut provenir d’une chaîne Youtube gérée par le producteur du site. Les solutions techniques d’identification et de repackaging de ces contenus ne seraient donc pas similaires. La remédiation des sites pose aussi des questions juridiques, car les archives du web restent soumises au droit d’auteur. La remédiation d’un site implique d’obtenir un accord des ayants droit, ce qui n’était pas nécessaire dans le cas du projet Virtuel Mucem. Les archives du web sont par essence une forme de remédiation essayant de donner l’illusion d’une représentation exacte des sites passés. Cette simplicité de principe cache en fait une complexité de ce matériel, qui peut s’avérer lacunaire ou au contraire redondant et qui nécessite de maintenir des infrastructures obsolètes pour pouvoir continuer à lire certains formats. Ces difficultés peuvent freiner les chercheurs, qui abordent plutôt la source à travers la notion de corpus. Il y a des points communs entre la production d’une remédiation comme dans le cas du projet Virtuel Mucem et la constitution de corpus à partir d’un terrain numérique passé ou présent. La méthodologie de constitution reste centrale, tout comme la pédagogie si l’on souhaite transmettre ou exploiter la source. Le projet Virtuel Mucem montre que la remédiation présente toujours des biais, inhérents au choix de traitement. Il montre aussi que la complémentarité entre le web vivant et le web archivé observée dans de nombreux projets de recherche se retrouve ici lorsque des sources complémentaires issues des bases documentaires du Mucem viennent compléter l’archive.

      Partie ou encadré "reproductibilité"

    3. Contrairement au premier site internet du MNATP, qui avait fait l’objet d’une étude de réception en 1997 (Châtillon et al. 1997), la question de la réception de la collection des années 2000 reste mal connue, au delà des témoignages des acteurs

      inverser la phrase. Au delà du témoignage des acteurs, la question de la réception de la collection recherches ethnologiques reste assez mal connue, contrairement au xxxxx

    4. traitées

      De plus, la mise en ligne sur internet, et le dépôt nécessaire des fichiers sur des serveurs extérieurs, auraient soulevé des questions au niveau des droits de diffusion et de réutilisation.

    5. Présentation de deux sites de la collection

      est ce qu'on basculerait ça en annexe? ça interrompt un peu le déroulé du projet... ou dans l'éditorialisation?

    6. Finalemen

      intégrer la proposition de Chloé : Là où l'entrée du numérique au musée s'est articulé à un idéal de participation des visiteurs à travers une offre interactive (Vidal, 2021), le projet ethno, proche dans sa structure du CD-ROM, ne s'inscrit pas encore tout à fait dans cette logique.

    7. (“Décret n° 2013-157 Du 21 Février 2013 Portant Création de l’Etablissement Public Du Musée Des Civilisations de l’Europe Et de La Méditerranée (MuCEM)” n.d.)

      rectifier le format zotero

    8. Ce « musée-laboratoire », comme l’a souhaité son fondateur Georges Henri Rivière, rassemblait chercheurs et conservateurs en ethnologie. Au départ essentiellement axé sur les cultures rurales préindustrielles, son champ d’action s’élargit au fil du temps aux problématiques plus contemporaines. Un de ses modes d’action privilégié est l’enquête-collecte8. Au-delà des objets, le musée déploie donc un très riche fonds d’archives photographiques et orales, et inclut sur une bibliothèque spécialisée. Il fut un des musées pionniers en matière d’informatique appliquée à la gestion et l’étude des collections dès le début des années 1970.

      si on doit gagner des caractères ça peut sauter

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Ledamoisel et al. examined the evolution of visual and chemical signals in closely related Morpho butterfly species to understand their role in species coexistence. Using an integrative, state-of-the-art approach combining spectrophotometry, visual modeling, and behavioral mate choice experiments, they quantified differences in wing iridescence and assessed its influence on mate preference in allopatry and sympatry. They also performed chemical analyses to determine whether sympatric species exhibit divergent chemical cues that may facilitate species recognition and mate discrimination. The authors found iridescent coloration to be similar in sympatric Morpho species. Furthermore, male mate choice experiments revealed that in sympatry, males fail to discriminate conspecific females based on coloration, reinforcing the idea that visual signal convergence is primarily driven by predation pressure. In contrast, the divergence of chemical signals among sympatric species suggests their potential role in facilitating species recognition and mate discrimination. The authors conclude that interactions between ecological pressures and signal evolution may shape species coexistence.

      Strengths:

      The study is well-designed and integrates multiple methodological approaches to provide a thorough assessment of signal evolution in the studied species. I appreciate the authors' careful consideration of multiple selective pressures and their combined influence on signal divergence and convergence. Additionally, the inclusion of both visual and chemical signals adds an interesting and valuable dimension to the study, enhancing its importance. Beyond butterflies, this research broadens our understanding of multimodal communication and signal evolution in the context of species coexistence.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The broader significance of the findings needs to be better articulated. While the authors emphasize that comparing adaptive traits in sympatry and allopatry provides insights into selective processes shaping reproductive isolation and coexistence, it is unclear what key conceptual or theoretical questions are being addressed. Are these patterns expected under certain evolutionary scenarios? Have they been empirically demonstrated in other systems? The authors should explicitly state the overarching research question, incorporate some predictions, and better contextualize their findings within the existing literature. If the results challenge or support previous work, that should be highlighted to strengthen the study's importance in a broader context.

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable feedback. We understand that the framing of the results and the discussion may fail to convey the broader significance of our findings. In the first version of the manuscript, we framed our manuscript around the processes shaping reproductive isolation and co-existence in sympatry, but now realize that this question was too broad in regards to our results. We thus strictly focused on outlining the importance of ecological interactions in the evolution of traits in sympatric species. In the revised version of the manuscript, we rewrote the first paragraph of the introduction to introduce context regarding the effect of ecological interactions on trait evolution (lines 43-60). We then explicitly introduce the theoretical question investigated in our paper (i.e. “we investigate how ecological interactions in sympatry can constrain natural and sexual selection shaping trait evolution”, lines 62-63) and our predictions regarding the evolution of traits in sympatry vs. allopatry (lines 74-80). We also added predictions regarding our experiments on Morpho at the end of the introduction (lines 146-157). As a result, the discussion is now better aligned with the introduction, by discussing the putative effect of predation and mate choice on the evolution of wing iridescence in Morpho.

      (2) The motivation for studying visual signals and mate choice in allopatric populations (i.e., at the intraspecific level) is not well articulated, leaving their role in the broader narrative unclear. In particular, the rationale behind experiments 1, 2, and 3 is not well defined, as the authors have not made a strong case for the need for these intraspecific comparisons in the introduction. This issue is further compounded by the authors' primary focus on signal evolution in sympatry throughout both the results and the discussion. For instance, the divergence of iridescence in allopatry is a potentially interesting result. But the authors have not discussed its implications.

      We now clearly state in the introduction our motivation for studying visual signals and mate choice in allopatric populations (lines 74-80, lines 146-157). We argued that intraspecific comparisons help identify whether visual cues can be used in mate recognition between phylogenetically close subspecies, between whom visual resemblance is supposed to be higher than between closely-related species (tetrad experiment, and experiment 1). As M. h. bristowi and M. h. theodorus have different wing pattern, we also used this comparison to identify the traits involved in male mate preference within a species, testing the importance of iridescent color (experiment 2) or iridescent patterning (experiment 3). The results of those experiments can then be used to assess whether these traits are used in species recognition between sympatric species. See also our answers to recommendations 11 and 15 from reviewer #1.

      Overall, given that the primary conclusions are based on results and analyses in sympatry, the role of allopatric populations in shaping these conclusions needs to be better integrated and justified. Without a stronger link between the comparative framework and the study's key takeaways, the use of allopatric populations feels somewhat peripheral rather than central to the study's aim. Since the primary conclusions remain valid even without the allopatric comparisons, their inclusion requires a clearer rationale.

      To make a stronger case for the use of the allopatric population in our manuscript, we strengthened the justification behind the study of intraspecific allopatric populations vs. interspecific sympatric populations, as the iridescence measurements and the mate choice experiments in allopatric populations can serve as a baseline in studying how species interactions can shape the evolution of traits and mate recognition when compared to sympatric populations. Following your major comment #1, we rewrote the introduction to include a justification to the need for studying allopatric vs. sympatric populations (lines 74-80), and also further highlighted the need to study iridescence in sympatric species to fully understand the trait evolution of sympatric species in the discussion (339-343).

      (3) While the authors demonstrate that iridescence is indistinguishable to predators in sympatry, they overstate the role of predation in driving convergence. The present study does not experimentally demonstrate that iridescence in this species has a confusion effect or contributes to evasive mimicry. Alternatively, convergence could result from other selective forces, such as signal efficacy due to environmental conditions, rather than being solely driven by predation.

      We acknowledge that our study does not directly demonstrate that iridescence contributes to evasive mimicry. We did tone down the interpretation of the results in the discussion and state that predation is not the only selective pressure that could have promoted a convergent evolution of iridescence in sympatric species, as iridescence is a trait that could be involved in thermoregulation (lines 346-353) and camouflage (lines 363-369) for example. We made sure to mention that convergence in iridescent signals in sympatry is only an indirect support to the evasive mimicry hypothesis, and that further research is still needed, including direct predation experiments, to show that this convergence is indeed triggered by predation (lines 391-396).  

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study presents an investigation of the visual and chemical properties and mating behaviour in Morpho butterflies, aimed at addressing the nature of divergence between closely related species in sympatry. The study species consists of three subspecies of Morpho helenor (bristowi, theodorus, and helenor), and the conspecific Morpho achilles achilles. The authors postulate that whereas the iridescent blue signals of all (sub)species should function as a predator reduction signal (similar to aposematism) and therefore exhibit convergence, the same signals should indicate divergence if used as a mating signal, particularly in sympatric populations. They also assess chemical profiles among the species to assess the potential utility of scent in mediating species/sex discrimination.

      The authors first used reflectance spectrometry to calculate hue, brightness, and chroma, plus two measures of "iridescence" (perhaps better phrased as angular dependence) in each (sub)species. This indicated the ubiquitous presence of sexual dimorphism in brightness (males brighter), which also appears to be the case for iridescence (Figure 3A-B). Analysis of these data also indicated that whereas there is evidence for divergence among subspecies in allopatry, the same evidence is lacking for species in sympatry (P = 0.084). This was supported further by visual modelling, which showed that both conspecifics and birds should be (theoretically) capable of perceiving the colour difference among allopatric populations of M. helenor, whereas the same is not true for the sympatric species.

      The authors then conducted mate choice trials, first using live individuals and second using female dummies. The live experiments indicated the presence of assortative mating among the two subspecies of M. helenor (bristowi and theodorus). The dummy presentations indicated (a) bristowi males prefer conspecific wings, whereas theodorus have no preference, (b) bristowi males prefer the con(sub)specific colour pattern, (c) theodorus prefer the con(sub)specific iridescence when the pattern is manipulated to be similar among female dummies. A fourth experiment, using sympatric M. achilles and M. helenor, indicated no preference for conspecific female dummies. Finally, chemical analysis indicated substantial differences between these two species in putative pheromone compounds, and especially so in the males.

      The authors conclude that the similarity of iridescence among species in sympatry is suggestive of convergence upon a common anti-predation signal. Despite some behavioural evidence in favourof colour (iridescence)-based mate discrimination, chemical differences between Achilles and Helenor are posed as more likely to function for species isolation than visual differences.

      Overall, I enjoyed reading this manuscript, which presents a valiant attempt at studying visual, chemical and behavioural divergence in this iconic group of butterflies.

      Major comments

      My only major comment concerns the authors' favoured explanation for aposematism (or evasive mimicry) for convergence among species, which is based upon the you-can't-catch-me hypothesis first presented by Young 1971. Although there is supporting work showing that iridescent-like stimuli are more difficult to precisely localize by a range of viewers, most of the evidence as applied to the Morpho system is circumstantial, and I'm not certain that there is widespread acceptance of this hypothesis. Given that the present study deals with closely-related  (sub)species, one alternative explanation - a "null" hypothesis of sorts - is for a lack of divergence (from a common starting point) as opposed to evolutionary convergence per se. in other words, two subspecies are likely to retain ancestral character states unless there is selection that causes them to diverge. I feel that the manuscript would benefit from a discussion of this alternative, if not others. Signalling to predators could very well be involved in constraining the extent of convergence, but this seems a little premature to state as an up-front conclusion of this work. There is also the result of a *dorsal* wing manipulation by Vieira-Silva et al. 2024 which seems difficult to reconcile in light of this explanation. Whereas this paper is cited by the authors, a more nuanced discussion of their experimental results would seem appropriate here.

      We thank the reviewer for their constructive comments on our manuscript. We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the way iridescence convergence between sympatric species is discussed in our manuscript, which align with similar concerns raised by Reviewer 1. Indeed, the you-can't-catch-me hypothesis has not been yet empirically tested in Morpho, this is currently a working hypothesis only supported by indirect lines of evidence.

      Among the 30 known Morpho species, iridescence is most likely the ancestral character, notably because iridescence is a trait shared by a majority of Morpho (we now mention this in the introduction lines 108-110). In this paper, we thus did not aim to identify the evolutionary forces involved in the appearance of iridescence in this group, but rather wanted to understand to what extent ecological interactions can impact the diversification (or not) of this trait. As such, the dorsal manipulations performed in Vieira-Silva et al 2024 showing that iridescence in Morpho may have a similar effect than crypsis does not impact our working hypothesis. Instead, we use VieraSilva et al 2024 to discuss the potential anti-predator effect of iridescence, that could potentially promote convergent evolution of iridescent patterns.

      In the main text, we now clearly mention our null hypothesis: under a scenario of neutral evolution of iridescence, we would expect that the divergence in wing coloration between two M. helenor subspecies would be lower than between two different Morpho species (M. helenor and M. achilles) and showed that our results sharply differ from this null expectation.

      We then improved the discussion by adding alternative hypotheses potentially explaining the convergent iridescent signal detected in sympatric species: we discussed the expected effect under neutral evolution (lines 339-343), but also added alternative hypotheses regarding the diversification of iridescence due to camouflage (lines 363-369), predator evasion (lines 373-377) and thermoregulation (lines 346-353).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors investigated differences in iridescence wing colouration of allopatric (geographically separated) and sympatric (coexisting) Morpho butterfly (sub)species. Their aim was to assess if iridescence wing colouration of Morpho (sub)species converged or diverged depending on coexistence and if iridescence wing colouration was involved in mating behaviour and reproductive isolation. The authors hypothesize that iridescence wing colouration of different (sub)species should converge in sympatry and diverge in allopatry. In sympatry, iridescence wing colouration can act as an effective antipredator defence with shared benefits if multiple (sub)species share the same colouration. However, shared wing colouration can have potential costs in terms of reproductive interference since wing colouration is often involved in mate recognition. If the benefits of a shared antipredator defence outweigh the costs of reproductive interference, iridescence wing colouration will show convergence and alternative mate recognition strategies might evolve, such as chemical mate recognition. In allopatry, iridescence wing colouration is expected to diverge due to adaptation to different local conditions and no alternative mate recognition is expected.

      Strengths:

      (1) Using allopatric and sympatric (sub)species that are closely related is a powerful way to test evolutionary hypotheses

      (2) By clearly defining iridescence and measuring colour spectra from a variety of angles, applying different methods, a very comprehensive dataset of iridescence wing colouration is achieved.

      (3) By experimentally manipulating wing coloration patterns, the authors show visual mate recognition for M. h. bristowi and could, in theory, separate different visual aspects of colouration (patterns VS iridescence strength).

      (4) Measurements of chemical profiles to investigate alternative mate recognition strategies in case of convergence of visual signals.

      Weaknesses:

      In my opinion, studies should be judged on the methods and data included, and not on additional measurements that could have been taken or additional treatments/species that should be included, since in most ecological and evolutionary studies, more measurements or treatments/species can always be included. However, studies do need to ensure appropriate replication and appropriate measurements to test their hypothesis AND support their conclusions. The current study failed to ensure appropriate replication, and in various cases, the results do not support the conclusions.

      First, when using allopatric and sympatric (sub)species pairs to test evolutionary hypotheses, replication is important. Ideally, multiple allopatric and sympatric (sub)species pairs are compared to avoid outlier (sub)species or pairs that lead to biased conclusions. Unfortunately, the current study compares 1 allopatric and 1 sympatric (sub)species pair, hence having poor (no) replication on the level of allopatric and sympatric (sub)species pairs,

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their constructive feedback. We agree that replication is important to test evolutionary hypotheses and that our study lacks replication for allopatric and sympatric Morpho populations. Ideally, one would require several allopatric and sympatric replicates to conclude on the effect of species interaction in trait evolution. Our study is a preliminary attempt at answering this question, covering a few Morpho populations but proposing a broad assessment of iridescence and mate preference for those populations. We clearly mentioned in the discussion that investigating multiple populations is needed to test whether the trend we observed in this paper can be generalized (line 388-392).

      Second, chemical profiles were only measured for sympatric species and not for allopatric (sub)species, which limits the interpretation of this data. The allopatric (sub)species could have been measured as non-coexistence "control". If coexistence and convergence in wing colouration drives the evolution of alternative mate recognition signals, such alternative signals should not evolve/diverge for allopatric (sub)species where wing colouration is still a reliable mate recognition cue. More importantly, no details are provided on the quantification of butterfly chemical profiles, which is essential to understand such data. It is unclear how the chemical profiles were quantified and what data (concentrations, ratios, proportions) were used to perform NDMS and generate Figure 5 and the associated statistical tests.

      We recognize that having the chemical profiles of the genitalia of the Morpho from the allopatric populations would have made a stronger case in favor of reinforcement acting on the divergence of the chemical compounds found on the genitalia of the sympatric Morpho species. Due to limited access to the biological material needed at the time of the chromatography, we could not test for lower divergence in the chemical profiles of allopatric Morpho butterflies. We made sure to mention this limitation in the discussion (lines 457-461). 

      We already stated in the methods that we compiled the area under the peak of each components found in the chromatograms of our samples and that we performed all the statistical analyses on this dataset. To make it clearer, we mention in the new version of the manuscript that the area under the peak of each component allows to measure the concentration of the components (in the methods lines 720, 723, 733). We also added some precisions in the legend of Figure 5.

      Third, throughout the discussion, the authors mention that their results support natural selection by predators on iridescent wing colouration, without measuring natural selection by predators or any other measure related to predation. It is unclear by what predators any of the butterfly species are predated on at this point

      We made sure to mention in the introduction (line 132-136) and in the discussion (line 373-377) that previous predation experiments performed on Morpho and other butterflies showed evidence that birds are likely predators for these species. These observations lead us to test for the putative effect of predation on the evolution of their color pattern, without directly testing predatory rates. We made sure this information is transparent in the revised manuscript, and now precise that assessing wing convergence is only an indirect way of testing the escape mimicry hypothesis (line 393-396).

      To continue on the interpretation of the data related to selection on specific traits by specific selection agents: This study did not measure any form of selection or any selection agent. Hence, it is not known if iridescent wing colouration is actually under selection by predators and/or mates, if maybe other selection agents are involved or if these traits converge due to genetic correlations with other traits under selection. For example, Iridescent colouration in ground beetles has functions as antipredator defence but also thermo- and water regulation. None of these issues are recognized or discussed.

      The lack of discussion of alternative selective pressures involved in the evolution of iridescence was pointed out by all reviewers. We thus modified the text to account for this comment, and no longer limit our discussion to the putative effects of predation. We now specifically discuss alternative hypotheses, including crypsis (362-369) and thermoregulation (line 346-353).

      Finally, some of the results are weakly supported by statistics or questionable methodology.

      Most notably, the perception of the iridescence coloration of allopatric subspecies by bird visual systems. Although for females, means and errors (not indicated what exactly, SD, SE or CI) are clearly above the 1 JND line, for males, means are only slightly above this line and errors or CIs clearly overlap with the 1 JND line. Since there is no additional statistical support, higher means but overlap of SD, SE or CI with the baseline provides weak statistical support for differences.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing interpretation issues concerning the chromatic distances of allopatric Morpho species measured with a bird vision model. We made sure to be nuanced in the description of this graph in the results section (line 208-212). Note that this addition does not change our main conclusion stating that Morpho and predator visual models better discriminate iridescence differences between allopatric subspecies than between sympatric species.

      We now also clearly mention in the figure’s legend that the error bars represent the confidence intervals obtained after performing a bootstrap analysis, in addition to the mention of the nature of the error bars already mentioned in the methods (line 580).

      Regarding the assortative mating experiment, the results are clearly driven by M. bristowi. For M. theodorus, females mate equally often with conspecifics (6 times) as with M. bristowi (5 times). For males, the ratio is slightly better (6 vs 3), but with such low numbers, I doubt this is statistically testable. Overall low mating for M. bristowi could indicate suboptimal experimental conditions, and hence results should be interpreted with care.

      We recognize that the tetrad experiment results are mainly driven by M. bristowi’s behavior as already mentioned in the results (line 231-232) but we now also mention it in the discussion (lines 401-402). This experiment would have benefited from more replicates, but the limited access to live males and virgin females for both subspecies was a limiting factor. Fisher’s exact test used to assess assortative mating is specifically appropriate to small sample sizes. We recognize that the sampling size is not ideal, however it is still statistically testable.

      Regarding the wing manipulation experiment, M. theodorus does not show a preference when dummies with non-modified wings are presented and prefers non-modified dummies over modified dummies. This is acknowledged by the authors but not further discussed. Certainly, some control treatment for wing modification could have been added.

      The use of controls to consider the effect of wing modification and odor by the permanent marker were already mentioned in the methods (lines 636-639). Following your recommendation and comments from the other reviewers, we now mention the use of this control in the results (lines 278283). We also address a potential issue that would have resulted in the rejection of these modified dummies by live males: we cannot be sure whether butterflies perceive these modifications as equivalent to natural coloration (lines 281-282). An additional control could have been used, adding black ink on the black dorsal parts of the pattern to assess its potential visual effect. The constraints on sampling unfortunately did not allow to add another treatment.

      Overall, the fact that certain measurements only provide evidence for 1 of the 2 (sub)species (assortative mating, wing manipulation) or one sex of one of the species (bird visual systems) means overall interpretation and overgeneralization of the results to both allopatric or sympatric species should be done with care, and such nuances should ideally be discussed.

      The aim of the authors, "to investigate the antagonistic effects of selective pressures generated by mate recognition and shared predation" has not been achieved, and the conclusions regarding this aim are not supported by the results. Nevertheless, the iridescence colour measurements are solid, and some of the behavioural experiments and chemical profile measurements seem to yield interesting results. The study would benefit from less overinterpretation of the results in the framework of predation and more careful consideration of methodological difficulties, statistical insecurities, and nuances in the results.

      Overall, we would like to thank all reviewers for their thorough assessment of our work. We understand that the imbalance between mate choice data, visual model data and chemical data only gives us a partial assessment of species recognition in Morpho butterflies, thus requiring more precision in the interpretation and the discussion of our results. We made sure to add balanced interpretations in our discussion, by mentioning the lack of replicates for allopatric and sympatric populations (lines 391-392), and the lack of chemical characterization of allopatric species (lines 458361, see previous comments) and by being more transparent on methodological limitations that we failed to convey in the first version of our manuscript. We brought nuance to our discussion and also discussed alternative hypotheses to predation to explain the convergence of iridescence found in sympatry.

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      While all reviewers acknowledge the value of your data, they converge in their recommendations to tone down the evolutionary interpretations. Ideally, to test your main hypothesis, you would need several species pairs, or if only one, as in your case, replicated sympatric and allopatric sites for both species. Furthermore, your more specific hypotheses about convergence (vs. nondivergence), response to predators (vs. other environmental variables), and avoiding interspecific mating in sympatry (vs. not avoiding it in allopatry) would require appropriate alternative treatments/controls. We therefore recommend that you focus on those statements that you can support with your experiments and data, and introduce these statements in the introduction with reference to the appropriate literature.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 25: This stated aim seems a bit off. The authors did not sensu stricto quantify 'how shared adaptive traits may shape genetic divergence' in this study. I suggest rewriting or deleting this whole sentence altogether. The study's aim is already clear in lines 29-34.

      We deleted the mention of the characterization of genetic divergence, since this study did not focus on any genetic analysis.

      (2) Line 34: The authors here state that they compared allopatric vs sympatric populations. This is strictly not true for M. Achilles. Further, the results after this sentence focus solely ondivergence/convergence in sympatry, nothing at the intraspecific level and implications of the findings

      We now mention that we tested allopatric vs. sympatric species of M. helenor only (lines 28-29). We also mention that the behavioral experiments were based on intraspecific comparisons, and discuss the implications of this result in the discussion.

      (3) Line 35: 'convergence driven by predation': this is a strong statement and cannot be directly inferred from the present set of experiments. Consider toning it down.

      We added nuance to this statement by rephrasing it “suggesting that predation may favors local resemblance” (lines 32-33)

      (4) Line 36: Replace 'behavioral results' with 'behavioral experiments' or something similar.

      Corrected

      (5) Line 45-49: These opening statements need some citations.

      We provided references for the first few lines, by citing terHorst et al 2018 (line 44) underlining the importance of species interactions in trait evolution, and Blomberg et al 2003 (line 45) showing that closely-related species tend to resemble each other by quantifying the phylogenetic signal of various traits.

      (6) Line 83, 165: 'visual effect', not sure what the authors are referring to. Please rewrite.

      We defined “visual effect” as the way wing color patterns could be perceived by predators or mates. We removed mentions of “visual effect” and directly used its definition instead.

      (7) Line 105 onwards: This section of the introduction could benefit from more concise writing. The authors might consider reducing the number of specific examples and instead offering broader general statements, supported by citations from multiple studies.

      We reduced the number of examples given in this paragraph and used general statements supported by multiple citations as examples. (lines 102-119).

      (8) Line 108-110: This sentence seems to be redundant with the previous one.

      We merged this sentence with the previous one to improve clarity. (lines 103-105)

      (9) Line 140: 'with chemical defenses': include citations here.

      We added citations of Joron et al 1999 and Merrill et al 2014, which document the evolution of convergent wing patterns (mimicry) in butterfly species with chemical-defenses.

      (10) Line 149: This is a bit of a stretch. Note that genetic divergence could be influenced by many other things, not only the processes that the authors examined.

      We agree with the reviewer that the study of the convergent vs. divergent evolution of visual cues is not enough to fully understand the mechanisms allowing genetic divergence between species. Because this paper does not focus on characterizing genetic divergence, we removed it from the manuscript to avoid oversimplification.

      (11) Line 151: Again. Here, the author's primary focus seems to be at an interspecific level. One is left to wonder about the need for comparisons at the intraspecific level in M.helenor and the implications. Please clarify

      In the end of the introduction (lines 146-157), we specifically highlighted the importance of intraspecific comparisons. While studying the effect of sympatry on the evolution of the iridescent color pattern, we use this intraspecific comparison as a baseline to account for convergence or divergence of iridescence in a sympatric interspecific pair of Morpho, because under neutral evolution two subspecies are expected to be more similar than two different species (this assumption has been clarified line 147-148). We also used intraspecific mate choice to test for the use of visual cues in mate recognition (experiment 1) and to test what type of signal could be perceived by Morphos (the iridescent coloration or the iridescent pattern, experiment 2 and 3). These results help contextualize the interspecific mate choice, focused on determining whether visual cues could also be used in species recognition. Since we show that iridescent coloration is important in mate recognition at the intraspecific scale, it helps understand why species recognition is low at the interspecific scale because of wing color convergence between M. helenor and M. achilles.

      (12) Line 154: 'signals on mate preferences'.

      Corrected.

      (13) Line 189: 'At the intraspecific level', maybe in the brackets include 'allopatric populations' just so the results are in a similar format as in the color contrast section below.

      We added details to make clearer that the intraspecific level is studied between allopatric Morpho populations (line 189).

      (14) Line 189-192: Please rearrange the figure (current B as A and vice versa) or present the results in order as in the figure (interspecific first and then intraspecific level).

      We rearranged Figure 3 so that the intraspecific comparison (allopatric population) appears as A and the interspecific level (sympatric population) appears as B, to follow the order of presentation in the main text.

      (15) Line 232: The motivation behind experiments 1, 2, and 3 is unclear. The authors have not made a strong point in the introduction about the need for these comparisons at an intraspecific level. Given that the authors are focused on divergence/convergence at an interspecific level, this set of experiments seems to be irrelevant to the present study. The implications of these findings are also not discussed.

      We added motivation to the use of experiment 1, 2, and 3 in the introduction (lines 151-154) by stating that those experiments were used to assess whether blue color could indeed be used as a mating cue in Morpho helenor (experiment 1) and to try to understand what part of the visual signal is important in mate choice in Morpho helenor: the wing pattern (experiment 2) or the iridescent coloration (experiment 3). Although motivation for these experiments was not detailed in our manuscript, we already discussed the implications of the results of experiments 1, 2 and 3 in the discussion by stating that visual cues can take many forms and that considering both color AND pattern is important in understanding visual cues (lines 408-416). We carefully reworked this new version to make it more straightforward.

      (16) Line 260: Insert 'wild-type' before model to ensure similar wording as in the previous section.

      Corrected.

      (17) Line 286: Insert 'sympatric' after mimetic.

      Corrected.

      (18) Line 307: Include a reference to the figures or table where these results are presented.

      We now mention in the main text that the different proportions of beta-ocimene found between males M. helenor and M. achilles are shown in Table S2.

      (19) Line 343: These inferences are speculative. Add a line here, something like 'although this warrants further research in this species'.

      We detailed what additional experiments are needed lines 388-396.

      (20) Line 357: The authors have not discussed their results on iridescence divergence in allopatric populations (line 190) and its implications.

      We now made clear in the beginning of the discussion that the divergence of iridescence in allopatric populations is used as a baseline to test for convergent iridescence between species (lines 339-343).

      (21) Line 361 onwards: This first paragraph is a bit confusing, as the results mainly focus on allopatry, while the title refers to sympatry.

      To avoid confusion between the title and the content of the discussion, we divided the last part of the discussion into two different parts. As the first paragraph mainly focus on allopatry, we isolated it and titled it “Iridescent color patterns can be used as mate recognition cues in M. helenor” (line 498). The next paragraph of the discussion, focusing on the sympatric Morpho populations, has been titled “Evolution of visual and olfactory cues in mimetic sister-species living in sympatry” (line 418).

      (21)  Line 383: visual cues 'as' poor species.

      Corrected.

      (23) Line 405: Why females here and not males? This is again confusing since the authors tested for male mate choice in the main experiments. Some background information on sex-specific mate choice in the methods might help.

      In this specific sentence, we talk about performing mate choice experiments to test for the discrimination of olfactory cues by females (and not males) because we found a high divergence in the chemical compounds found on male genitalia. Although female chemical compounds could also be used as a cue by males in mate recognition, olfactive mate choice is often driven by female choice in butterflies. We recognize that this perspective does not line up with the mate choice presented in our results section which focused on male mate choice based on visual cues, because of ecological reasons (Morpho males tend to be attracted to bright blue colorations but not females) and technical reasons (in cages, females tend to hide away from the males or male dummies, and this behavior is not compatible with experiments involving flying around false males). In the discussion, we made sure to precise that the perspective we cite here is about testing the implications of divergence in male olfactory cues (line 454). We also added motivation to why we chose to investigate male (and not female) mate choice based on visual cues in the methods (lines 613-618) and in the results (219-223).

      (24) Line 417: This inference is speculative. Consider toning it down.

      We rewrote the sentence: “We find evidence of converging iridescent patterns in sympatry suggesting that predation could play a major role in the evolution of iridescence. Further work is nevertheless needed to directly test this hypothesis and establish the important of evasive mimicry in Morpho” (lines 465-468).

      (25) Line 429: 'Convergent trait evolution leads to mutualistic interactions enhancing coexistence'. Careful here. It is not very evident how convergent trait evolution (iridescence) is mutualistic in this case, as there is no experimental evidence for evasive mimicry yet. Consider rewording or toning this sentence down.

      We agree with the reviewer and removed this statement, only keeping the end of the sentence: “Altogether, this study addresses how convergence in one trait as a result of biotic interactions may alter selection on traits in other sensory modalities, resulting in a complex mosaic of biodiversity. (lines 479-481).

      (26) Line 442: Since the samples come from a breeding farm, I have a few questions. How are the authors sure about the location where the specimens were collected? How long have they been kept in captivity? Have they been subjected to any artificial selection? More details are needed here.

      Since M. helenor bristowi and M. helenor theodorus are only found in the wild in West and East Ecuador respectively, those M. helenor subspecies can only be collected in those two allopatric populations. Their phenotype is directly linked to their geographic repartition, this is how we made sure about their collect location. M. h. theodorus we used in this study were caught in East Ecuador in Tena, and M. h. bristowi were caught in West Ecuador in Pedro Vincente Madonado. We received pupae from the breeding farm, meaning that the Morpho used for the experiments were raised in captivity since their date of emergence. Upon emergence, they were transferred into cages for 4 to 5 days to wait for sexual maturity before performing the tetrad and mate choice experiments. This information was added to the method (lines 490-496).

      (27) Line 476: Include some citations supporting this statement.

      We now cite Bennett and Théry (2007), reviewing avian color vision, and Briscoe (2008), characterizing the sensitivity of the photoreceptors found in the eyes of butterflies. Both citations show that the 300-700nm range is seen by avian and butterfly visual systems.

      (28) Line 480 onwards: Please clarify if the analysis used only one value (mean?) per species, sex, angle of measurement, and locality or included data from multiple individuals.

      The analyses of both colorimetric variables and global iridescence were performed using iridescence data from multiple individuals (10 males and 10 females from M. h. bristowi, M. h. theodorus, M. h. helenor and M. a. achilles), for which we measured iridescence at 21 angles of illumination. Sampling size are mentioned lines 507, 515, 540-542.

      (29) Line 510: Is there a specific reason that authors did not investigate achromatic contrasts? Provide some justification here. Or include the results of achromatic contrasts in the supplement.

      We added the achromatic results in the supplement and in the results (lines 200-204). For both the avian visual model and the Morpho visual model, the confidence intervals always overlapped with the JND threshold, showing that neither birds nor butterflies could theoretically discriminate the wing reflectance brightness in allopatric and sympatric populations.

      (30) Line 552 onwards: I may have missed it. It is not entirely clear why the authors focused on male mate choice rather than female preference for visual cues. The authors should explicitly justify this choice and cite previous studies demonstrating that male mate choice, rather than female preference, is important in this species. This should be stated in the results section as well.

      We added a paragraph in the method (lines 613-618) to describe the ecological and technical reasons leading to testing only male mate choice using visual cues (also see our response to recommendation #23).

      (31) Line 537 onwards: What was the criterion used to score that mating had occurred? Why first mating and not how long they were mating? Please add these details.

      We stopped the experiment as soon as a male/female pair was formed by joining their genitalia (we added this information in the method lines 599-600). Since the tetrad experiment involves the interaction of two males and two females from different subspecies, we considered that mate choice happened before the formation of any couple, and is not necessarily dependent on how long they mate by observing their mating behavior. For instance, we witnessed avoidance behaviors from females that systematically hide their genitalia and refused to join their abdomen to some males, while being very ‘open’ to others (but did not quantify it).  

      (32) Line 571: The authors used a black permanent marker to modify wing patterns but did not validate whether butterflies perceive these modifications as equivalent to natural coloration. It is possible that the alterations introduced unintended visual cues and may explain why most males rejected the dummies (line 267). The authors should acknowledge this limitation here.

      We now acknowledge this limitation in the method (lines 638-639) and in the results section (lines 278-283).

      (33) Line 591: Insert 'above' after protocol.

      Corrected.

      (34) Line 605: If the authors included random effects in their model, then it should be generalized linear mixed model (GLMM) and not GLM as they wrote.

      We indeed included a random effect in our model accounting for male ID and trial number, we thus replaced “GLM” by “GLMM” in the manuscript.

      (35) Line 615: This set of analyses does not seem to account for pseudo-replication, as the data were recorded from the same male more than once (Line 583). Please clarify and redo the analysis with the GLMM framework

      We run new analyses using the GLMM framework: we used a binomial GLMM to test whether individuals preferentially interacted with dummy 1 vs. dummy 2 while accounting for pseudoreplication. The previously detected tendencies hold true with these new analyses, except for the visual mate discrimination of M. achilles: we now find statistical evidence that M. achilles tend to approach more their conspecifics during the mate choice experiment, although the signal is weak (line 297-307). Indeed, while we previously concluded that both species in sympatry (M. helenor and M. achilles) could not discriminate their conspecific mates, we now emphasize that M. achilles is somewhat sensitive to some visual signals. However, its estimated probability of approaching a conspecific is only 0.54, which is low compared to the estimated probability of approaching (0.61) or touching (0.84) a con-subspecific for M. bristowi. We thus concluded that even though some visual cues could be relevant for mate recognition, they are less reliable for male choice in sympatric populations were color patterns are more convergent, compared to allopatric populations. We thus updated Figure 4 and Figure S8 and S9, which are now picturing the probability of approaching or touching a conspecific or con-subspecific with the updated pvalues retrieved from the GLMM analyses. We also updated the results (line 297-307) and the discussion (lines 430-438) to bring nuance to our previous results.  

      (36) Line 963: Figure 3D. Is there a particular reason for comparing allopatric populations only within Ecuador rather than between Ecuador and French Guiana for M. helenor? Please clarify.

      We aimed at comparing the putative discrimination of blue coloration using visual models vs. what the butterflies actually discriminate using mate choice experiments. Since we only performed mate choice experiments involving M. h. bristowi x M. h. theodorus (allopatric populations within Ecuador) and M. h. helenor x M. a. achilles (sympatric population from Ecuador), we only looked at those comparisons using visual models. We added this precision lines (559-560).

      (37) Line 980: Are these predicted probabilities or just mean proportions as written in line 614? Then the label should be changed to 'Proportion of approaches' or something similar.

      Following our answer to recommendation #35, the points now represent the probability of touching a conspecific in the graph for each male, for every trial of every male tested. We corrected the legend of the figure. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 25: "...therefore facilitating co-existence in sympathy".

      Corrected.

      (2) Line 28: "contrasting" instead of contrasted.

      Corrected.

      (3) Line 33: begin a new sentence at the colon.

      Corrected.

      (4) Line 49: the phrase "habitat filtering" is unclear and should perhaps be defined or qualified.

      We replaced “habitat filtering” by its definition and cited Keddy (1992), describing the community assembly rules and defining habitat filtering (line 46)

      (5) Line 52: remove "even".

      Corrected.

      (6) Line 53: divergent suites may also result because traits are often constrained by genetic architecture (multivariate genetic covariances). This is discussed at length and specifically in relation to ornamental coloration by Kemp et al. 2023

      We rewrote the introduction and focused on only reviewing the ecological interactions promoting trait divergence in sympatric species, and did not mention genetics in this paper.

      (7) Line 87: (and throughout) refer to "colouration" or "colour pattern" rather than "colourations".

      Corrected.

      (8) Line 151: Remove "To do so,".

      Corrected.

      (9) Line 191: I would like to see the degrees of freedom for this test.

      We added the F-statistic=2.09 and the degrees of freedom df=1 of this test, and for all the following tests.

      (10) Line 201: (and throughout) replace "on" with "of".

      Corrected.

      (11) Line 205: modelling the visual properties of the wings allows one to infer what is theoretically visible/distinguishable. The modelling is useful but not necessarily definitive of vision/behaviour per se under different conditions in the wild. I therefore think it is appropriate to phrase the wording around the modelling approach more carefully. Perhaps refer to "theoretical" or "inferred" discriminability, or state (e.g.) that species should/should not be capable of perceiving differences based on the modelling data. You do this well in your wording of lines 207-209. This need not apply in the discussion because you're then dealing with the combination of modelling results and behaviour (mating trials).

      We agree with the reviewer that visual modelling only allows to infer what is theoretically discriminated by the butterflies, and that the wording of our sentence is confusing. We therefore modified the sentence to account for those precisions: “Morpho butterflies and predators can theoretically visually perceive the difference in the blue coloration between different subspecies of M. helenor…… using both bird and Morpho visual models” (line 206-209).

      (12) Line 222: Either the chi-square test or Fisher's exact test should be sufficient (why report both?)

      Chi-square test relies on large-sample assumptions (expected counts>5) whereas Fischer’s exact test does not and is valid even with small or unbalanced sample sizes. Since the M. bristowi female/M. h. theodorus male paring only occurred 3 times, we do not meet the primary assumptions to apply a Chi-square test, although it is significant. We used a Fischer’s test to confirm the results. Using both and finding that both tests are significant shows that the results are robust, although they may appear redundant. To simplify, we remove the results of the Chisquare test and only keep the Fisher’s test in the methodology and the results.

      (13) Line 224 (and throughout): Degrees of freedom should be provided for statistical tests.

      We reported the statistic value and the degrees of freedom for all mentions of the statistical tests in the main text, except for the Fischer test which does not rely on an asymptotic distribution like the Chi-squared distribution as it is an exact test.

      (14) Lines 266-267: This sentence has interest, but it is rather vague at present. Wouldn't your controls account for the effect of manipulation? This could be explained further.

      During our mate choice experiments, all Morpho female dummies used for the experiments were painted with black markers, either on their dorsal blue band to modify their blue iridescent phenotype, or on their ventral side, thus controlling for the effect of manipulation. However, we cannot rule out that the modification of the dorsal blue iridescence could have had a “repulsive” effect for males for several reasons. For example, depending on the visual discrimination of darker colors by Morphos, the painted black band could have a slightly different color compared to the dark “brown” usually surrounding their blue iridescent patterns. We now explain this in the results (lines 278-283) and in the methodology (lines 638-639)  

      (15) Line 316: I'm not certain that the similarity is best described as "striking", given a P-value of 0.084 for this contrast

      We agree with the reviewer and removed this adjective for this line.

      (16) Lines 387-390: This sentence is puzzling because, theoretically speaking, we should expect selection on visual preference to be heightened (not relaxed) in sympatry if colouration isincluded among the traits used in mate selection. I'm not certain I have understood the meaning here.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out this typo. If shared predatory pressures favors convergent evolution of color pattern, then the visual signals become less reliable for species recognition. As a result, sexual selection on visual preference is heightened and becomes stronger, favoring the evolution of alternative cues used to discriminate conspecific mates. We changed the sentence and now write “the convergent evolution of iridescent wing patterns… may have negatively impact visual discrimination and favored the evolution of divergent olfactory cues” (lines 457-458).

      (17) Line 529: Mating experiments. Given that these are quite large butterflies, I wondered whether a 3x3x2m cage would be sufficient in size to allow the expression of male courtship. A brief description of the courtship behaviour in these species or Morphos generally would be a useful addition to the paper.

      A cage this size was enough for the males to express a flight behavior similar to what can be seen in nature, while also being able to see the females (live females or dummies). We tried to perform mate experiments in a larger cage (7m x 5m x 3m) but the trials were not conclusive because male did not find the dummies depending on where they were flying in the cage. A 3mx3mx2m cage is a good compromise maximizing interactions while still allowing enough space to fly. We now describe Morpho male behavior and female behavior in the methods (lines 613-618).

      (18) Line 546: Why are both tests needed (chi-square AND Fisher's exact)?

      Similarly to our answer on recommendations #12, were used both tests to show robustness in the statistical results. We only kept the Fisher’s test results to simplify the results.

    1. SAH. Importantly, we also show that this increased risk is approximately 40% higher than what would be expected as a consequence of intensive care alone, supporting an inherent pathophysiologic effect of aSAH on the development om mood disorders. Additionally, we are able to translate this increased risk into a statistically significant increase in sick leave, highlighting the socio-economic impact of the disease.

      Har inte sett supplement men jag tror generellt att denna studie är värd att submitta rätt högt. Den är bra! Men då krävs ofta lite lull-lull i supplement. Tydligt vad som är inkluderat i SAH, kanske nån sensitivitetsanalys. Kanske kolla det du resonerar om i discussion som jag nämnde förut. Är det bara så att SAH-patienter följs upp så sjukt bra och får SSRI insatt därför. Kolla kanske om de får annat insatt i mkt högra utsträckning som INTE har koppling till depression som jag snackade om där uppe nånstans. Vi kan snacka mer om det vb /JE

    2. ore pronounced in patients treated with AD after aSAH. Since we have elected to view SA and DP as outcomes resulting from mood disorders, we have chosen to evaluate a time frame beginning one year after the onset of disease. While this approach allows for a correct temporal analysis, we are still unable to assess causality and our results should therefore be interpreted with caution. Regardless, our findings do highlight the association between mood disorders and socio-economic consequences with profound patient-centred implications.

      Kan ha missat i Methods men VET vi att SA/DP kommer efter insättning av antidepp? Kan det vara så att temporalt kommer först SA/DP, det blir man deprimerad av och får därför AD insatt? Alltså är det kodat så att SA/DP är tvingat att hända efter uthämtade AD? Också competing risks /JE --> <!--# Jag tycker att ett tillägg i diskussionen bör ha med SSRI som neuromodulator per se. Det kommer data från djur och humanstudier kring hjärnplasticitet och SSRI-effekten av detta. Kan vi sen ökning av SSRI senaste åren dvs 2020-2024 jmf 2014-2019? De senaste 5 åren har mer data talat för SSRI som en stroke-regenerator.../PA

    3. bootstrap resample and the resulting metrics presented as risk ratios along with their bootstrap distribution.

      Kan man tänka sig att SAH-patienterna följs upp mycket bättre än en generell IVA-kohort. Dvs att det finns en diagnostik-bias eller vad det nu kan heta. SAH får oftare uppföljning hos dr Alpqvist, Lundberg, Svensson som är inkännande och sätter in AD? Gubben med dille får uppföljning vid behov? Om ja så kanske man kan gräva i det och jämföra med en annan omhuldad grupp. Alternativt testa med “negativ kontroll”. Välj ett LM som INTE är kopplat till depression. Typ Omeprazol. Eller nåt vanligt blodtrycksläkemedel. Om SAH också har en ökad förskrivning av detta icke-depressionskopplade läkemedel så indikerar det på att de bara följs upp mer och bättre och inte givet har mer depressioner. /JE Fundera och regionala skillnader??? /LH

      Jag vet inte hur generella IVA-pat följs upp men SAH-pat har en enormt standard uppföljning och kontroll-schema sedan 2005. Samtliga inkluderas i neurorehab-kedja, samtliga har åt 3 mån + 1år hos ansv neurokir. Samtliga har en uppföljning via neurorehab i öppen-vård, efter utskrivning från inneliggande neurorehab och därefter går remissen till husläkare. ALLA aSAH pat som är yrkesföra (dvs inte pensionärer) får en sjuksrivningsperiod om minst 100% i 3 mån /PA

    4. In total, 78985 unique patients were extracted from the NPR (Figure 1). Following the selection strategy described in the Methods section, a study cohort of 7378 patients with a presumed aSAH was identified. Of these patients, 1423 had dispensed a prescription of antidepressants in the 180 days prior to ICU-admission for aSAH and were thus excluded from final analysis, along with 1652 patients who died within 1 year following ICU-admission or where the ICU admission occurred less than 1 year prior to the end of the study. The remai

      Här vill jag att studiepopulationen beskrivs bättre. Är siffror samma som aSAH? Ålder? Incidens? Är det rimligt att ha med 2024 års kohort, läkemedel för depression sätts ofta in senare i förloppet är min erfarenhet./PA

    5. 180

      Är det inte rimligare att räkna med 1 år innan? Om frågeställningen är om SAH inducerar egentlig depression så känns 3 mån innan lite väl snålt. En del pat kommer då ha förskrivning hemma och vara under diagnosen depression, men inte under behandling. Rimligare och jmf med diagnoskod ICD för depression? /PA

    6. Using the nationwide study cohort, selection of aSAH cases were subsequently performed using the steps seen in Figure 1 (SQL source code available in Supplementary Materials).

      Här tycker jag det finns utrymme för att betona selektionen. I60-I60.9 inkluderar även blödning pga fistlar, AVM med blödning utan parenkymblödning samt dissektionsorsakad blödning. I text tycker jag det ska beskrivas även och inte bara ref till supplementary. Räknar jag grovt blir detta incidens om 7/100000/år, vilket är i överkant mtp att vi idag snarare har sjukhusbehandlad incidens omkring 3/100000/år sedan 2010.

    1. poluidor
      • Edição Extraordinária nº 8
      • Direito Público
      • 17 de janeiro de 2023
      • Edição com notas inéditas, de julgados do segundo semestre de 2022, dos órgãos julgadores do Superior Tribunal de Justiça na área de direito público.
      • SEGUNDA TURMA
      • Processo: REsp 1.845.200-SC, Rel. Ministro Og Fernandes, Segunda Turma, julgado em 16/8/2022, DJe 6/9/2022.

      Ramo do Direito DIREITO AMBIENTAL

      TemaCidades e comunidades sustentáveis Paz, Justiça e Instituições Eficazes Dano ambiental. Indenização por dano intercorrente. Compensação pelo período em que o ambiente natural degradado deixa de estar a serviço do homem e do ecossistema. Enriquecimento ilícito. Reparação in natura ou mediante indenização. Obrigações distintas. Restauração que não afasta aquela obrigação.

      Destaque - O cumprimento da obrigação de reparar integralmente o dano ambiental (in natura ou pecuniariamente) não afasta a obrigação de indenizar os danos ambientais interinos.

      Informações do Inteiro Teor - Cinge-se a controvérsia a determinar se a reparação do dano ambiental afasta a obrigação de reparar o dano intercorrente.

      • Este Tribunal distingue ao menos três espécies de danos ambientais, considerados no tempo: i) o <u>dano em si</u>, reparável preferencialmente pela restauração do ambiente ao estado anterior; ii) o <u>dano remanescente</u> (residual, perene, definitivo, permanente), que se protrai no tempo mesmo após os esforços de recuperação in natura, em regra indenizável; e iii) o <u>dano interino</u> (intercorrente, intermediário, temporário, provisório), que ocorre entre a ocorrência da lesão em si e a reparação integral, haja ou não dano remanescente.

      • É perfeitamente possível e lógico que haja dano interino mesmo com a integral reparação do meio ambiente degradado, seja essa reparação in natura ou mediante indenização. As parcelas e suas causas não se confundem.

      • No caso do dano interino, sua causa é a lesão experimentada pelo meio ambiente desde o momento da lesão (tempo passado) até sua reparação (tempo futuro). Nessas hipóteses, pode perfeitamente haver dano interino indenizável, ainda que não se vislumbre dano remanescente.

      • Ele se configura pela diminuição temporária do valor do bem ambiental (nas diversas manifestações desse valor de uso). É uma compensação da sociedade pelo período que deixou de gozar dos serviços e recursos ecológicos, inclusive a título de reserva e precaução.

      • Desse modo, se o dano residual pode vir a não incidir, pela reparação integral primária in natura, dificilmente se vislumbrará hipótese de não incidência do dano ambiental intercorrente. Em regra, ele existirá, pela própria lógica das coisas: i) havendo o dano ambiental, ele deve ser integralmente reparado; ii) a reparação, ainda que in natura e in loco, somente ocorrerá em certo momento futuro; iii) no ínterim, o dano já existiu e permanecerá existindo até a reparação integral; iv) como resultado, o dano transitório deverá ser reparado pelo período da degradação ambiental até o da futura e antevista reparação (in natura ou pecuniária).

      • Em outra perspectiva, a reparação dos danos transitórios não é senão uma forma de internalização, temporalmente diferida, dos custos dos serviços e recursos ambientais ilegalmente expropriados da coletividade pelo particular, que deles usufruiu sem qualquer direito. Trata-se de compensação pelo período em que o ambiente natural degradado deixará de estar a serviço não só do homem, mas do ecossistema.

      • Configurada a degradação ambiental, impõe-se a reparação integral do dano, tanto daquele já experimentado quanto dos que são certos de existirem até o momento da reparação integral, dê-se esta na forma primária ou complementar. Não reste dúvida: o dano intercorrente é certo e atual.

      • Anote-se ser possível cumular os danos interinos e os remanescentes; nessa situação, as parcelas devem ser aferidas separadamente, na medida em que, repita-se, seus fatos ensejadores são diversos. O simples fato de afirmar que a restauração será completa não é suficiente para afastar a indenização. Para isso, a restauração deve ser completa e imediata. Isso deve ser refletido sobre dois aspectos. Primeiro, para o dano residual, esse termo deve ser aferido em relação às medidas de restauração. Isto é: concluída a implementação das medidas, o dano residual será indenizável se a restauração não for imediata após esse marco.

      • Para o dano intercorrente, porém, esse marco não é o do término da restauração, mas sim o da ocorrência do dano. Portanto, o parâmetro "imediato", neste caso, de dano ambiental intercorrente, é aquele medido entre o evento degradante e o <u>término das medidas restaurativas</u>.

      • Verificada a lesão ambiental, o dano intercorrente somente pode ser afastado se for <u>temporalmente irrelevante</u>, mediante justificativa expressa do julgador fundada na prova dos autos. A reparabilidade imediata (após as medidas de recuperação) e mesmo que completa da lesão não afasta o dano já experimentado no período entre a degradação e sua restauração.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Gamen et al. investigated the roles of hypoxia and HIF1a signaling in regulating epicardial function during cardiac development and neonatal heart regeneration. The authors identified hypoxic regions in the epicardium during development and demonstrated that genetic and pharmacological stabilization of HIF1a during neonatal heart injury prolonged epicardial activation, preserved myocardium, enhanced infarct resolution, and maintained cardiac function beyond the normal postnatal regenerative window.

      Strengths:

      HIF1a signaling was manipulated in an epicardium-specific manner using appropriate genetic tools.

      Weaknesses:

      Some conclusions still need clarification.

      Comments on revisions:

      (1) The authors' comment on the partial overlap of HP1 and HIF1a IF signals (HIF1a is highly unstable ... broader regions of hypoxia) is reasonable and would help readers interpret the data if included in the text describing Fig. 1.

      (2) The conclusion regarding WT1+ cells in Fig. 2a and b remains unclear. Both panels display larger and smaller magenta cells, and when all are taken into account, the overall number does not appear substantially different. Additional clarification is needed on how the quantification was performed.

      (3) Regarding Figure 6-figure supplement 1c, it seems difficult to conclude the endothelial identity of WT1+ cells based on EMCN staining, as the markers do not overlap. The authors note that WT1 is upregulated in endothelial cells, but this has been reported in the context of injury, which differs from the context of the present study involving Molidustat.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The author's research here was to understand the role of hypoxia and hypoxia-induced transcription factors Hif-1a in the epicardium. The authors noted that hypoxia was prevalent in the embryonic heart and this persisted into neonatal stages until post natal day 7 (P7). Hypoxic regions in the heart were noted in the outer layer of the heart and expression of Hif-1a coincided with the epicardial gene WT1. It has been documented that at P7, the mouse heart cannot regenerate after myocardial infarction and the authors speculated that the change in epicardial hypoxic conditions could play a role in regeneration. The authors then used genetic and pharmacological tools to increase the activity of Hif genes in the heart and noted that there was a significant improvement in cardiac function when Hif-1a was active in the epicardium. The authors speculated that the presence of Hif-1a improved cell survival.

      Strengths:

      A focus on hypoxia and its effects on the epicardium in development and after myocardial infraction. This study outlines a potential to extend the regenerative time window in neonatal mammalian hearts.

      Weaknesses:

      While the observations of improved cardiac function is clear, the exact mechanism of how increased Hif-1a activity causes these effects is not completely revealed. The authors mention improved myocardium survival, but do not include studies to demonstrate this.

      There is an indication that fibrosis is decreased in hearts where Hif activity is prolonged, but there are no studies to link hypoxia and fibrosis.

      Comments on revisions:

      In the manuscript revision, the authors address my comments. They outline differences between genetic disruption of Phd2 and chemical inactivation could be due to dosing and drug half-life of Molidustat. The other comments are addressed by explaining that they have analyzed enough heart sections and hearts to come to their conclusions. The authors also state they cannot generate more numbers for this study, therefore I accept their conclusions as stated.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study investigates the role of HIF1a signalling in epicardial activation and neonatal heart regeneration in mice. Through a combination of genetic and pharmacological approaches, the authors show that stabilization of HIF1a enhances epicardial activation and extends the regenerative capacity of the heart beyond the typical neonatal window following myocardial infarction (MI). However, several aspects of the study remain incomplete and would benefit from further clarification and additional experimental support to solidify the conclusions.

      We reveal herein prolonged epicardial activation following myocardial infarction (MI) beyond post-natal days 1-7 (P1-P7) by genetic or pharmacological stabilisation of HIF-signalling. This extends the so-called “regenerative window” during an adult-like response to injury, leading to enhanced survived myocardium and functional improvement of the heart, even against a backdrop of persistent, albeit reduced, fibrosis. The epicardium is known to enhance cardiomyocyte proliferation and myocardial growth during heart development via trophic growth factor (for example, IGF-1, FGF, VEGF, TGFβ and BMP) signalling (reviewed in PMID:29592950) and epicardium-derived cell-conditioned medium reduces infarct size and improves heart function (PMID: 21505261). Further experiments, outside of the scope of the current study, are required to determine whether activated neonatal epicardium elicits similar paracrine support to sustain the myocardium and heart function after injury beyond P7 into adulthood.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Gamen et al. analyzed the functional role of HIF signaling in the epicardium, providing evidence that stabilization of the hypoxia signaling pathway might contribute to neonatal heart regeneration. By generating different conditionally mouse mutants and performing pharmacological interventions, the authors demonstrate that stabilizing HIF signaling enhances cardiac regeneration after MI in P7 neonatal hearts.

      Strengths:

      The study presents convincing genetic and pharmacological approaches to the role of hypoxia signaling in enhancing the regenerative potential of the epicardium.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness is the lack of convincing evidence demonstrating the role of hypoxia signaling in EMT modulation in epicardial cells. Additionally, novel experimental approaches should be performed to allow for the translation of these findings to the clinical arena.

      We respectfully disagree that we have not convincingly demonstrated a role for HIF-signalling in promoting epicardial EMT. We adopt epicardial explant assays utilising a well characterised ex vivo protocol previously described for studying EMT in embryonic, neonatal and adult epicardium (PMID: 27023710, PMID: 12297106; PMID: 17108969, PMID: 19235142). These assays demonstrate in WT1<sup>CreERT2</sup>;Phd2<sup>fl/fl</sup> explants enhanced cobblestone to spindle-like change in cell morphology, increased cell migration, appearance of stress fibres and an up-regulation of the mesenchymal marker alpha-smooth muscle actin (αSMA); all parameters associated with EMT. In addition, our in vivo analyses of Wt1<sup>CreERT2</sup>;Phd2<sup>fl/fl</sup> hearts, in response to neonatal injury, reveal elevated numbers of WT1+ epicardial cells within the sub-epicardial region and underlying myocardium as is associated with active EMT and subsequent migration from the epicardium.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Gamen et al. investigated the roles of hypoxia and HIF1a signaling in regulating epicardial function during cardiac development and neonatal heart regeneration. They found that WT1<sup>+</sup> epicardial cells become hypoxic and begin expressing HIF1a from mid-gestation onward. During development, epicardial HIF1a signaling regulates WT1 expression and promotes coronary vasculature formation. In the postnatal heart, genetic and pharmacological upregulation of HIF1a sustained epicardial activation and improved regenerative outcomes.

      Strengths:

      HIF1a signaling was manipulated in an epicardium-specific manner using appropriate genetic tools.

      Weaknesses:

      There appears to be a discrepancy between some of the conclusions and the provided histological data. Additionally, the study does not offer mechanistic insight into the functional recovery observed.

      We respectfully disagree with the comment that our histological data does not support our conclusions and expand on this in the response to specific reviewer comments. We agree that further mechanistic experiments outside of the scope of the current study are required to identify precisely how activated neonatal epicardium results in increased healthy myocardium after injury beyond post-natal day 7 (P7).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors' research here was to understand the role of hypoxia and hypoxia-induced transcription factor Hif-1a in the epicardium. The authors noted that hypoxia was prevalent in the embryonic heart, and this persisted into neonatal stages until postnatal day 7 (P7). Hypoxic regions in the heart were noted in the outer layer of the heart, and expression of Hif-1a coincided with the epicardial gene WT1. It has been documented that at P7, the mouse heart cannot regenerate after myocardial infarction, and the authors speculated that the change in epicardial hypoxic conditions could play a role in regeneration. The authors then used genetic and pharmacological tools to increase the activity of Hif genes in the heart and noted that there was a significant improvement in cardiac function when Hif-1a was active in the epicardium. The authors speculated that the presence of Hif-1a improved cell survival.

      Strengths:

      A focus on hypoxia and its effects on the epicardium in development and after myocardial infarction. This study outlines the potential to extend the regenerative time window in neonatal mammalian hearts.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive endorsement and recognition of the importance of mechanistic insight into how to extend the window of neonatal heart regeneration.

      Weaknesses:

      While the observations of improved cardiac function are clear, the exact mechanism of how increased Hif-1a activity causes these effects is not completely revealed. The authors mention improved myocardium survival, but do not include studies to demonstrate this.

      We report an increase in healthy myocardium arising from prolonged activation of the epicardium during the neonatal window and following injury at post-natal day 7 (P7). We speculate this recapitulates the role of the epicardium during heart development which is known to be a source of trophic growth factors that can enhance myocardial growth. Further experiments are required, out-of-scope of this study, to define a mechanistic link between HIF-signalling, epicardial activation and myocardial survival in the setting of prolonged neonatal heart regeneration.

      There is an indication that fibrosis is decreased in hearts where Hif activity is prolonged, but there are no studies to link hypoxia and fibrosis.

      We believe the decreased fibrosis is a natural consequence of the increase in survived myocardium arising from the activated epicardium. There is strong precedent here following injury at post-natal day 1 (P1) in which fibrosis is evident early-on but is resolved over time with growth of the myocardium in the regenerating heart (PMID: 23248315).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      (1) Address issues related to image quality, colocalization, sample labeling, appropriate controls, and quantification - particularly in Figures 1, 2, 6, and Supplementary Figure 9. Increase sample size as noted by reviewers.

      The issues of co-localisation and sample labelling have been addressed under response to reviewers. We are unable to increase sample numbers but have clarified the number of regions per section and numbers of sections per heart analysed where appropriate.

      (2) Clarify the effects of epicardial HIF1a activation on neovascularization.

      We have removed reference in the abstract to an effect on neovascularisation.

      (3) Extend assessments of epicardial hypoxia and HIF1a expression to earlier embryonic stages, when epicardial EMT is more active.

      Our earliest timepoint of E12.5 marks the onset of epicardial EMT and E13.5 is the stage with the most significant mobilisation of epicardium-derived cells (EPDCs) into the sub-epicardial region and underlying myocardium (PMID: 32359445). In the same study, E11.5 lineage tracing of epicardial cells is restricted to outer layer of the heart; thus, our timepoints are representative in capturing both the onset and progression of in vivo EMT.

      (4) Strengthen EMT assays and mechanistic modeling. Provide evidence from physiologically relevant models, as current 2D culture assays do not adequately support conclusions about EMT. Include additional EMT markers and quantification where appropriate.

      We respectfully disagree that epicardial explants are not a valid assay for assessing EMT. As noted under responses to reviewers, such primary explants have been widely described elsewhere (PMID: 27023710, PMID: 12297106; PMID: 17108969, PMID: 19235142) and enable documentation of multiple parameters that are associated with active EMT, including an assessment of the extent of cell migration, cobblestone (epithelial) to spindle-like (mesenchymal) cell morphologies, stress fibre formation and expression of alpha-smooth muscle actin as a mesenchymal marker. We support our findings in explants by revealing reduced WT1+ epicardium-derived cells (EPDCs) in the sub-epicardial region and underlying myocardium of WT1<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>;Hif1a<sup>fl/fl</sup> embryonic hearts (data in Figure 2) indicative of impaired epicardial EMT and migration of EPDCs and in vivo following neonatal MI with pharmacological inhibition of PHD2, where we observe the reciprocal phenotype of increased numbers of epicardium-derived cells emerging from the outer epicardial layer (data in Figure 6).

      (5) Strengthen mechanistic insights into the role of epicardial cells in the functional recovery observed in MI hearts.

      We agree that further experiments are required, out-of-scope of this study, to define a mechanistic link between HIF-signalling, epicardial activation and myocardial survival in the setting of prolonged neonatal heart regeneration.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript by Gamen et al. analyzed the functional role of HIF signaling in the epicardium, providing evidence that stabilization of the hypoxia signaling pathway might contribute to neonatal heart regeneration. By generating different conditionally mouse mutants and performing pharmacological interventions, the authors demonstrate that stabilizing HIF signaling enhances cardiac regeneration after MI in P7 neonatal hearts. The study is potentially interesting, but it presents several major caveats.

      (1) One of the critical points reported in the early stages of this study is the early co-localization of Wt1, the hypoxic report (HP1), and HIF signaling pathways master regulators (i.e., HIF1a and HIF1b) during embryonic development. Figure 1 is meant to report such findings. However, unfortunately, I hardly see any co-localization at all in the Wt1+ epicardial cells for HP1, with some colocalization is seen for HIF1 and 2 alpha, although none of these data are quantified. Thus, it is hard to believe such co-localization.

      We respectfully disagree with this comment. We highlight cells in Figure 1 that are co-stained for WT1+ and HP1. In addition, we identify HIF1-α and HIF2- α positive cells which either reside within the epicardium, as the outer cell layer, or within the underlying sub-epicardial region, respectfully.

      (2) The authors claimed that they have analyzed the expression of the hypoxic report, as well as Wt1 and the HIF signaling pathways master regulators (i.e., HIF1a and HIF1b) in the AV groove, as compared to the apex, in embryonic heart ranging from E12.5 to E18.5 (Figure 1). Unfortunately, all images provided that are tagged as AV groove are rather misleading. They do not represent the AV groove but part of the right ventricular free wall. If the authors want to refer to the AV groove, AV cushions should be visible underneath.

      We have removed specific reference to the AV groove and refer to the highlighted regions as the “Base” of the heart.

      (3) The authors analyzed the hypoxic condition of the developing heart from E12.5 to E18.5. However, it remains unclear why the authors only explored the hypoxic conditions from E12.5 onwards, since epicardial EMT mainly occurs earlier than this time point, i.e., E10.5 onwards. Therefore, it would be needed to explore it already at this earlier time point.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer and refer to the comment above regarding the fact that E12.5 marks the onset of epicardial EMT and E13.5 is the stage with the most significant mobilisation of epicardium-derived cells (EPDCs) into the sub-epicardial region and underlying myocardium (PMID: 32359445).

      (4) The authors reported a conditional mouse model of HIF1alpha deletion by using the Wt1CreERT2 driver. Curiously, Wt1 is dependent on hypoxia signaling (i.e., HIF1a). Therefore, it is unclear whether there is a negative feedback loop between the deletion of Hif1alpha and the activation of the Cre driver might have functional consequences. Convincing evidence should be provided that such crosstalk does not interfere with Hif1alpha inactivation, and therefore, appropriate controls should be run in parallel.

      We discount a negative feedback loop in this instance based on the fact we have utilised heterozygous mice for the WT1<sup>CreERT2/+</sup> line and observe a consistent and reproducible phenotype for the developing hearts on a Wt1<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>;Hif1a<sup>fl/fl</sup> background and following injury in Wt1<sup>CreERT2/+</sup>;Phd2<sup>fl/fl</sup> mice. Collectively this indicates that the WT1-CreERT2 driver is active in the context of diminishing HIF-1α and Phd2, respectively. In addition, have carried out parallel experiments using epicardial explants derived from R26R-CreERT2;Phd2<sup>fl/fl</sup> (Figure 3) to circumvent any potential confounding issues; the results of which are consistent with increased epicardial EMT in support of our overall hypothesis.

      (5) On Figure 2a-f the authors reported that epicardial cells are diminished in Wt1CreERT2Hif1alpha mice as compared to controls. I am very sorry, but I do not see any difference. Furthermore, it is unclear to me how the authors quantified such differences, i.e., what marker signal did they use and how it was performed (Figure 2c and d)?

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer and draw attention to the single channel panels of WT1+ staining in Figure 2, which show clear differences between numbers of epicardial cells in the mutant mice compared to controls (comparing magenta cells in panels a) versus b). Quantification was carried out for numbers of WT1+ cells residing within the PDPN-positive epicardium (and underlying PDPN-negative myocardium) across multiple images from multiple sections and multiple hearts.

      (6) On Figure 2g, the authors reported differences in total vessel length. Are they referring to impaired microvasculature development? Or is this analysis also including major coronary vessels? What about the major coronary vessels and trees, is there any affection?

      This analysis refers to the microvasculature and not the major coronary arteries or coronary trees.

      (7) The authors reported that there might be some differences in EMT markers, but unfortunately, all of them are analyzed on 2D cultures, where no substrate for EMT is present, i.e., an underlying ECM bed. Thus, the authors cannot claim that EMT is altered. Additional experiments using either collagen substrate and/or Matrigel are required to fully demonstrate that EMT is impaired. Furthermore, quantitative analyses of such differences should be provided.

      The 2D cultures are epicardial explants from mutant versus wild type hearts and represent a widely adopted previously published ex-vivo assay for investigating epicardial EMT across embryonic to adult stages (PMID: 27023710, PMID: 12297106; PMID: 17108969, PMID: 19235142); including an assessment of the extent of migration and cobblestone (epithelial) to spindle-like (mesenchymal) cell morphologies, stress fibre formation and expression of alpha-smooth muscle actin as a mesenchymal marker. We do not understand the comment regarding an “underlying ECM bed” as the cells exhibit EMT routinely on tissue culture plastic and will deposit their own ECM during the culture time course and in response to EMT/cell migration. In terms of quantification this was carried out for scratch assay experiments, as a proxy for EMT and emergent mesenchymal cell migration, as presented in Figure 3i, j with significant enhanced scratch closure and cell migration following Molidustat treatment.

      (8) The description of data provided on Supplementary Figure 5 is spurious and should be removed. A note in the discussion might be sufficient.

      We respectfully disagree. The ChIP-seq data, in what is now Figure 2- figure supplement 3, highlights a HIF-1 α binding site within the Wt1 locus suggesting putative upstream regulation of WT1 by HIF-1α. Thus this provides a potential explanation as to how HIF-1α may activate the epicardium through up-regulation of Wt1/WT1.

      (9) On Figure 3, the authors further illustrate the change of EMT markers using ex vivo cardiac explants. They reported increased expression of Snai2 that, although statistically significant, is most likely of no biological relevance (increase of only 20% at transcript level). What about Snai1, Prrx1, and other EMT promoters? Are they also induced? As previously stated, these 2D cultures do not provide supporting evidence that EMT is occurring, thus 3D gel assays should be performed in which Z-axis analyses will provide evidence on the different migratory behaviour of those cells.

      We respectfully suggest that a 20% change in snai2 expression is biologically meaningful with respect to EMT. This in-turn is supported by associated cell migration, reduced ZO-1 expression, increased stress fibres and increased alpha-SMA as a mesenchymal marker; all properties associated with active EMT. Other suggested markers have not been validated as formally required for EMT, for example Snai1 (PMID: 23097346). The migratory capacity of targeted versus epicardial cells was assessed by combined explant and scratch assay experiments.

      (10) The description of single-cell analyses is very incomplete. Which mice were used for these analyses, wildtype control, or hypoxic mice? Please provide a clearer description of the samples used. Additionally, the entire rationale of these analyses is dubious. Doing single-cell analyses to analyze a couple or three markers in a very small cell population is rather ridiculous. qPCR might be far more appropriate and convincing, or a bulk RNAseq analysis of isolated epicardial cells.

      The single-cell analyses represent an unbiased assessment of different pathways in epicardial cells (identified bioinformatically) between intact P1 and P7 stages in wild type (control) hearts, with a focus on hypoxia-related gene expression and HIF-dependent pathways. It was not designed to analyse a small number of genes, rather global differences in the hypoxic states between P1 and P7 hearts. Selected genes (Vegfa, Pdk3, Egln 1 (Phd2)) were analysed to highlight the key differences in hypoxic signalling across the regenerative window. The fact the hearts were uninjured/intact is clarified in the text and legends for Figure 4 and now Figure 4-figure supplement 1.

      (11) The analyses provided in Figure 5 are very interesting and their findings are very relevant. However, I would think that the complementary experimental approach should also be done, i.e, MI followed by activation with tamoxifen, since that situation would be more realistic in the clinical setting.

      Tamoxifen causes respiratory failure in neonates with MI, so the two cannot be combined at the same time or soon after surgery. Moreover, tamoxifen takes significant time to take effect on targeted gene down-regulation which may negate sufficient activation of the epicardium following injury.

      The experiments in Figure 5 were designed to demonstrate that prolonged heart regeneration could be elicited in a cell-specific (epicardial-specific) manner via a genetic approach. The pharmacological experiments in Figure 6 are complementary in this regard by demonstrating equivalent effects with drug (Molidustat) delivery to reduce PHD2 and stabilise HIF post-MI.

      (12) In Figure 6, expression of Wt1 is highly prominent in P7 controls, mainly restricted to the epicardial lining while in the experimental setting, such Wt1 expression is broadly distributed on the subepicardial space, nicely demonstrating epicardial activation. However, it is very surprising to see such Wt1 expression in controls, something that is not expected, as compared to the data reported in Figure 4g. Could the authors please reconcile these findings?

      Figure 6 represents the injury setting and Figure 4g the intact setting (as clarified above, in the text and revised figure legends). Hence in the latter WT1 expression is significantly reduced in the P7 heart, as anticipated. With injury at P7 we anticipate activation of WT1 in control hearts, albeit restricted to the epicardial layer (as occurs in adult hearts, PMID: 21505261). In contrast, following Molidustat-treatment of P7 hearts post-MI we observe extensive epicardial expansion into the sub-epicardial region and EPDC migration into the underlying myocardium (Figure 6b).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The role of hypoxia and HIF1a signaling in epicardial activation is an important topic, and the genetic approaches employed in this study are appropriate. However, several aspects of the study remain unclear and would benefit from further clarification or explanation by the authors:

      (1) The authors detected hypoxic regions using an anti-pimonidazole fluorescence-conjugated monoclonal antibody (HP1). The data would become more compelling if negative and positive controls were provided.

      We believe the HP1 staining is compelling in the images shown and is consistent with hypoxic regions of the developing heart. We reveal HP1 staining at cellular resolution with neighbouring cells positive and negative for the HP1 signal in the apex of the heart and within the epicardium and sub-epicardial regions at E12.5 (Figure 1a) and diminished/altered hypoxic/HP1 regional signal through subsequent developmental stages at E14.5-18.5 (Figure 1a-d).

      (2) Many HIF1a-positive cells in the AV groove region do not appear to overlap with HP1 staining (Figure 1a). Providing a low-magnification image of HIF1α expression would be helpful to better assess the extent of overlap with HP1 staining

      HIF-1 is highly unstable and hence detection of HIF-1+ cells will likely only sample of cells compared to HP1 which is a surrogate for broader regions of hypoxia.

      (3) Although the authors conclude that epicardial HIF1a deletion results in a significant reduction of WT1⁺ cells in both the epicardium and myocardium (Figure 2a-d), the provided images are not sufficiently clear to fully support this interpretation. Providing additional evidence to support this conclusion would be helpful.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer and draw attention to the single channel panels of WT1+ staining which show clear differences between numbers of epicardial cells in the mutant mice compared to controls (Figure 2a versus 2b; magenta WT1+ staining).

      (4) Similar to the point raised above, the authors' conclusion regarding the increased expression of WT1 following Molidustat treatment does not appear to be fully supported by the provided images (Figure 6b-f). Immunofluorescence staining for WT1 does not clearly demonstrate epicardial expression in the remote zone of either the control or Molidustat-treated hearts. In addition, while an increase of WT1<sup>+</sup> cells is observed in the infarct zone of the Molidustat-treated heart, it is somewhat unexpected that such expansion is not evident in the corresponding region of the control heart, given that epicardial cells typically expand near the infarct area. Clarification on these points would be helpful.

      Figure 6b reveals WT1 expression in controls (upper panel set) that is reactivated proximal to the infarct region, given WT1 is not expressed in adult epicardium but restricted to the epicardial layer (as occurs in injured adult mouse hearts PMID: 21505261). This contrasts with what is observed in the Molidustat-treated P7 hearts post-MI, where we observe epicardial expansion and migration of WT1+ cells into the underlying myocardium (Figure 6b, lower panel set, infarct zone).

      (5) The authors conclude that WT1<sup>+</sup> cells in the myocardial tissue exhibit endothelial identity based on the colocalization of WT1 and EMCN signals (Supplementary Figure 9c). However, this interpretation is difficult to assess, as WT1 is a nuclear marker and EMCN is a membrane protein, which makes precise colocalization challenging to confirm with confidence. Additional supporting evidence may be necessary to substantiate this conclusion.

      WT1 is known to be up regulated in endothelial cells in response to injury as shown previously in several studies (for example, PMID: 25681586). Here we show clear co-localisation of nuclear WT1 and cytoplasmic Endomucin (EMCN) in what is now Figure 6- figure supplement 1c and would encourage the reviewer and readers to magnify the image by zooming-in on the relevant co-stained panel.

      (6) The authors conclude that activation of epicardial HIF1a signaling has no effect on neovascularization in postnatal MI hearts (Figure 5c). However, the abstract states: "Finally, a combination of genetic and pharmacological stabilisation of HIF ... increased vascularisation, augmented infarct resolution and preserved function beyond the 7-day regenerative window" (Lines 38-41). Clarification regarding this apparent discrepancy would be appreciated.

      The abstract has been altered to remove the statement of increased vascularisation.

      (7) The study appears somewhat incomplete, as it lacks mechanistic insight into the functional recovery observed following epicardial Phd2 deletion and Molidustat treatment in postnatal MI hearts. Although the authors suggest a potential paracrine role of the epicardium in protecting cardiomyocytes from apoptosis, this hypothesis has not been experimentally addressed. Incorporating such analysis would help to reinforce the study's conclusions.

      Further experiments are required, which are out-of-scope of this study, to define a mechanistic link between the genetic or pharmacological stabilisation of HIF-signalling, epicardial activation and myocardial survival in the setting of prolonged neonatal heart regeneration.

      Other points:

      (1) Providing single-channel images for Figures 1a-d and 6g would be helpful for clarity and interpretation.

      We believe the combined channel views of co-staining for two markers on a background of DAPI staining to pin-point cell nuclei, are informative and support our conclusions.

      (2) Have the authors considered using AngioTool to quantify the number of vessels in Figure 5b-c?

      AngioToolTM was used to quantify the vessels, as we have used previously (PMID: 33462113) and this is now added to the methods and legend of Figure 2.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are several areas where the manuscript can be improved, such that its conclusions can be solidified.

      (1) The authors highlight a point where blocking Phd2 can enhance survival of cardiac tissue, but did not report on survival markers. They surmised that apoptosis could be decreased in Phd2 mutant or Molidustat treatment but did not show this. The authors should determine if apoptosis is decreased in the myocardium and epicardium.

      We show evidence of increased levels of healthy myocardium in the genetic and pharmacological models of stabilised HIF-signalling. We exclude increased cardiac hypertrophy or increased cardiomyocyte proliferation as causative, so suggest as a reasonable alternative enhanced survival, albeit this need not necessarily be via an apoptotic pathway given the incidence of necrotic cell death during MI. We are unable to generate new surgeries and mutant/treated heart samples to analyse for apoptotic markers at this stage.

      (2) There appears to be no difference in cardiomyocyte proliferation in Molidustat-treated animals, but the experiment was only performed on 2 to 3 animals. This is too small a sample size to conclude from these results. The authors should increase the sample size to make this assertion.

      We respectfully disagree that we are unable to conclude no effect on cardiomyocyte proliferation. We analysed multiple heart regions per section, for EdU+/cTnT+ colocalised signals across several sections per heart, set against a consistency of effect on other parameters in hearts treated with Molidustat. We are unable to generate more P7 heart surgeries +/- Molidustat and +/- EdU at this stage.

      (3) It is curious as to how, after myocardial infarction, the fibrotic scar tissue is decreased in the Phd2 deletion but not as profound in Molidustat-treated mice at d21. Can the authors speculate why the difference exists and how this decrease arises? For example, are there decreased pro-inflammatory signals in Phd2 deleted mice? Is there decreased collagen deposition and ECM gene expression? Do macrophage recruitment into the infarct zone differ between mutant/treated vs WT?

      The representative images in Figure 6k reveal a trend towards reduced fibrosis with Molidistat treatment (Figure 6l), but across all hearts analysed this was not as significant as observed in the epicardial-specific deletion injured hearts (Figure 5g, h). This may be due to the relatively short half-life of Molidustat (approximately 4-10 hours, PMID: 32248614), the dosing regimen for the drug and/or the fact that it was not specifically delivered/targeted to the epicardium.

      (4) The magnified images in Figure 1 do not match the boxes in the whole heart images. It is unclear what the white boxes signify.

      The white boxes have been removed from Figure 1. The magnified image panels are from serial heart sections and this is now clarified in the Figure 1 legend.

    1. solution.

      Dans la solution du 3ème point, à la dernière du fichier .css, est-ce grâce à "display: flex;" que la div "Voir la photo" s'affiche lors du survol de l'image avec la souris ?

    1. Not doing “la bise,” the kiss on the cheek that many French and Europeans use to greet each other, was on his list.

      not doing anything french related is an attack on french values

    1. ∬Rx2y2+cos(πx)+sin(πy)dA∬Rx2y2+cos⁡(πx)+sin⁡(πy)dA \displaystyle \iint\limits_{R}{{{x^2}{y^2} + \cos \left( {\pi x} \right) + \sin \left( {\pi y} \right)\,dA}}, R=[−2,−1]×[0,1]

      My question is: since the integrand is already separated into terms that depend only on (x), only on (y), and both variables, how do you quickly decide whether to integrate with respect to (y) first or (x) first? Is there a general rule of thumb for spotting when one order will make the work noticeably easier?

    1. * Got ahold od = conseguir / conseguir algo con esfuerzo.

      • actually = realmente.
      • had my hands on it = tuve mis manos sobre eso.
      • Way = mucho, bastante, muy.
      • Less = menos.
      • Life changing = transformador/ que cambia la vida.
  9. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
  10. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. Art. 12
      Ponto-Chave:

      O Art. 12 NÃO cria uma proteção maior para as APAs. Ele estabelece um critério de licenciamento mais RACIONAL e EFICIENTE para elas, tratando-as como uma exceção à regra geral das Unidades de Conservação (UCs).

      A Lógica em 3 Passos:
      1. A Regra Geral (Para a maioria das UCs): Normalmente, quem licencia uma atividade dentro de uma UC é o mesmo ente federativo que a criou (Ex: ICMBio/União licencia tudo em um Parque Nacional criado pela União).
      2. O Problema das APAs: APAs são enormes, habitadas e com muitas atividades econômicas. Aplicar a "regra geral" nelas seria um caos: o órgão que a criou (ex: IBAMA) teria que licenciar desde uma pequena reforma até um grande projeto, sobrecarregando-o com questões de impacto puramente local.
      3. A Solução do Art. 12: O artigo cancela a "regra geral" para as APAs. Em vez de perguntar "quem criou a APA?", ele manda perguntar: "Qual o tamanho do impacto da atividade?". Com isso, a competência dentro de uma APA segue as regras padrão da LC 140:
        • Impacto Local → Município (Art. 9º)
        • Impacto Regional/Estadual → Estado (Art. 8º)
        • Impacto Nacional/Federal → União (Art. 7º)

      Art. 7º. São ações administrativas da União: - a) localizados ou desenvolvidos conjuntamente no Brasil e em país limítrofe;

      • b) localizados ou desenvolvidos no mar territorial, na plataforma continental ou na zona econômica exclusiva;

      [...]

      • e) localizados ou desenvolvidos em 2 (dois) ou mais Estados;

      • f) de caráter militar, excetuando-se do licenciamento ambiental, nos termos de ato do Poder Executivo, aqueles previstos no preparo e emprego das Forças Armadas, conforme disposto na Lei Complementar no 97, de 9 de junho de 1999;

      [...]

      • h) que atendam tipologia estabelecida por ato do Poder Executivo, a partir de proposição da Comissão Tripartite Nacional, assegurada a participação de um membro do Conselho Nacional do Meio Ambiente (Conama), e considerados os critérios de porte, potencial poluidor e natureza da atividade ou empreendimento;

      Art. 8º São ações administrativas dos Estados:

      • XIV - promover o licenciamento ambiental de atividades ou empreendimentos utilizadores de recursos ambientais, efetiva ou potencialmente poluidores ou capazes, sob qualquer forma, de causar degradação ambiental, ressalvado o disposto nos arts. 7o e 9o;

      Art. 9º São ações administrativas dos Municípios:

      XIV - observadas as atribuições dos demais entes federativos previstas nesta Lei Complementar, promover o licenciamento ambiental das atividades ou empreendimentos:

      • a) que causem ou possam causar impacto ambiental de âmbito local, conforme tipologia definida pelos respectivos Conselhos Estaduais de Meio Ambiente, considerados os critérios de porte, potencial poluidor e natureza da atividade; ou
    1. Marco Aurélio concorda que a “democracia ainda não está bem sedimentada” no Brasil. “Num Estado realmente democrático, a decisão judicial, principalmente da Suprema Corte, tem que ser observada de imediato”, opina. “Eu próprio tive situações em que a Câmara deixou de observar liminar. Um exemplo é quando deferi a um jornal a abertura das despesas dos deputados, o que não foi cumprido.” Para o ministro, quando um órgão público deixa de observar uma decisão judicial fica o mau exemplo para o cidadão comum.
    2. A avaliação de juristas é de que o Brasil ainda não concluiu seu ciclo de redemocratização, iniciado na metade dos anos 1980. “Avançamos muito do ponto de vista da maturidade institucional e também em relação ao processo civilizatório, mas é preciso reconhecer que ainda não percorremos todos os ciclos do atraso”, afirma o advogado constitucionalista Luís Roberto Barroso.
    1. Highbury bore me. Richmond and Kew Undid me. By Richmond I raised my knees Supine on the floor of a narrow canoe.' 'My feet are at Moorgate, and my heart Under my feet. After the event He wept. He promised "a new start."

      Upon reading these two stanzas, it appeared to me that they both might be spoken by the same narrator. Specifically, the same voice appeared to be maintained throughout the stanzas: the same clipped rhythm, and habit of geographically tracing the events of the person's life indicates to me that the lines recounted the events of a particular female individual in TWL. From there, I began to unpack the narrative the speaker was describing. Two moments stood out to me in particular.

      1a) Eliot’s phrase "Highbury bore me. Richmond and Kew / Undid me" mimics the lines spoken by the noblewoman La Pia in Dante's Purgatorio, in which she says: "'Siena made me, in Maremma I was undone" (Aligieri, line 134). She attributes her cause of death to her husband, saying “He knows how [I died], the one who, to marry me, / first gave the ring that held his stone’ (Aligieri, lines 135-6). Her “undoing” is the result of marital violence and betrayal, placing her among the many wronged women in The Waste Land—Philomela, Baudelaire’s unnamed sex worker, Ophelia—each undone by male lust, violence, or moral failure. However, in the waste land, the woman is undone not by violence in particular, but by the emotional futility of intimacy in the modern world.

      1b) I discovered a painting by Dante Rossetti entitled “Pia de’Tolomei” while researching more on La Pia. In the painting, La Pia is captured as she fiddles with her wedding ring, surrounded by a lush scenery of ivy overgrowth and a fig tree, as well as a sundial, letters, a prayer book, and the rosary lying beside her. The religious objects no doubt serve as testaments to her devout faith, whereas the sundial likely indicates the passage of time, and perhaps in reference to the time passing during her suffocating and unfulfilling marriage with her husband. The surrounding botany also forms a striking contrast to the barrenness of Eliot’s waste land. As a fruit-bearing tree, the fig tree reflects the physical vigor and health of La Pia, as well as her fertility. By contrast, the ivy—often associated with climbing and clinging—suggests the confinement and isolation of her unhappy marriage.

      2a) The speaker continues the same pattern of geographical mapping in the second stanza. It is here that the reader comes to most certainly understand that the voice belongs to a female speaker. She recalls an unfulfilling sexual encounter, dismissively calling it “the event,” followed by her partner’s promise of “a new start” (Eliot, lines 297–98). However, her partner only weeps afterwards. While La Pia is undone by betrayal and violence, the speaker is undone by the recurring disappointment in sex, and by the emotional sterility of her relationships. In both cases, women appear as passive victims of the shortcomings of intimacy and romantic relationships.

      2b) The reference of “a new start” also echoes the poem’s larger preoccupation with fertility and regeneration, recalling the Fisher King myth. Yet the failure of this promise nods back to the spiritual barrenness of the modern world, in which intimacy is hollow, not sacred.

    1. perdas e danos

      AGRAVO REGIMENTAL NO RECURSO ESPECIAL. AÇÃO INDENIZATÓRIA. DIREITO DE PREFERÊNCIA. AVERBAÇÃO DO CONTRATO NO REGISTRO IMOBILIÁRIO. PRESCINDIBILIDADE. - 1. Nos termos da jurisprudência desta Corte, a inobservância do direito de preferência do locatário na aquisição do imóvel enseja o pedido de perdas e danos, que <u>não se condiciona ao prévio registro do contrato de locação</u> na matrícula imobiliária. Precedentes. - 2. Agravo regimental não provido. (AgRg no REsp n. 1.356.049/RS, relator Ministro Ricardo Villas Bôas Cueva, Terceira Turma, julgado em 25/2/2014, DJe de 28/2/2014.)


      PROCESSUAL CIVIL. NEGATIVA DE PRESTAÇÃO JURISDICIONAL. NÃO OCORRÊNCIA. CIVIL. LOCAÇÃO. DIREITO DE PREFERÊNCIA. EFEITOS OBRIGACIONAL E REAL. PLEITO INDENIZATÓRIO E DE ADJUDICAÇÃO COMPULSÓRIA DO IMÓVEL. CONTRATO DE LOCAÇÃO NÃO AVERBADO NO CARTÓRIO DE REGISTRO DE IMÓVEIS POR FALHA DO LOCADOR. IRRELEVÂNCIA. INEXISTÊNCIA DE DIREITO DE REAVER O BEM. MANUTENÇÃO DO ARESTO RECORRIDO. - 1. Afasta-se a alegada negativa de prestação jurisdicional quando o acórdão recorrido, integrado por julgado proferido em embargos de declaração, dirime, de forma expressa, congruente e motivada, as questões suscitadas nas razões recursais. - 2. O art. 27 da Lei n. 8.245/91 prevê os requisitos para que o direito de preferência seja exercido pelo inquilino que tenha interesse em adquirir o imóvel locado em igualdade de condições com terceiros, sendo certo que, em caso de inobservância de tal regramento pelo locador, poderá o locatário fazer jus a indenização caso comprove que tinha condições de comprar o bem nas mesmas condições que o adquirente. - 3. Além dos efeitos de natureza obrigacional correspondentes ao direito a perdas e danos, o desrespeito à preempção do locatário pode ter eficácia real consubstanciada no direito de adjudicação compulsória do bem, uma vez observados os ditames do art. 33 da Lei do Inquilinato. - 4. O direito real à adjudicação do bem somente será exercitável se o locatário a) efetuar o depósito do preço do bem e das demais despesas de transferência de propriedade do imóvel; b) formular referido pleito no prazo de 6 (seis) meses do registro do contrato de compra e venda do imóvel locado adquirido por terceiros; c) promover a averbação do contrato de locação assinado por duas testemunhas na matrícula do bem no cartório de registro de imóveis, pelo menos 30 (trinta) dias antes de referida alienação. - 5. Impõe-se a obrigação legal de averbar o contrato de locação para possibilitar a geração de efeito erga omnes no tocante à intenção do locatário de fazer valer seu direito de preferência e tutelar os interesse de terceiros na aquisição do bem imóvel. - 6. Ainda que obstada a averbação do contrato de locação por falha imputável ao locador, não estaria assegurado o direito à adjudicação compulsória do bem se o terceiro adquirente de boa-fé não foi cientificado da existência de referida avença quando da lavratura da escritura de compra e venda do imóvel no cartório de registro de imóveis. - 7. Recurso especial conhecido e desprovido.

      (REsp n. 1.554.437/SP, relator Ministro João Otávio de Noronha, Terceira Turma, julgado em 2/6/2016, DJe de 7/6/2016.)

    2. preferência

      Ordem de preferência na alienação do imóvel locado: - Sublocatário tem preferência ao locatário; - Locatário tem preferência ao terceiro; - Condomínio tem preferência ao locatário.

    1. implicará a convolação da recuperação judicial em falência

      Tratando-se de consolidação substancial, não se aplica a regra geral de que, rejeitado o plano de recuperação do devedor, os credores poderão apresentar plano alternativo.

      Admitida a consolidação substancial, considera-se que os devedores serão tidos como um único devedor. Não sendo aprovado o plano de recuperação unitário, o juiz convolará a recuperação em falência.

    2. não impede

      Tendo em vista que, na consolidação processual, será assegurado a independência dos devedores, não haverá óbice para que alguns devedores obtenham recuperação judicial e outros tenham a decretação da falência.

      Conforme dispositivo seguinte, na hipótese de haver decisões diversas sobre quem obterá recuperação e que será decretado falido, deverá haver desmembramento do processo.

    3. Rejeitado

      A rejeição do plano de recuperação judicial apresentado pelo devedor não importa, automaticamente e por si só, em convolação em falência.

      Haverá prazo de 30 dias para que seja apresentado novo plano de recuperação pelos credores. A concessão do referido prazo deverá ser aprovado por, no mínimo, mais da metade dos créditos existentes.

    4. não autoriza o administrador judicial a recusar a eficácia da convenção de arbitragem

      Administrador não poderá recusar convenção de arbitragem, ainda que haja deferimento de recuperação judicial ou decretação de falência.

    5. juiz poderá

      Juiz poderá, no contexto da recuperação judicial, conceder tutela de urgência para antecipar parte ou todo efeito do deferimento de processamento de recuperação judicial.

    6. plano alternativo

      Em conformidade com o art. 53, o devedor deverá apresentar plano de recuperação do prazo máximo de <u>60 dias</u>, sob pena de convolação da recuperação em falência.

      Entretanto, apresentado o plano pelo devedor no prazo legal, acaso não haja deliberação dos credores a respeito do plano apresentado, faculta-se a apresentação de plano alternativo por parte desses credores no prazo de 30 dias.

    7. momento posterior

      Não há empecilho para que o Fisco apresente, em momento posterior, os demais crédito que, na habilitação, estavam com exigibilidade suspensa, não inscritos em Dívida Ativa ou não constituídos.

    1. De acuerdo con la explicación oficial, lo que se busca es desincentivar la compra de esos billetes para luego realizar operaciones especulativas. En modo indirecto, además, esto reduce también la motivación a la compra de dólares, ya que la estimación es que muchos se inclinaban hacia la divisa debido a la ganancia extra que podían obtener.

      Interesting

    2. A fines de septiembre, y mediante la comunicación A 8336 del Banco Central, se estableció que quienes compren dólares oficiales no podrán venderlos luego en el segmento financiero por 90 días.

      point

    1. 26:14 Elsa: Sie haben ja vorher das gesagt mit "immer gerne in den Spiel"... "selbstverliebt"...<br /> die Leute sehen sich gerne im Spiegel, dann hört man immer wieder das Wort "Wohlstandsverwahllosung"<br /> und dann gibt auch immer wieder die Aussage "die Leute brauchen vermutlich wieder mal einen Krieg".<br /> Wie sehen Sie das dann in diesem Zusammenhang?<br /> Würde es ihnen [den Leuten] letztendlich gut tun, dass sie dann auch wieder demütiger werden, dankbarer werden?<br /> Weil Sie ja jetzt sagen, es verändert einen, aber man hört das halt immer wieder, diesen Spruch. Was würden Sie dazu sagen?<br /> zu diesem "sie brauchen wieder mal einen Krieg, dass sie wieder mal normal werden"?<br /> Harter Spruch, ich weiß, aber ich höre es immer wieder mal.

      26:49 Johann Gaiswinkler: Ist richtig... Ich lehne es also absolut ab, weil, wie gesagt,<br /> Krieg ist die Abwesenheit von Menschlichkeit und Vernunft und Hausverstand und was auch immer.<br /> Es müsste andere Wege geben... [welche? serienmord? stammkriege?]<br /> aber ich glaube Oswald Spengler war es, der hat ein mal ein 1000 Seiten Werk geschrieben,<br /> "Der Untergang des Abendlandes", in den 30er Jahren,<br /> und da beschreibt er, dass alle Kulturen sozusagen einem Jahreszyklus unterliegen.<br /> Es gibt für jede Kultur einen Frühling, einen Sommer, einen Herbst und einen Winter.<br /> Möglicherweise sind wir jetzt in Europa und der westlichen Welt in eine Art Winter angekommen.<br /> Ich weiß es nicht... Ich hoffe, es wird ein milder Winter...

    1. les principes fondamentaux des biais cognitifs, en s'appuyant sur des recherches clés en psychologie.

      Les biais cognitifs sont des erreurs systématiques de raisonnement, analogues aux illusions d'optique qui trompent notre perception visuelle.

      Leur étude a conduit à une remise en cause fondamentale du modèle de l' homo economicus — l'idée d'un être humain parfaitement rationnel — et à l'élaboration d'une nouvelle théorie de l'esprit.

      Les psychologues Daniel Kahneman et Amos Tversky ont été les pionniers de ce domaine, proposant un modèle de la pensée humaine articulé autour de deux systèmes :

      1. Le Système 1 (Intuition) : Rapide, automatique et sans effort, il gère la majorité de nos décisions quotidiennes en utilisant des raccourcis mentaux appelés "heuristiques".

      2. Le Système 2 (Raisonnement) : Lent, contrôlé et demandant un effort conscient, il est mobilisé pour des problèmes complexes ou lorsque le Système 1 est mis en échec. Les biais cognitifs ne sont pas des défauts de notre cerveau, mais plutôt les conséquences prévisibles du fonctionnement du Système 1.

      Ses heuristiques, bien qu'extrêmement efficaces et économiques en énergie dans la plupart des situations, peuvent conduire à des erreurs de jugement prévisibles lorsqu'elles sont appliquées dans des contextes inappropriés.

      Des expériences comme le problème de Linda, le test de Stroop ou le Cognitive Reflection Test démontrent de manière tangible l'influence de ces deux systèmes et la puissance des biais sur nos décisions.

    1. Si vous souhaitez participer, et voir ce que les autres lecteurs en disent, je vous propose d'installer une extension pour Google Chrome appelée Hypothes.is. Cela vous permettra d'ajouter des commentaires où vous le souhaitez en sélectionnant le tronçon de texte du cours en question, puis en cliquant sur "Annotate".Il vous faudra créer un compte gratuit pour l'utiliser. Une fois l'extension installée et active, vous pourrez voir en marge du cours les commentaires des lecteurs mais aussi y répondre et échanger !

      Ca marche !

    1. "Mai Xia and I chatted "If I ,now," she told me "I' H . were,n t Hmong, I'd be finishing college· m mong and Im a mother."By February Mai Xia had quit her · ob L · . .before Georgina was born, Mai Xia cal/ed. o:' Iron. In Apnl, six weeks the ca l endar, counting but not th d agam. S he had been watchmg she figured, must have 'fin1·s h d l e ] ay bs to delivery. Her old girlfriends, S e co ege y now.he was twenty-three years old." **Observation: Sue Murphy Mote had direct access to Mai Xia Cha and could ask questions about culture, family, and values. Patchett wrote about Lucy from lived experience and memory. Interpretation: While Mote’s portrayal feels more “objective” or researched, Patchett’s account is deeply emotional and intimate. This reflects two types of storytelling: one as a journalist/observer and one as a participant. Connection: This reflects a larger feminist discussion about how women’s lives are recorded — through emotional truth (like memoirs) or cultural/historical documentation (like ethnography). Both are valid but serve different purposes in feminist literature. **

    1. espacios para la construcción de aprendizajes significativos, inter y transdisciplinarios y adaptativos que respondan a los retos del entornos expandidos e hibridados.

      Nota importante para el deber ser.

    1. Lagere stadia van informatieverwerking worden beïnvloed door de opgedane kennis van de wereld. Dit bepaalt de invloed van hogere-orde-centra

      Invloed van hogere orde centra ---> begint als het goed is na de V1

    1. Immunoprecipitation of CTNS-FLAG and the K->A mutant revealed that WT CTNS-FLAG is modified by HA-Ubiquitin, but the K->A mutant is not. Additionally, after normalizing for the reduced abundance of CTNS-FLAG in JIP4 KO cells, CTNS-FLAG was more ubiquitylated in the absence of JIP4

      It looks like in figure 3b that the K->A mutations blocking ubiquitination also rescued the levels of CTNS in the JIP4 KO cells, right? The phrasing here is maybe a bit confusing.

    1. ¿Cómohace una campesina indígena de Bolivia o deMéxico o algún país de la América Morenacuyas condiciones de vida son de extremapobreza, para poder participar de esta abun-dancia cultural?

      la cultura libre no puede desligarse de la justicia social

    2. es permitir que más personas se inspiren, seinformen, se orienten y crezcan con ella porel simple hecho de disfrutarla, copiarla ycompartirla con otras personas

      pero también es importante prevenir y penalizar la apropiación/copia para beneficio económico propio, una práctica muy común que perjudica a muchos artistas y creadores, con la excusa de que sus obras son "de acceso público"

    3. Liberar permite la derivación, la multiplica-ción, la realización de infinitas variacionessobre un tema dado.

      Distintas perspectivas de un mismo tema y que la información no este monopolizada.

    4. Tenertiempo libre para investigar, para informar-te.

      Para ello siempre nos mantienen ocupados y distraídos, para no poder tener la oportunidad de investigar y de convertirte en un Geek, sumando la propia limitación física de necesitar un dispositivo a través del cuál poder acceder a estos conocimientos

    5. ¿Cómohace una campesina indígena de Bolivia o deMéxico o algún país de la América Morenacuyas condiciones de vida son de extremapobreza, para poder participar de esta abun-dancia cultural?

      Importancia de que se consuma cultura en lugar de marcas...

    6. permitirsu derivación, su multiplicación creativa y sutransformación en otra obra.

      Me interesa pensar como se podería criticar el uso de el material artistico de la internet por lA y defender la cultura libre. Si me explico porque igual no kkkk.

    7. La Cultura libre es una fuente inagotable derecursos, uno siempre va a recibir más de loque da. La Cultura Libre, conceptualmentehablando, se basa en la idea de la abundanciainfinita.

      Lógica de abundacia vs de escasez

    8. ¿Puede ser lacultura libre una herramienta de organizacióny producción para los oprimidos y las oprimi-das de la tierra?

      Creo que esta muy bien que exista la libertad de estudiarlo y aplicación del conocimiento para todos.

    9. La cultura libre tiene aspectos de vital im-portancia en el cambio de las estructuras depoder.

      Pero no es la cultura de poder la que permite que existan estas mismas estructuras? no siguen un modelo capitalista que te hace sentir que tu tienes el poder de ser un ser individual cuando en realidad te siguen manipulando?

    10. P2P(peer-to-peer)

      Una red peer-to-peer, red de pares, red entre iguales o red entre pares (P2P, por sus siglas en inglés) es una red de ordenadores en la que todos o algunos aspectos funcionan sin clientes ni servidores fijos, sino una serie de nodos que se comportan como iguales entre sí.[1]​ Es más, actúan simultáneamente como clientes y servidores respecto a los demás nodos de la red. Las redes P2P permiten el intercambio directo de información, en cualquier formato, entre los ordenadores interconectados.wikipedia

    11. no todo el mundotiene medios para llegar a la cita.

      la perpetuación de la brecha de clases en relación a la posibilidad de entender el mundo que nos rodea.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Review

      GENERAL QUESTIONS:

      (1) For many enveloped viruses, the attachment factors - paradoxically - are also surface glycoproteins, often complexed with a distinct fusion protein. The authors note here that the glycoportiens do not inhibit the initial binding, but only limit the stability of the adhesive interface needed for subsequent membrane fusion and viral uptake. How these antagonistic tendencies might play out should be discussed.

      When the surface density of receptor molecules for a virus with glycans increases, the density of free glycans not bound to the virus increases along with the amount of virus adsorbed. However, if the total amount of glycans is considered to be a function of the receptor density, the reaction may become more complicated. This complication may also be affected by the prolonged infection. If the receptor density on the cell surface is high, the infection inhibitory effect of glycans may not be obtained in a system in which a high concentration of virus is supplied from the outside world for a long time. This is because once viruses have entered the cell, they accumulate inside the cell, and viral infection is affected by the total accumulated amount, which is the integration of the number of viruses that have entered over time. This distinction indicates that the virus entry reaction and the total amount of infection in the cell must be considered separately. This is an important point, but it was not clearly mentioned in the original manuscript.

      Our experiments were conducted under conditions that clearly allowed us to detect the virusinhibiting function of glycans without being affected by the above points. In order to clarify these points, we will revise this article as follows, referring to an experiment that is somewhat related to this discussion (the Adenovirus infection experiment into HEK293T cells shown in Figure S1F)..

      (Page-3, Introduction)

      While there are known examples of glycans that function as viral receptors (Thompson et al., 2019), these results demonstrate that a variety of glycoproteins negatively regulate viral infection in a wide range of systems. All of these results suggest that bulky membrane glycoproteins nonspecifically inhibit viral infection.

      (Page 20, Discussion)

      When the virus receptor is a glycoprotein or glycan itself, the inhibition of virus infection by glycans becomes more complex because the total amount of glycans is also a function of the receptor density. It is also important to note that the total amount of infection into a cell is the time integral of virus entry. Even if the probability of virus entry is significantly reduced by glycans, the cumulative number of virus entries may increase if high concentrations of virus continue to be supplied from outside the cell for a long period of time. In the case of Adenovirus, which continues to amplify in HEK293T cells after infection, we showed that MUC1 on the cell surface has an inhibitory effect on long-term cumulative infection (Supplementary Figure 1F). However, such an accumulation effect may be caseby-case depending on the virus cell system, and may be more pronounced when the cell surface density of virus receptor molecules is high. As a result, if the virus receptor molecule is a glycan or glycoprotein and infection continues for a long period of time, the infection inhibition effect may not be observed despite an apparent increase in the total amount of glycans in the cell. In any case, our results clarified the factor of virus entry inhibition dependent on the total amount of glycans because appropriate conditions were set.

      (2) Unlike polymers tethered to solid surface undergoing mushroom-to-brush transition in densitydependent manner, the glycoproteins at the cell surface are of course mobile (presumably in a density-dependent manner). They can thus redistribute in spatial patterns, which serve to minimize the free energy. I suggest the authors explicitly address how these considerations influence the in vitro reconstitution assays seeking to assess the glycosylation-dependent protein packing.

      We performed additional experiments using lipid bilayers that had lost fluidity, and found that there is no significant difference in protein binding between fluid and nonfluid bilayers. The redistribution of molecules due to molecular fluidity may play some roles but not in our experimental systems. It suggests that glycoproteins can generate intermolecular repulsion even in fluid conditions such as cell membranes, just as they do on the solid phase. This experiment was also very useful because it allowed us to compare our results in the fluid bilayer with solid-state measurements of saturation molecular density and the brush transition. This comparison gave us confidence that in the reconstituted membrane system, even at saturation density, the membrane proteins are not as stretched as they are in the condensed brush state. We have therefore added a new paragraph and a new figure (Supplementary Fig. 5B) to discuss this issue, as follows:

      The molecular structural state of these proteins needs to be further discussed to estimate the contribution of f<sub>el</sub>, which represents resistance to molecular elongation. Our results suggest that these densely packed nonglycosylated molecules are no longer in a free mushroom state. However, their saturation density was several times lower than previously reported brush transition densities, such as 65000 µm<sup>-2</sup> for 17 kDa polyacrylamide (R<sub>F</sub> ~ 15 nm) on a solid surface (Wu et al., 2002). To compare our data on fluid bilayers with previously reported data on solid surfaces, we performed additional experiments with lipid bilayers that lost fluidity. No significant changes in protein binding between fluid and nonfluid bilayers were observed for both b-MUC1 and g-MUC1 molecules (Supplementary Figure 5B). This result suggests that membrane fluidity does not affect the average intermolecular distance or other relevant parameters that control molecular binding in the reconstituted system. Based on these, we speculate that the saturated protein density observed in our experiments is lower than or at most comparable to the actual brush transition density. Thus, although these crowded proteins may be restricted from free random motion, they are not significantly extended as in the condensed brush state, in which the contribution of resistance to molecular extension f<sub>el</sub> is expected to be small relative to the overall free energy of the system.

      (3) The discussion of the role of excluded volume in steric repulsion between glycoprotein needs clarification. As presented, it's unclear what the role of "excluded volume" effects is in driving steric repulsion? Do the authors imply depletion forces? Or the volume unavailable due to stochastic configurations of gaussian chains? How does the formalism apply to branched membrane glycoproteins is not immediately obvious.

      Regarding the excluded volume due to steric repulsion between glycoproteins, we considered the volume that cannot be used by glycans as Gaussian chains branching from the main chain. We would like to expand on this point by adding several papers that make similar arguments. I'm glad you brought this up because we hadn't considered depletion forces - the excluded volume between glycoproteins should generate a depletion force, but in this case we believe this force will not have a significant effect on viruses that are larger than the glycoproteins. We also attempted to clarify the discussion in this section by focusing on intermolecular repulsion, and restructured paragraphs, which are also related to General Question 2 and Specific Question 2. The relevant part has been revised as follows. (page 15~page16):

      To compare the packing of proteins with different molecular weights and R<sub>F</sub>, These were smaller than the coverage of molecules at hexagonal close packing that is ~90.7%. In contrast, the coverage of b-CD43 and b-MUC1 at saturated binding was estimated to be greater than 100% under this normalization standard, indicating that the mean projected sizes of these molecules in surface direction were smaller than those expected from their R<sub>F</sub> Thus, it is clear that glycosylation reduces the saturation density of membrane proteins, regardless of molecular size.

      Highly glycosylated proteins resisted densification, indicating that some intermolecular repulsion is occurring. In the framework of polymer brush theory, the intermolecular repulsion of densely packed highly glycosylated proteins is due to an increase in either f<sub>el</sub>, f<sub>int</sub> (d<R<sub>F</sub>), or both (Hansen et al., 2003; Wu et al., 2002). The term of intermolecular interaction, f<sub>int</sub>, is regulated by intermolecular steric repulsion, which occurs when neighboring molecules cannot approach the excluded volume created by the stochastic configuration of the polymer chain (Attili et al., 2012; Faivre et al., 2018; Kreussling and Ullman, 1954; Kuo et al., 2018; Paturej et al., 2016). The magnitude of this steric repulsion depends largely on R<sub>F</sub> in dilute solutions, but the molecular structure may also affect it when molecules are densified on a surface. In other words, the glycans protruding between molecules can cause steric inhibition between neighboring proteins (Figure 5D). Such intermolecular repulsion due to branched side chains occurs only when the molecules are in close proximity and sterically interact on a twodimensional surface, but not in dilute solution, and does not occur in unbranched polymers such as underglycosylated proteins (Figure 5D). Based on the above, we propose the following model for membrane proteins: Only when the membrane proteins are glycosylated does strong steric repulsion occur between neighboring molecules during the densification process, suppressing densification.

      The molecular structural state of these proteins needs to be further discussed to estimate the contribution of f<sub>el</sub>, which represents resistance to molecular elongation. Our results suggest that these densely packed nonglycosylated molecules are no longer in a free mushroom state. However, their saturation density was several times lower than previously reported brush transition densities, such as 65000 µm<sup>-2</sup> for 17 kDa polyacrylamide (R<sub>F</sub> ~ 15 nm) on a solid surface (Wu et al., 2002). To compare our data on fluid bilayers with previously reported data on solid surfaces, we performed additional experiments with lipid bilayers that lost fluidity. No significant changes in protein binding between fluid and nonfluid bilayers were observed for both b-MUC1 and g-MUC1 molecules (Supplementary Figure 5B). This result suggests that membrane fluidity does not affect the average intermolecular distance or other relevant parameters that control molecular binding in the reconstituted system. Based on these, we speculate that the saturated protein density observed in our experiments is lower than or at most comparable to the actual brush transition density. Thus, although these crowded proteins may be restricted from free random motion, they are not significantly extended as in the condensed brush state, in which the contribution of resistance to molecular extension f<sub>el</sub>, is expected to be small relative to the overall free energy of the system.

      Note that this does not mean that glycoproteins cannot form condensed brush structures: in fact, highly glycosylated molecules (e.g., MUC1) can form brush structures in cells when such proteins are expressed at very high densities. (Shurer et al., 2019). In these cells, ………. Such membrane deformation results in the increase of total surface area to reduce the density of glycoproteins, indicating that there is strong intermolecular repulsion between glycoproteins. In any case, the free energy of the system is determined by the balance between protein binding and insertion into the membrane, protein deformation, and repulsive forces between proteins, which determine the density of proteins depending on the configuration of the system. Thus, although strong intermolecular repulsions were prominently observed in our simplified system, this may not be the case in other systems. ……

      (4) The authors showed that glycoprotein expression inversely correlated with viral infection and link viral entry inhibition to steric hindrance caused by the glycoprotein. Alternative explanations would be that the glycoprotein expression (a) reroutes endocytosed viral particles or (b) lowers cellular endocytic rates and via either mechanism reduce viral infection. The authors should provide evidence that these alternatives are not occurring in their system. They could for example experimentally test whether non-specific endocytosis is still operational at similar levels, measured with fluid-phase markers such as 10kDa dextrans.

      The results of the experiment suggested by the reviewer are shown in the new Supplementary Figure 3B. (This results in generation of a new Supplementary Figure 3, and previous Supplementary Figures 4-5 are now renumbered as Supplementary Figures 5-6). Endocytosis of 10KDa dextran was attenuated by the expression of several large-sized molecules, but was not affected by the expression of many other glycoproteins that have the ability to inhibit infection. These results were clearly different from the results in which virus infection was inhibited more by the amount of glycan than by molecular weight. Therefore, it was found that many glycoproteins inhibit virus infection through processes other than endocytosis. Based on the above, we have added the following to the manuscript: (p9 New paragraph:)

      We also investigated the effect of membrane glycoproteins on membrane trafficking, another process involved in viral infection. Expression of MUC1 with higher number of tandem repeats reduced the dextran transport in the fluid phase, while expression of multiple membrane glycoproteins that have infection inhibitory effects, including truncated MUC1 molecules, showed no effect on fluid phase endocytosis, indicating a molecular weight-dependent effect (Supplementary Figure 3B). The molecular weight-dependent inhibition of endocytosis may be due to factors such as steric inhibition of the approach of dextran molecules or a reduction in the transportable volume within the endosome. In any case, it is clear that many low molecular weight glycoproteins inhibit infection by disturbing processes other than endocytosis. Based on the above, we focus on the effect of glycoproteins on the formation of the interface between the virus and the cell membrane.

      (5) The authors approach their system with the goal of generalizing the cell membrane (the cumulative effect of all cell membrane molecules on viral entry), but what about the inverse? How does the nature of the molecule seeking entry affect the interface? For example, a lipid nanoparticle vs a virus with a short virus-cell distance vs a virus with a large virus-cell distance?

      Thank you for your interesting comment. If the molecular size of the ligand is large, it should affect virus adsorption and molecular exclusion from the interface. In lipid nanoparticle applications, controlling this parameter may contribute to efficiency. In addition, a related discussion is the influence of virus shell molecules that are not bound to the receptor. I will revise the text based on the above.

      Discussion (as a new paragraph after the paragraph added in Q1):

      In this study, we attempted to generalize the surface structure on the cell side, but the surface structure on the virus side may also have an effect. The efficiency of virus adsorption and the efficiency of cell membrane protein exclusion from the interface will change depending on the molecular length of the receptor-ligand, although receptor priming also has an effect. In addition, free ligands of the viral envelope or other coexisting glycoproteins may also have an effect as they are also required for exclusion from the virus-cell interface. In fact, there are reports that expression of CD43 and PSGL-1 on the virus surface reduces virus infection efficiency (Murakami et al., 2020). Such interface structure may be one of the factors that determine the infection efficiency that differs depending on the virus strain. More generally, modification of the surface structure may be effective for designing materials such as lipid nanoparticles that construct the interface with cell.

      SPECIFIC QUESTIONS:

      (1) The proposed mechanism indicates that glycosylation status does not produce an effect in the "trapping" of virus, but in later stages of the formation of the virus/membrane interface due to the high energetic costs of displacing highly glycosylated molecules at the vicinity of the virus/membrane interface. It is suggested to present a correlation between the levels of glycans in the Calu-3 cell monolayers and the number of viral particles bound to cell surface at different pulse times. Results may be quantified following the same method as shown in Figure 2 for the correlation between glycosylation levels and viral infection (in this case the resulting output could be number of viral particles bound as a function of glycan content).

      The results of this experiment are now shown as Supplementary Figure 2F and 2G. We compared the amount of virus bound after incubation for 10 minutes or for 3 hours as in the infection experiment, but no negative correlation was found between the total amount of glycans on the surface of the Calu3 monolayer and the amount of virus bound. Interestingly, there was a sight positive correlation was detected, which may be due to concentrated virus receptor expressions in glycan-enriched cells. This result shows that glycoproteins do not strongly inhibit virus binding. We will amend the text as follows (see also Q6).

      (Page 10)

      Glycans could be one of the biochemical substances ……We found that a large number of SARS-CoV2-PP can still bind to cells even when cells expressed sufficient amounts of the glycoprotein that could account for the majority of glycans within these cells and inhibit viral infection (Figure 3A). Similarly, on the two-dimensional culture surface of Calu-3 cells, no negative correlation was observed between the number of viruses bound and the total amount of glycans on the cell surface (Supplementary Figure 2F-G). The slight positive correlation between bound virus and glycans may be due to higher expression levels of viral receptors in glycan-rich cells. ….

      (2) The use of the purified glycosylated and non-glycosylated ectodomains of MUC1 and CD-43 to establish a relationship between glycosylation and protein density into lipid bilayers on silica beads is an elegant approach. An assessment of the impact of glycosylation in the structural conformation of both proteins, for instance determining the Flory radius of the glycosylated and non-glycosylated ectodomains by the FRET-FLIM approach used in Figure 4 would serve to further support the hypothesis of the article.

      Unfortunately, the proposed experiment did not provide a strong enough FRET signal for analysis. This was due in part to the difficulty in constructing a bead-coated bilayer incorporating PlasMem Bright Red, which established a good FRET pair in cell experiments. We also tried other fluorescent molecules, but were unable to obtain a strong and stable FRET signal. Another reason may be that the curvature of the beads is larger than that of the cells, making it difficult to obtain a sufficient cumulative FRET effect from multiple membrane dyes. We plan to improve the experimental system in the future.

      On the other hand, we also found that in this system, the signal changes were very subtle, making it difficult to detect molecular conformational changes using FRET. After reconsidering general questions (2) and (3), we speculated that the molecular density in the experiment, even at saturation binding, was below or at most equivalent to the brush transition point. In other words, proteins on the bead-coated bilayer may not be significantly extended in the vertical direction. Therefore, the conformational changes of these proteins may not be large enough to be detected by the FRET assay. We updated Figure 3C and Figure 5D (model description) to better reflect the above discussion and introduced the following discussion in the manuscript.

      (page11)

      We introduced the framework of conventional polymer brush theory to study the structure of viruscell interfaces containing proteins……. Numerous experimental measurements of the formation of polymer brushes have also been reported (Overney et al., 1996; Wu et al., 2002; Zhao and Brittain, 2000). In these measurements, the transition to a brush typically occurs at a density higher than that required to pack a surface with hemispherical polymers of diameter R<sub>F</sub>. This is the point at which the energy loss due to repulsive forces between adjacent molecules (f<sub>int</sub>) exceeds the energy required to stretch the polymer perpendicularly into a brush (f<sub>el</sub>).

      (page16)

      The molecular structural state of these proteins needs to be further discussed to estimate the contribution of f<sub>el</sub>, which represents resistance to molecular elongation. Our results suggest that these densely packed nonglycosylated molecules are no longer in a free mushroom state. However, their saturation density was several times lower than previously reported brush transition densities, such as 65000 µm<sup>-2</sup> for 17 kDa polyacrylamide (R<sub>F</sub> ~ 15 nm) on a solid surface (Wu et al., 2002). To compare our data on fluid bilayers with previously reported data on solid surfaces, we performed additional experiments with lipid bilayers that lost fluidity. No significant changes in protein binding between fluid and nonfluid bilayers were observed for both b-MUC1 and g-MUC1 molecules (Supplementary Figure 5B). This result suggests that membrane fluidity does not affect the average intermolecular distance or other relevant parameters that control molecular binding in the reconstituted system. Based on these, we speculate that the saturated protein density observed in our experiments is lower than or at most comparable to the actual brush transition density. Thus, although these crowded proteins may be restricted from free random motion, they are not significantly extended as in the condensed brush state, in which the contribution of resistance to molecular extension f<sub>el</sub> is expected to be small relative to the overall free energy of the system.

      Note that this does not mean that glycoproteins cannot form condensed brush structures: in fact, highly glycosylated molecules (e.g., MUC1) can form brush structures in cells when such proteins are expressed at very high densities. (Shurer et al., 2019). In these cells, ………. Such membrane deformation results in the increase of total surface area to reduce the density of glycoproteins, indicating that there is strong intermolecular repulsion between glycoproteins. In any case, the free energy of the system is determined by the balance between protein binding and insertion into the membrane, protein deformation, and repulsive forces between proteins, which determine the density of proteins depending on the configuration of the system. Thus, although strong intermolecular repulsions were prominently observed in our simplified system, this may not be the case in other systems. ……

      (3) The MUC1 glycoprotein is reported to have a dramatic effect in reducing viral infection shown in Fig 1F. On the contrary, in a different experiment shown in Fig2D and Fig2H MUC1 has almost no effect in reducing viral infection. It is not clear how these two findings can be compatible.

      The immunostaining results show that the density of MUC1 molecules is very low in the experimental system in Figure 2 (Figure 2C), which is supported by the SC-RNASeq data (as shown in Supplementary Figure 2A, MUC1 is not listed as a top molecule). In other words, the MUC1 expression level in this experiment is too low to affect virus infection inhibition. On the other hand, the Pearson correlation function represents the strength of the linear relationship between two variables, so it is not the most appropriate indicator for seeing the correlation with the MUC1 expression level, which has little change (Figure 2D, 2F). In fact, even TOS analysis, which can see the correlation by focusing on the cells with the highest expression level, cannot detect the correlation (Figure 2H).Therefore, the MUC1 data in Figure 2DFH will be annotated and corrected in the figure legend.

      Figure2 Legend:

      MUC1 has a small mean expression level and variance, and is more affected by measurement noise than other molecules when calculating the Pearson correlation function (Figure 2C-2F). In addition, the number of cells in which expression can be detected is small, so no significant correlation was detected by TOS analysis (Figure 2H).

      (4) Why is there a shift in the use of the glycan marker? How does this affect the conclusions? For the infection correlation relating protein expression with glycan content the PNA-lectin was used together with flow cytometry. For imaging the infection and correlating with glycan content the SSA-lectin is used.

      For each cell line, we selected the lectin that could be measured over the widest dynamic range. This lectin is thought to recognize the predominant glycan species in the cell line (Fig. S1C, Fig. 2D). In our model, we believe that viral infection inhibition is not specific to the type of sugar, but is highly dependent on the total amount of glycans. If this hypothesis is correct, the reason we used different lectins in each experiment is simply to select the lectin that recognizes the most predominant glycan species that is most convenient for predicting the total amount of glycans in cells. This hypothesis is consistent with our observations, where the total amount of glycans estimated by different lectins could explain the infection inhibition in a similar way in the experiments in Figures 1 and 2, and the TOS analysis in Figure 2 showed that minor glycans also have an infection inhibitory effect. On the other hand, it is of course possible to predict the total amount of glycans more accurately by obtaining as much information on glycans as possible (related to Q5). Based on the above discussion, the manuscript will be revised as follows.

      Page5

      Using HEK293T cell lines exogenously expressing genes of these proteins tagged with fluorescent markers, their glycosylation was measured by binding of a lectin from Arachis hypogaea (PNA), and the number of these proteins in the cells was measured simultaneously. PNA was used for the measurement because it has a wider dynamic range than other lectins (Supplementary Figure 1C). This suggests that GalNAc recognized by PNA is predominantly present on glycans of HEK293T cells, especially on the termini of glycans that are amenable to lectin binding, compared to other saccharides.. …

      page9  

      Our findings suggest that membrane glycoproteins nonspecifically inhibit viral infection, and we hypothesize that their inhibitory function is also nonspecific depending on the type of glycan. Our hypothesis is consistent with the observations in the TOS analysis. Although minor saccharide species in the system (such as GlcNAc and GalNAc recognized by DSA, WGA, or PNA) showed anticolocalization with infection, their scores were much lower than those of major saccharide species. This suggests that all major and minor saccharide species have an infection inhibitory effect, but cells enriched with minor type glycans are only partially present in the system, and the contribution of these cells to virus inhibition is also partial. It is also consistent with the observation that the amount of GalNAc recognized by PNA determines the virus infection inhibition in HEK 293T cells (Figure 1). Therefore, we believe that our assay using a single type of predominantly expressed lectin is still useful for estimating the total glycan content. Nevertheless, the virus infection rate may show a better correlation with a more accurately estimated total glycan in each cell. For example, the use of multiple lectins with appropriate calibration to integrate multiple signals to simultaneously detect a wider range of saccharide species would allow for more accurate estimation. It should be noted that the amount of bound lectin does not necessarily measure the overall glycan composition but likely reflects the sugar population at the free end of the glycan chain to which the lectin binds most.

      (5) The authors in several instances comment on the relevance and importance of the total glycan content. Nevertheless, these conclusions are often drawn when using only one glycan-binding lectin. In fact, the anti-correlation with viral infection is distinct for the various lectins (Fig 2D and Fig 2H). Would it make more sense to use a combination of lectins to get a full glycan spectrum?

      As stated in the answer to Q4, we believe that we were able to detect the infection-suppressing effect of the total glycan amount by using the measurement value of the major component glycan as an approximation. However, as you pointed out, if we could accurately measure the minor glycan components and add up their values, we believe that we could measure the total glycan amount more accurately. In order to measure multiple glycans simultaneously and with high accuracy, some kind of biochemical calibration may be necessary to compare the measurements of lectin-glycan pairs with different binding constants. We believe that these are very useful techniques, and would like to consider them as a future challenge. The corrections listed in Q4 are shown below.

      (Page 9)

      Nevertheless, the virus infection rate may show a better correlation with a more accurately estimated total glycan in each cell. For example, the use of multiple lectins with appropriate calibration to integrate multiple signals to simultaneously detect a wider range of glycans would allow for more accurate estimation. …….

      (6) Fig 3A shows virus binding to HEK cells upon MUC1 expression. Please provide the surface expression of the MUC1 so that the data can be compared to Fig 1F. Nevertheless, it is not clear why the authors used MUC expression as a parameter to assess virus binding. Alternatively, more conclusive data supporting the hypothesis would be the absence of a correlation between total glycan content and virus binding capacity.

      The relationship between the expression level of MUC1 in each cell and the amount of virus binding is shown in Supplementary Figure 3A. There is no correlation between the two. In HEK293T cells, many glycans are modified with MUC1, so MUC1 was used as the indicator for analysis (Supplementary Figure 1C). As you pointed out, it is better to use the amount of glycan as an indicator, so we analyzed the relationship between the amount of bound virus and the amount of glycan on the surface on the Calu-3 monolayer (Supplementary Figure 2F, 2G, introduced in the answer to Specific (Q1)). In any case, no correlation was found between virus binding and surface glycans. I will correct the manuscript as follows.

      (page 9)

      Glycans could be one of the biochemical substances that link the intracellular molecular composition and macroscopic steric forces at the cell surface. To clarify this connection, we further investigated the mechanism by which membrane glycoproteins inhibit viral infection. First, we measured viral binding to cells to determine which step of infection is inhibited. We found that a large number of SARS-CoV2-PP can still bind to cells even when cells expressed sufficient amounts of the glycoprotein that could account for the majority of glycans within these cells and inhibit viral infection (Figure 3A). Similarly, on the two-dimensional culture surface of Calu-3 cells, no correlation was observed between the number of viruses bound and the total amount of glycans on the cell surface (Supplementary Figure 2F-G). These results indicate that glycoproteins do not inhibit virus binding to cells, but rather inhibit the steps required for subsequent virus internalization.

      (7) While the use of the Flory model could provide a simplification for a (disordered) flexible structure such as MUC1, where the number of amino acids equals N in the Flory model, this generalisation will not hold for all the proteins. Because folding will dramatically change the effective polypeptide chain-length and reduce available positioning of the amino acids, something the authors clearly measured (Fig 4G), this generalisation is not correct. In fact, the generalisation does not seem to be required because the authors provide an estimation for the effective Flory radius using their FRET approach

      Current theories generalizing the Flory model to proteins are incomplete, and it is certainly not possible to accurately estimate the size of individual molecules undergoing different folding. However, we found such a generalized model to be useful in understanding the overall properties of membrane proteins. In our experiments, we were indeed able to obtain the R<sub>F</sub>s of some individual molecules by FRET measurements. However, this modeling made it possible to estimate the distribution range of the RFs, including for larger proteins that cannot be measured by FRET. For example, from our results, we can estimate that the upper limit of the RFs of the longest membrane proteins is about 10.5 nm, assuming that the proteins follow the Flory model in all respects except for the shortening of the effective length due to folding. These analyses are useful for physical modeling of nonspecific phenomena, as in our case.

      In order to discuss the balance between such theoretical validity and the convenience of practical handling, we revise the manuscript as follows.

      (page 13) 

      This shift in ν indicates that glycosylation increases the size of the protein at equilibrium, but the change in R<sub>F</sub> is slight, e.g., a 1.3-fold increase for one of the longest ectodomains with N = 4000 when these values of ν are applied. This calculation also gives a rough estimate of the upper limit of the R<sub>F</sub> of the extracellular domains of all membrane proteins in the human genome (approximately 10.5 nm). Physically, this change in ν by glycosylation may be caused by the increased intramolecular exclusion induced sterically between glycan chains. This estimated ν are much smaller than that of 0.6 for polymers in good solvents, possibly due to protein folding or anchoring effects on the membrane. In fact, the ν of an intrinsically disordered protein in solution has been reported to be close to 0.6 (Riback et al., 2019; Tesei et al., 2024). Overall, these analyses using the Flory model provide information on the size distribution of membrane proteins and the influence of glycans, although the model cannot predict the exact size of each protein due to its specific folding.

      MINOR COMMENTS/EDITS:

      (1) In Figures 2A and 2C, as well as Supplemental Figure 2C, the fluorescent images indicate that GFP expression differs among the various groups. Ideally, these should be at the same GFP expression level, as the glycan and antibody staining occurred post-viral infection. For instance, ACE2 is a well-known positive control and should enhance SARS-CoV-2 infection. Yet, based on the findings presented in Supplemental Figure 2C, ACE2 appears to correlate with the lowest infection rate. The relationship between the infection rate and key glycoproteins needs clearer quantification.

      We measured the virus inhibition effect specific to each molecule using a cell line expressing low levels of viral receptors and glycoproteins (Fig. 1). On the other hand, the system in Fig. 2 contains diverse viral receptors and glycoproteins and has not been genetically manipulated. (We apologize that there was a typo in our description of experiment, which will be corrected, as shown below). The variation in infection rate between samples was caused by multiple factors but was not related to the molecule for which the correlation was measured. The receptor-based normalization used in the experiment in Fig. 1 cannot be applied in this system in Fig.2 due to the complexity of the gene expression profile. Therefore, instead of such parameter-based normalization, we applied Pearson correlation and TOS analysis. In the calculation of Pearson correlation, intensities are normalized. TOS analysis allows the analysis of colocalization between the groups with the highest fluorescence intensity. Therefore, in both cases of variation in overall infection rate and variation in the distribution of infected populations, samples with large variations can be reasonably compared by Pearson correlation and TOS analysis, respectively. We extend the discussion on statistics and revise the manuscript as follows.

      (page 8-9)

      To test this hypothesis, we infected a monolayer of epithelial cells endogenously expressing highly heterogeneous populations of glycoproteins with SARS-CoV-2-PP, and measured viral infection from cell to cell visually by microscope imaging. …

      Pearson correlation is effective for comparing samples with varying scales of data because it normalizes the data values by the mean and variance. However, as observed in our experiments, this may not be the case when the distribution of data within a sample varies between samples. In addition, as has already been reported, the distribution of infected cells often deviates significantly from the normal distribution of data that is the premise of Pearson correlation (Russell et al., 2018) (Figure 2B). To further analyze data in such nonlinear situations, we applied the threshold overlap score (TOS) analysis (Figure 2G-H, Supplementary Figure 2E). This is one statistical method for analyzing nonlinear correlations, and is specialized for colocalization analysis in dual color images (Sheng et al., 2016). TOS analysis involves segmentation of the data based on signal intensity, as in other nonlinear statistics (Reshef et al., 2011). The computed TOS matrix indicates whether the number of objects classified in each region is higher or lower than expected for uniformly distributed data, which reflects co-localization or anti-localization in dual-color imaging data. For example, calculated TOS matrices show strong anti-localization for infection and glycosylation when both signals are high (Figure 2GH). This confirms that high infection is very unlikely to occur in cells that express high levels of glycans. The TOS analysis also yielded better anti-localization scores for some of the individual membrane proteins, especially those that are heterogeneously distributed across cells (Figure 2H). This suggests that TOS analysis can highlight the inhibitory function of molecules that are sparsely expressed among cells, reaffirming that high expression of a single type of glycoprotein can create an infection-protective surface in a single cell and that such infection inhibition is not protein-specific. In contrast, for more uniformly distributed proteins such as the viral receptor ACE2, TOS analysis and Pearson correlation showed similar trends, although the two are mathematically different (Figure 2D, 2H). Because glycoprotein expression levels and virus-derived GFP levels were treated symmetrically in these statistical calculations, the same logic can be applied when considering the heterogeneity of infection levels among cells. Therefore, it is expected that TOS analysis can reasonably compare samples with different virus infection level distributions by focusing on cells with high infection levels in all samples.

      (2) For clarity, the authors should consider separating introductory and interpretive remarks from the presentation of results. These seem to get mixed up. The introduction section could be expanded to include more details about glycoproteins, their relevance to viral infection, and explanations of N- and O-glycosylation.

      Following the suggestion, (1) we added an explanation of the relationship between glycoproteins and viral infection, and N-glycosylation and O-glycosylation to the Introduction section, and (2) moved the introductory parts in the Results section to the Introduction section, as follows.

      (1; page3)

      While there are known examples of glycans that function as viral receptors (Thompson et al., 2019), these results demonstrate that a variety of glycoproteins negatively regulate viral infection in a wide range of systems. These glycoprotein groups have no common amino acid sequences or domains. The glycans modified by these proteins include both the N-type, which binds to asparagine, and the O-type, which binds to serine and threonine. Furthermore, there have been no reports of infection-suppressing effects according to the specific monosaccharide type in the glycan. All of these results suggest that bulky membrane glycoproteins nonspecifically inhibit viral infection.

      (2 : Page 4-5)

      To confirm that glycans are a general chemical factor of steric repulsion, an extensive list of glycoproteins on the cell membrane surface would be useful. The wider the range of proteins to be measured, the better. Therefore, we collect information on glycoproteins on the genome and compile them into a list that is easy to use for various purposes. Then, by analyzing sample molecules selected from this list, it may be possible to infer the effect of the entire glycoprotein population on the steric inhibition of virus infection, despite the complexity and diversity of the Glycome (Dworkin et al., 2022; Huang et al., 2021; Moremen et al., 2012; Rademacher et al., 1988). Elucidation of the mechanism of how glycans regulate steric repulsion will also be useful to quantitatively discuss the relationship between steric repulsion and intracellular molecular composition. For this purpose, we apply the theories of polymer physics and interface chemistry.

      Results

      List of membrane glycoproteins in human genome and their inhibitory effect on virus infection

      To test the hypothesis that glycans contribute to steric repulsion at the cell surface, we first generate a list of glycoproteins in the human genome and then measure the glycan content and inhibitory effect on viral infection of test proteins selected from the list (Figure 1A). To compile the list of glycoproteins, we ….

      (3) In the sentence, "glycoproteins expressed lower than CD44 or other membrane proteins including ERBB2 did not exhibit any such correlation, although ERBB2 expressed ~4 folds higher amount than CD44 and shared ~7% among all membrane proteins," it is unclear which protein has a higher expression level: CD44 or ERBB2? Furthermore, the use of the word "although" needs clarification.

      Corrected as follows:

      (page 8)

      ……showed a weak inverse correlation with viral infection; even such a weak correlation was not observed with other proteins, including ERBB2, which is approximately four-fold more highly expressed than CD44

      (4) In Supplementary Figure 5, please provide an explanation of the data in the figure legend, particularly what the green and red signals represent.

      Corrected as follows:

      STORM images of all analyzed cells, expressing designated proteins. The detected spots of SNAPsurface Alexa 647 bound to each membrane protein are shown in red, and the spots of CF568conjugated anti-mouse IgG secondary antibody that recognizes Spike on SARS-CoV2-PP are shown in green. For cells, a pair of two-color composite images and a CF658-only image are shown. Numbers on axes are coordinates in nanometer.

      (5) It would be good to see a comprehensive demonstration of the exact method for estimation of membrane protein density (in the SI), since this is an integral part of many of the analyses in this paper. The method is detailed in the Methods section in text and is generally acceptable, but this methodology can vary quite widely and would be more convincing with calibration data provided.

      We added flow cytometry and fluorometer data for calibration (Supplementary Figure 1L,M) and introduced a sentence explaining the procedure for obtaining the values used for calibration as follows:

      (page 54)

      …….Liposome standards containing fluorescent molecules (0.01– 0.75 mol% perylene (Sigma), 0.1– 1.25 mol% Bodipy FL (Thermo), and 0.005– 0.1% DiD) as well as DOPC (Avanti polar lipids) were measured in flow cytometry (Supplmentary Figure 1L). Meanwhile, by fluorimeter, fluorescence signals of these liposomes and known concentrations of recombinant mTagBFP2, AcGFP and TagRFP-657 proteins and SNAP-Surface 488 and Alexa 647 dyes (New England Biolabs) were measured in the same excitation and emission ranges as in flow cytometry assays (Supplementary Figure 1M). Ratios between the integral of fluorescent intensities in this range between two dyes of interest are used for converting the signals measured in flow cytometry. Additional information needed for calibration is the size difference between liposomes and cells. The average diameter of liposomes is measured to be 130 nm, and the diameter of HEK 293T cells is estimated to be 13 µm (Furlan et al., 2014; Kaizuka et al., 2021b; Ushiyama et al., 2015). From these data, the signal from cells acquired by flow cytometry can be calibrated to molecular surface density. For example, the Alexa 647 signal acquired by flow cytometry can be converted to the signal of the same concentration of DID dye using fluorometer data, but the density of the dye is unknown at this point. This converted DID signal can then be calibrated to the density on liposomes rather than cells using liposome flow cytometry data. Finally, adjusted for the size difference between liposomes and cells, the surface molecular density on cells is determined. By going through one cycle of these procedures, we could obtain calibration unit, such as 1 flow cytometry signal for a cell in the designated illumination and detection setting = 0.0272 mTagBFP2 µm<sup>-2</sup> on cell surface.

      (Figure legend, Supporting Figure 1: )

      … L. Flow cytometry measurements for liposomes containing serially diluted dye-conjugated lipids and fluorescent membrane incorporating molecules (Bodipy-FL, peryelene, and DID) with indicated mol%. Linear fitting shown was used for calibration.  M. Fluorescence emission spectrum for equimolar molecules (50µM for green and far-red channels, and 100µM for blue channel), excited at 405 nm, 488 nm, and 638 nm, respectively. Membrane dyes were measured as incorporated in liposomes. Purified recombinant mTagBFP2 was used.

      (6) Fig 2A: The figure legend should describe the microscopy method for a quick and easy reference.

      Corrected as follows:

      (Figure legend, Figure 2)

      A. Maximum projection of Z-stack images at 1 µm intervals taken with a confocal microscope. SARSCoV2-pp-infected, air-liquid interface (ALI)-cultured Calu-3 cell monolayers were chemically fixed and imaged by binding of Alexa Fluor 647-labeled Neu5AC-specific lectin from Sambucus sieboldiana (SSA) and GFP expression from the infecting virus.

      (7) Fig 2B: what is the color bar supposed to represent? Is it the pixel density per a particular value? Units and additional description are required. In addition, these are "arbitrary units" of fluorescence, but you should tell us if they've been normalized and, if so, how. They must have been normalized, since the values are between 0 and 1, but then why does the scale bar for SSA only go to 0.5?

      The color bar shows the number of pixels for each dot, resulting in the scale for density scatter plot. The scale on the X-axis was incorrect. All these issues have been fixed in this revision, in the figure and in the legend as follows.

      (Figure legend, Figure 2)

      B. Density scatter plot of normalized fluorescence intensities in all pixels in Figure 2A in both GFP and SSA channels. Color indicates the pixel density.  

      (8) Fig 3D has a typo: this should most likely be "grafted polymer."

      (9) Fig 3E has a suspected typo: in the text, the author uses the word "exclusion" instead of "extrusion." The former makes more sense in this context.

      (10) Fig 5A has a typo: "Suppoorted" instead of Supported Lipid Bilayer.

      (11) Fig 7E-F has a suspected typo: Again, this should most likely be the word "exclusion" instead of "extrusion."

      Thank you so much for pointing out these mistakes, I have corrected them all as suggested.

      (12) Which other molecules are referred to, on page 6 (middle), that do not have an inhibitory effect? Please specify.

      We specified the molecules that have inhibitory effects, and revised as follows: 

      These proteins include those previously reported (MUC1, CD43) as well as those not yet reported (CD44, SDC1, CD164, F174B, CD24, PODXL) (Delaveris et al., 2020; Murakami et al., 2020). In contrast, other molecules (VCAM-1, EPHB1, TMEM123, etc.) showed little inhibitory effect on infection within the density range we used.

      (13) Fig 2 B: the color LUT is not labelled nor explained.

      Corrected as described in (7)

      (14) Please provide the scale bars for figures Fig 2A, C, E and Suppl Fig 2C, D.

      Corrected. 

      (15) Please provide the name for the example of a 200 aa protein that is meant to inhibit viral infection but is not bigger than ACE2. Also providing the densities in Fig 3A would help to correlate the data to Fig 1F.

      Corrected as follows: 

      (page 10)

      We found that a large number of SARS-CoV2-PP can still bind to cells even when cells expressed sufficient amounts of the glycoprotein (mean density ~50 µm<sup>-2</sup>) that could account for the majority of glycans within these cells and inhibit viral infection (Figure 3A). …..

      In our measurements, a protein with extracellular domain of ~200 amino acids (e.g. CD164 (138aa)) at a density of ~100 μm-2 showed significant inhibition in viral infection. This molecule is shorter than the receptor ACE2 (722 aa),

      (16) In the experiments conducted in HeK cells expressing the different glycoproteins studies it is mentioned that results of infection were normalised by the amount ACE2 expression. Is the expression of receptor homogenous in the experiments conducted in Figure 2? Clarify in the methods if the expression of receptor has been quantified and somehow used to correct the intensity values of GFP used to determine infection.

      As also explained for Q1, the system in Fig. 2 contains diverse viral receptors and glycoproteins, and the receptor-based normalization used in the experiment in Fig. 1 cannot be applied. Instead, we applied Pearson correlation and TOS analysis. In the calculation of Pearson correlation, intensities are normalized. TOS analysis allows the analysis of colocalization between the groups with the highest fluorescence intensity. Therefore, in both cases of variation in overall infection rate and variation in the distribution of infected populations, samples with large variations can be reasonably compared by Pearson correlation and TOS analysis, respectively. We extend the discussion on statistics and revise the manuscript as follows.

      (page 8-9)

      Pearson correlation is effective for comparing samples with varying scales of data because it normalizes the data values by the mean and variance. However, as observed in our experiments, this may not be the case when the distribution of data within a sample varies between samples. In addition, as has already been reported, the distribution of infected cells often deviates significantly from the normal distribution of data that is the premise of Pearson correlation (Russell et al., 2018) (Figure 2B). To further analyze data in such nonlinear situations, we applied the threshold overlap score (TOS) analysis (Figure 2G-H, Supplementary Figure 2E). This is one statistical method for analyzing nonlinear correlations, and is specialized for colocalization analysis in dual color images (Sheng et al., 2016). TOS analysis involves segmentation of the data based on signal intensity, as in other nonlinear statistics (Reshef et al., 2011). The computed TOS matrix indicates whether the number of objects classified in each region is higher or lower than expected for uniformly distributed data, which reflects co-localization or anti-localization in dual-color imaging data. For example, calculated TOS matrices show strong anti-localization for infection and glycosylation when both signals are high (Figure 2GH). This confirms that high infection is very unlikely to occur in cells that express high levels of glycans. The TOS analysis also yielded better anti-localization scores for some of the individual membrane proteins, especially those that are heterogeneously distributed across cells (Figure 2H). This suggests that TOS analysis can highlight the inhibitory function of molecules that are sparsely expressed among cells, reaffirming that high expression of a single type of glycoprotein can create an infection-protective surface in a single cell and that such infection inhibition is not protein-specific. In contrast, for more uniformly distributed proteins such as the viral receptor ACE2, TOS analysis and Pearson correlation showed similar trends, although the two are mathematically different (Figure 2D, 2H). Because glycoprotein expression levels and virus-derived GFP levels were treated symmetrically in these statistical calculations, the same logic can be applied when considering the heterogeneity of infection levels among cells. Therefore, it is expected that TOS analysis can reasonably compare samples with different virus infection level distributions by focusing on cells with high infection levels in all samples.

      (17) Can you provide additional details about the method of thresholding to eliminate "background" localisations in STORM?

      Method section was corrected as follows: 

      (page 59)

      …Viral protein spots not close to cell membranes were eliminated by thresholding with nearby spot density for cell protein. Specifically, the entire image was pixelated with a 0.5µm square box and all viral protein signals within the box that had no membrane protein signals were removed. Also, viral protein spots only sparsely located were eliminated by thresholding with nearby spot density for viral protein. This thresholding process removed any detected viral protein spot that did not have more than 100 other viral protein spots within 1µm.

      (18) The article says "It was shown that the number of bound lectins correlated with the amount of glycans, not with number of proteins (Figure 1E)". Figure 1E correlates experimental PNA/mol with predicted glycosylation sites, not with the number of expressed proteins. Correct sentence with the right Figure reference.

      As you pointed out, the meaning of this sentence was not clear. We have amended it as follows to clarify our intention:

      (page 8)

      Since a wide range of glycoproteins inhibit viral infection, it is possible that all types of glycoproteins have an additive effect for this function. ……. In this cell line, this inverse correlation was most pronounced when quantifying N-acetylneuraminic acid (Neu5AC, recognized by lectins SSA and MAL) compared to the various types of glycans, while some other glycans also showed weak correlations (Supplementary Figure 2C). These results showed that the amount of virus infection in cell anticorrelated with the amount of total glycans on the cell surface. As amount of glycans is determined by the total population of glycocalyx, infection inhibitory effect can be additive by glycoprotein populations as we hypothesized.

      If the inhibitory effect is nonspecific and additive, the contribution of each protein is likely to be less significant. To confirm this, we also measured the correlation between the density of each glycoprotein and viral infection. CD44, which was shown to…….. Our results demonstrate that total glycan content is a superior indicator than individual glycoprotein expression for assessing infection inhibition effect generated by cell membrane glycocalyx. These results are consistent with our hypothesis regarding the additive nature of the nonspecific inhibitory effects of each glycoprotein.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The authors claim that choroidal neovascular tuft phenotypes are similar in TgfbrR1 KO and TgfbrR2 KO mice. However, the phenotypes look more severe in the TgfbrR1 KO rather than TgfbrR2 KO mice. Can the authors show a quantitative comparison of the number of choroidal neovascular tufts per whole eye cross-section in both genotypes? 

      Thank you for asking about this.  Each VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- and VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retina exhibits multiple zones of choroidal neovascularization.  The examples in Figures 1 and Figure 1 – Figure supplements 1 and 2 are mostly from retinas with loss of TGFBR1, but we could have chosen similar examples from retinas with loss of TGFBR2.  The quantification in the original version of Figure 1- Figure supplement 1 panel C had a labeling error.  It actually showed the quantification choroidal neovascularization (CNV) in the sum of both VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- and VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retinas, not only in VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- retinas as originally labeled.  The point that it made is that CNV is seen with loss of TGF-beta signaling but not in control retinas or retinas with loss of Norrin signaling.  We have now updated that plot by separating the data points for VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- and VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retinas, so that they can be compared to each other.   The result shows ~2.5-fold more CNV in VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retinas compared to VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/-.  We think it likely that a more extensive sampling would show little or no difference between these two genotypes – but the data is what it is. This is now described in the Results section. 

      We have also added a panel D to Figure 1- Figure supplement 1, which shows a retina flatmount analysis of CNV.  This is done by mounting the retina with the photoreceptor side up so that the outer retina can be optimally imaged. 

      (2) In the analysis of Sulfo-NHS-Biotin leakage in the retina to assess blood-retina barrier maturation. The authors claim that there is increased vascular leakage in the TgfbR1 KO mice. However, it does not seem like Sulfo-NHS-biotin is leaking outside the vessels. Therefore, it cannot be increased vascular permeability. Can the authors provide a detailed quantification of the leakage phenotype? 

      Thank you for raising this point.  Your comment prompted us to look at this question in greater depth with more experiments.  We have expanded Figure 2 to show and quantify a comparison between control (i.e. phenotypically WT), NdpKO, and TGFBR1 endothelial KO and we have expanded the associated part of the Results section (Figure 2C and D).  In a nutshell, control retinas show little Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in or around the vasculature or in the parenchyma; NdpKO retinas show Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vasculature and in the parenchyma (i.e., the area between the vessels); and VEcadCreER;Tgfbr1CKO/- retinas show Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vascular tufts with minimal accumulation in the non-tuft vasculature and minimal leakage into the parenchyma.   The conclusion is that the bulk of the retinal vasculature in TGFBR1 endothelial KO mice is minimally or not at all leaky – very different from the situation with loss of Norrin/Frizzled4 signaling.

      (3) The immune cell phenotyping by snRNAseq is premature, as the number of cells is very small. The authors should sort for CD45+ cells and perform single-cell RNA sequencing. 

      Thank you for raising this point.  For the revised manuscript, we have performed additional snRNAseq analyses using the same tissue processing protocol as for our original snRNAseq data.  We have opted to homogenize the tissue and prepare nuclei (our original method) rather than dissociate the tissue and FACS sorting for CD45+ cells because the nuclear isolation approach is unbiased – we assume that nuclei from all cell types are present after tissue homogenization.  By contrast, we cannot be certain that CD45 FACS will capture the full range of immune cells since some cells may not express CD45, may express CD45 at low level, or may be tightly adherent to other cells, such as vascular endothelial cell.  Additionally, by following the original protocol, we can combine the original snRNAseq dataset and the new snRNAseq dataset.  In the revised manuscript we present the snRNAseq data from the combination of the original and the more recent snRNAseq datasets (revised Figure 4; N=628 immune cell nuclei).  The new analysis comes to the same conclusions as the original analysis: the immune cell infiltrate in the mutant retinas is composed of a wide variety of immune cells.

      (4) The analysis of BBB leakage phenotype in TgfbR1 KO mice needs to be more detailed and include tracers as well as serum IgG leakage. 

      As described in our response to query 2, we have conducted additional experiments to look at vascular leakage in control, VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/-, and NdpKO retinas.  We have also looked at Sulfo-NHS-biotin leakage in the VE-cadCreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- brain, and it is indistinguishable from WT controls.  Since Sulfo-NHS-biotin is a low MW tracer (<1,000 kDa), this implies that loss of TGF-beta signaling does not increase non-specific diffusion of either low or high MW molecules.  Therefore, the elevated levels of IgG in the brain parenchyma in young VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- mice (Figure 8A) likely represents specific transport of IgG across the BBB.  Such transport is known to occur via Fc receptors expressed on vascular endothelial cells, although it is normally greater in the brain-to-blood direction than in the blood-to-brain direction.  For example, see Lafrance-Vanasse et al (2025) Leveraging neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) to enhance antibody transport across the blood brain barrier.  Nat Commun. 16:4143.  This is now described in greater detail in the Results section.

      (5) A previous study (Zarkada et al., 2021, Developmental Cell) showed that EC-deletion of Alk5 affects the D tip cells. The phenotypes of those mice look very similar to those shown for TgfbrR1 KO mice. Are D-tip cells lost in these mutants by snRNAseq? 

      Please note: Alk5 is another name for TGFBR1.  This is noted in the second sentence of paragraph 4 of the Introduction.  The reviewer is correct: there are a lot of similarities because these are exactly the same KO mice.  Also, Zarkada and we used the same VEcadCreER to recombine the CKO allele.  The proposed snRNAseq analysis would serve as an independent check on the diving (D) tip vs stalk cell analyses published in Zarkada et al (2021) Specialized endothelial tip cells guide neuroretina vascularization and blood-retina-barrier formation. Dev Cell 56:2237-2251.  We have not gone in this direction because the question of tip vs. stalk cells and of subtypes of tip cells in WT vs. mutant retinas is beyond our focus on choroidal neovascularization and the role of immune cells and vascular inflammation.  The proposed snRNAseq analysis would also require a major effort since tip cells are rare and must be harvested from large numbers of early postnatal retinas followed by FACS enrichment for vascular endothelial cells.  Finally, we have no reason to doubt the results of Zarkada et al.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary:

      The authors meticulously characterized EC-specific Tgfbr1, Tgfbr2, or double knockout in the retina, demonstrating through convincing immunostaining data that loss of TGF-β signaling disrupts retinal angiogenesis and choroidal neovascularization. Compared to other genetic models (Fzd4 KO, Ndp KO, VEGF KO), the Tgfbr1/2 KO retina exhibits the most severe immune cell infiltration. The authors proposed that TGF-β signaling loss triggers vascular inflammation, attracting immune cells - a phenotype specific to CNS vasculature, as non-CNS organs remain unaffected. 

      Strengths: 

      The immunostaining results presented are clear and robust. The authors performed well-controlled analyses against relevant mouse models. snRNA-seq corroborates immune cell leakage in the retina and vascular inflammation in the brain. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The causal link between TGF-β loss, vascular inflammation, and immune infiltration remains unresolved. The authors' model posits that EC-specific TGF-β loss directly causes inflammation, which recruits immune cells. However, an alternative explanation is plausible: Tgfbr1/2 KO-induced developmental defects (e.g., leaky vessels) permit immune extravasation, subsequently triggering inflammation. The observations that vein-specific upregulation of ICAM1 staining and the lack of immune infiltration phenotypes in the non-CNS tissues support the alternative model. Late-stage induction of Tgfbr1/2 KO (avoiding developmental confounders) could clarify TGF-β's role in retinal angiogenesis versus anti-inflammation. 

      Thank you for raising this point.  Your comment prompted us to look at this question in greater depth with more experiments.  We have expanded Figure 2 to show and quantify a comparison between control (i.e. phenotypically WT), NdpKO, and TGFBR1 endothelial KO and we have expanded the associated part of the Results section (Figure 2C and D).  In a nutshell, control retinas show little Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in or around the vasculature or in the parenchyma; NdpKO retinas show Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vasculature and in the parenchyma (i.e., the area between the vessels); and VEcadCreER;Tgfbr1CKO/- retinas show Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vascular tufts with minimal accumulation in the non-tuft vasculature and minimal leakage into the parenchyma.   The conclusion is that the bulk of the retinal vasculature in TGFBR1 endothelial KO mice is minimally or not at all leaky – very different from the situation with loss of Norrin/Frizzled4 signaling.

      In the revised manuscript, we have expanded the Discussion section to address the two alternative hypotheses raised by the reviewer.  Here are the relevant data in a nutshell: (1) vascular leakage into the parenchyma, as measured with sulfo-NHSbiotin, in TGFBR1 endothelial CKO retinas is far less than in NdpKO retinas, where nearly all ECs convert to a fenestration+ (PLVAP+) phenotype and there is leakage of sulfo-NHS-biotin, (2) ICAM1 in ECs in TGFBR1 endothelial CKO retinas increases several-fold more than in NdpKO or Frizzled4KO retinas, (3) TGFBR1 endothelial CKO retinas have more infiltrating immune cells than NdpKO or Frizzled4KO retinas, and (4) in TGFBR1 endothelial CKO retinas large numbers of immune cells are observed within and adjacent to blood vessels.  We think that the simplest explanation for these data is that loss of TGFbeta signaling in ECs causes an endothelial inflammatory state with enhanced immune cell extravasation.  That said, the case for this model is not water-tight, and there could be less direct mechanisms at play.  In particular, this model does not explain why the inflammatory phenotype is limited to CNS (and especially retinal) vasculature.

      Regarding the last sentence of the reviewer’s comment (“Late stage induction…”), we have tried activating CreER recombination at different ages and we observe a large reduction in the inflammatory phenotype when recombination is initiated after vascular development is complete.   This observation suggests that the vascular developmental/anatomic defect – and perhaps the resulting retinal hypoxia response – is required for the inflammatory phenotype.  In the revised manuscript we have expanded the Results and Discussion sections to describe this observation.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Suggestions for experiments: 

      (1) The authors need to show a quantitative comparison of the number of choroidal neovascular tufts per whole eye crosssection in both genotypes (TgfbR1 and TgfbR2 KO mice). 

      Thank you for raising this point.  The quantification in the original version of Figure 1- Figure supplement 1 panel C was mis-labeled.  It quantifies choroidal neovascularization (CNV) in both VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- and VE-cadCreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retinas, not VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- retinas only as originally labeled.  The point it makes is that CNV is seen with loss of TGF-beta signaling but not in control retinas or retinas with loss of Norrin signaling.  We have now corrected that plot by separating the data points for VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- and VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retinas, so that they can be compared to each other.   The result shows ~2.5-fold more CNV in VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR2 CKO/- retinas compared to VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/-.  This is now described in the Results section. 

      (2) In the analysis of Sulfo-NHS-Biotin leakage in the retina to assess blood-retina barrier maturation. The authors should provide a detailed quantification of the leakage phenotype outside the vessels into the CNS parenchyma, both in the retina and brain, in TgfbR1 KO mice. 

      Thank you for raising this point.  There is no detectable Sulfo-NHS-biotin leakage into the brain parenchyma in VE-cadCreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- mice.  We have expanded Figure 2 to show and quantify the data for retinal vascular leakage (Figure 2C and D).  The data show that in VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- mice there is accumulation of Sulfo-NHS-biotin in the vascular tufts but minimal accumulation elsewhere in the retinal vasculature and minimal leakage of Sulfo-NHS-biotin into the retinal parenchyma.

      (3) The immune cell phenotyping by snRNAseq is premature, as the number of cells is very small. The authors should sort for CD45+ cells and perform single-cell RNA sequencing to ascertain these preliminary data. 

      Thank you for raising this point.  We have performed additional snRNAseq analyses using the same tissue processing protocol as for our original snRNAseq data to increase the numbers of cells.  We have opted to homogenize the tissue and prepare nuclei (our original method) rather than dissociating the cells and FACS sorting for CD45+ cells because the nuclear isolation approach is unbiased – we assume that nuclei from all cell types are present.  By contrast, we cannot be certain that CD45 FACS will capture the full range of immune cells, since some cells may not express CD45, may express CD45 at low level, or may be tightly adherent to other cells, such as vascular endothelial cell.  Additionally, by following the original protocol, we can combine the original snRNAseq dataset of and the new snRNAseq dataset.  In the revised manuscript we present the snRNAseq data from the combination of the original and the more recent snRNAseq datasets (revised Figure 4; N=628 immune cell nuclei).  The new analysis comes to the same conclusion as in the original submission, namely that the immune cell infiltrate in the mutant retinas is composed of a wide variety of immune cells.  The Results section has been expanded to describe this new data and analysis.    

      (4) The analysis of BBB leakage phenotype in TgfbR1 KO mice needs to be more detailed and include tracers as well as serum IgG leakage. 

      Sulfo-NHS biotin leakage in the VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- brain is minimal, and it is indistinguishable from WT controls.  Since Sulfo-NHS biotin is a low MW tracer (<1,000 kDa), this implies that loss of TGF-beta signaling does not increase non-specific diffusion of either low or high MW molecules.  Therefore, the elevated levels of IgG in the brain parenchyma in young VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- mice (Figure 8A) likely represents specific transport of IgG across the BBB.  Such transport is known to occur via Fc receptors expressed on vascular endothelial cells, although it is normally greater in the brain-to-blood direction than in the blood-to-brain direction.  For example, see Lafrance-Vanasse et al (2025) Leveraging neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) to enhance antibody transport across the blood brain barrier.  Nat Commun. 16:4143.  This is now described in greater detail in the Results section.

      (5) The authors should perform a more detailed RNAseq analysis of tip and stack (stalk) cells in TgfbrR1 KO mice to determine whether D tip cells are lost in these mutants by snRNAseq. 

      The proposed snRNAseq analysis would serve as an independent check on the diving (D) tip vs stalk cell analyses published by Zarkada et al, who analyzed the same VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- mutant mice, although they refer to the TGFBR1 gene by its alternate name ALK5 [Zarkada et al (2021) Specialized endothelial tip cells guide neuroretina vascularization and blood-retina-barrier formation. Dev Cell 56:2237-2251].  We have not gone in this direction because the question of tip vs. stalk cells and of subtypes of tip cells in WT vs. mutant retinas is beyond our focus on choroidal neovascularization and the role of immune cells and vascular inflammation.  The proposed snRNAseq analysis would also require a major effort since tip cells are rare and must be harvested from large numbers of early postnatal retinas followed by FACS enrichment for vascular endothelial cells.

      Suggestions for improving the manuscript:  

      (6) The statement that ECs acquire properties of immune cells (Page 2, Line 90) is incorrect. Endothelial cells may acquire characteristics of antigen presenting cells. 

      Thank you for that correction.  Based on the review from Amersfoort et al (2022) (Amersfoort J, Eelen G, Carmeliet P. (2022) Immunomodulation by endothelial cells - partnering up with the immune system? Nat Rev Immunol 22:576-588) and the articles cited in it, we have changed the sentence to “Although vascular endothelial cells (ECs) are not generally considered to be part of the immune system, in some locations and under some conditions they acquire properties characteristic of immune cells, including secretion of cytokines, surface display of co-stimulatory or co-inhibitory receptors, and antigen presentation in association with MHC class II proteins (Pober and Sessa, 2014; Amersfoort et al., 2022).”  

      (7) The statement in Page 3, Line 100-101 [In CNS ECs, quiescence is maintained in part by the actions of astrocyte-derived Sonic Hedgehog, with the result that few immune cells other than resident microglia are found within the CNS (Alvarez et al., 2011).] is incomplete. Wnt signaling also suppresses the expression of leukocyte adhesion molecules from endothelial cells and therefore helps with immune cell quiescence. 

      Thank you for raising that point.  We have expanded that sentence to include Wnt signaling in CNS endothelial cells, as described in the following reference: Lengfeld JE, Lutz SE, Smith JR, Diaconu C, Scott C, Kofman SB, Choi C, Walsh CM, Raine CS, Agalliu I, Agalliu D. (2017) Endothelial Wnt/beta-catenin signaling reduces immune cell infiltration in multiple sclerosis. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 114:E1168-E1177.

      (8) It may be beneficial for the reader to separate the results of the vascular phenotypes related to choroidal neovascularization compared to retinal vascular development. 

      Thank you for this suggestion.  The two topics are partly overlapping: choroidal neovascularization is described in Figure 1, and retinal development is described in Figures 1 and 2.  The challenge is that some of same images illustrate both phenotypes as in Figure 1, so the topics cannot be easily separated.

      (9) In addition to comparing the phenotypes in Tgfb signaling mutant mice with Wnt signaling and VEGF-A signaling mutants, the authors should compare and contrast their data with those found in Alk5 KO mice, as there are a lot of similarities. 

      The reviewer has alerted us to a nomenclature challenge which we will try to resolve in the introduction: Alk5 is just another name for TGFBR1.  The reviewer is correct: there are a lot of similarities between the present study and that of Zarkada et al (2021) because both use the same TGFBR1(=Alk5) CKO mice.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Figure 2 

      For 2B, the authors should clarify whether the two regions shown in the Tgfbr1 KO retina (P14) represent central vs. peripheral areas, as phenotype severity varies. 

      For 2C, does the uneven biotin accumulation reflect developmental gradients (e.g., central-peripheral maturation timing)? 

      Thank you for raising these points.  Regarding Figure 2B, these images are all from the mid-peripheral retina, where the phenotype is moderately severe.  This is now noted in the figure legend.

      Regarding Figure 2C, the reviewer is correct that the pattern of Sulfo-NHS-biotin is uneven in VEcadCreER;Tgfbr1CKO/- retinas – it accumulates only in the tufts.  We have expanded Figure 2C to show a comparison between control (i.e.

      phenotypically WT), NdpKO, and TGFBR1 endothelial KO retinas, and we have expanded the associated part of the Results section.  In a nutshell, control retinas show little Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vasculature or in the parenchyma; NdpKO retinas show Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vasculature and in the parenchyma (i.e., the area between the vessels); and VEcadCreER;Tgfbr1CKO/- retinas show Sulfo-NHS-biotin accumulation in the vascular tufts with minimal accumulation in the non-tuft vasculature and minimal leakage into the parenchyma.   The conclusion is that the bulk of the retinal vasculature in TGFBR1 endothelial KO mice is not leaky – very different from the situation with loss of Norrin/Frizzled4 signaling.

      Figure 6 

      The claim that PECAM1+ rings on veins reflect EC-immune cell binding is uncertain, as PECAM1 is also known to be expressed by immune cells. The complete correlation of PECAM1 and CD45 staining signals suggests that a subset of immune cells upregulates PECAM1. The VEcadCreER;Tgfbr1 flox/-; SUN1:GFP reporter would be helpful to delineate ECimmune cell proximity. Super-resolution imaging with Z-stacks could also resolve spatial relationships (luminal vs. abluminal immune cell adhesion). 

      Thank you for this comment.  The reviewer is correct that, at the resolution of these images, we cannot determine whether the PECAM1 immunostaining signal is derived from ECs, from leukocytes, or from both.  This is now stated in the Results section.  The PECAM1-rich endothelial ring structure associated with leukocyte extravasation has been characterized in various publications, for example in (1) Carman CV, Springer TA. (2004) A transmigratory cup in leukocyte diapedesis both through individual vascular endothelial cells and between them. J Cell Biol 167:377-388 and (2) Mamdouh Z, Mikhailov A, Muller WA. (2009) Transcellular migration of leukocytes is mediated by the endothelial lateral border recycling compartment. J Exp Med 206:2795-2808.  The ring structures visualized in Figure 6D by PECAM1 immunostaining conform to the ring structures described in these and other papers.  In showing these structures, our point is simply that they likely represent sites of leukocyte extravasation.  This is now clarified in the text.  We have also added some additional references on leukocyte extravasation and the ring structures.

      Figure 7 

      A time-course analysis of ICAM1 would strengthen the mechanistic model. Does ICAM1 upregulation precede immune infiltration (supporting inflammation as the primary defect)? Given that immune cells appear by P14 (per snRNA-seq), is ICAM1 elevated earlier? 

      This is an interesting idea, but based on what is known about leukocyte adhesion and extravasation we predict that there will not be a clean temporal separation between ICAM1 induction and leukocyte adhesion/infiltration.  That is, if the proinflammatory state causes an increase in the number of leukocytes, then as ICAM1 levels increase, leukocyte adhesion would also increase.  Similarly, if the presence of leukocytes increases the pro-inflammatory state, then as the number of leukocytes increases, the levels of ICAM1 would be predicted to increase.  Thus, we think that a time course analysis is unlikely to provide a definitive conclusion.

      Figure 8-SF1 

      In brain slices, a transient pan-IgG accumulation suggests a self-resolving defect in the BBB. However, this BBB impairment appears to be spatiotemporally distinct from ICAM1 upregulation. ICAM1 staining is restricted to the lesion site, aligning with immune cell-driven inflammation. 

      Thank you for raising these points.  The reviewer is correct that these observations don’t fit together in a clear way.  There does not appear to be a general increase in brain vascular permeability in VE-cad-CreER;TGFBR1 CKO/- mice, as shown by sulfo-NHS-biotin.  However, there is a large and transient increase in IgG in the brain parenchyma, suggestive of a general vascular alteration, and – as the reviewer correctly notes – it is not accompanied by a generalized increase in ICAM1 vascular immunostaining.  At this point, we don’t have any real insight into the mechanistic basis of the transient IgG increase.

      Thank you for handling this manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates whether individuals can learn to adopt egalitarian norms that incur a personal monetary cost, such as rejecting offers that benefit them more than the giver (advantageous inequitable offers). While these behaviors are uncommon, two experiments aim to demonstrate that individuals can learn to reject such offers by observing a "teacher" who follows these norms. The authors use computational modelling to argue that learners adopt these norms through a sophisticated process, inferring the latent structure of the teacher's preferences, akin to theory of mind.

      Strengths:

      This paper is well-written and tackles an important topic relevant to social norms, morality, and justice. The findings are promising (though further control conditions are necessary to support the conclusions). The study is well-situated in the literature, with a clever experimental design and a computational approach that may offer insights into latent cognitive processes. In the revision, the authors clarified some questions related to the initial submission.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these strengths, I remain unconvinced that the current evidence supports the paper's central claims. Below, I outline several issues that, in my view, limit the strength of the conclusions.

      (1) Experimental Design and Missing Control Condition:

      The authors set out to test whether observing a "teacher" who is averse to advantageous inequity (Adv-I) will affect observers' own rejection of Adv-I offers. However, I think the design of the task lacks an important control condition needed to address this question. At present, participants are assigned to one of two teachers: DIS or DIS+ADV. Behavioral differences between these groups can only reveal relative differences in influence; they cannot establish whether (and how) either teacher independently affects participants' own behavior. For example, a significant difference between conditions can emerge even if participants are only affected by the DIS teacher and are not affected at all by the DIS+ADV teacher. What is crucially missing here is a no-teacher control condition, which can then be compared with each teacher condition separately. This control condition would also control for pure temporal effects unrelated to teacher influence (e.g., increasing Adv-I rejections due to guilt build-up).

      While this criticism applies to both experiments, it is especially apparent in Experiment 2. As shown in Figure 4, the interaction for 10:90 offers reflects a decrease in rejection rates following the DIS teacher, with no significant change following the DIS+ADV teacher. Ignoring temporal effects, this pattern suggests that participants may be learning NOT to reject from the DIS teacher, rather than learning to reject from the DIS+ADV teacher. On this basis, I do not see convincing evidence that participants' own choices were shaped by observing Adv-I rejections.

      In the Discussion, the authors write that "We found that participants' own Adv-I-averse preferences shifted towards the preferences of the Teacher they just observed, and the strength of these contagion effects related to the degree of behavior change participants exhibited on behalf of the Teachers, suggesting that they internalized, at least somewhat, these inequity preferences." However, there is no evidence that directly links the degree of behaviour change (on the teacher's behalf) to contagion effects (own behavioural change). I think there was a relevant analysis in the original version, but it was removed from the current version.

      (2) Modelling Efforts: The modelling approach is underdeveloped. The identification of the "best model" lacks transparency, as no model-recovery results are provided. Additionally, behavioural fits for the losing models are not shown, leaving readers in the dark about where these models fail. Readers would benefit from seeing qualitative/behavioural patterns that favour the winning model. Moreover, the reinforcement learning (RL) models used are overly simplistic, treating actions as independent when they are likely inversely related. For example, the feedback that the teacher would have rejected an offer provides evidence that rejection is "correct" but also that acceptance is "an error," and the latter is not incorporated into the modelling. In other words, offers are modelled as two-armed bandits (where separate values are learned for reject and accept actions), but the situation is effectively a one-armed bandit (if one action is correct, the other is mistaken). It is unclear to what extent this limitation affects the current RL formulations. Can the authors justify/explain their reasoning for including these specific variants? The manuscript only states Q-values for reject actions, but what are the Q-values for accept actions? This is unclear.

      In Experiment 2, only the preferred model is capable of generalization, so it is perhaps unsurprising that this model "wins." However, this does not strongly support the proposed learning mechanism, lacking a comparison with simpler generalizing mechanisms (see following comments).

      (3) Conceptual Leap in Modelling Interpretation: The distinction between simple RL models and preference-inference models seems to hinge on the ability to generalize learning from one offer to another. Whereas in the RL models, learning occurs independently for each offer (hence no cross-offer generalization), preference inference allows for generalization between different offers. However, the paper does not explore "model-free" RL models that allow generalization based on the similarity of features of the offers (e.g., payment for the receiver, payment for the offer-giver, who benefits more). Such models are more parsimonious and could explain the results without invoking a theory of mind or any modelling of the teacher. In such model versions, a learner acquires a functional form that allows prediction of the teacher's feedback based on offer features (e.g., linear or quadratic weighting). Because feedback for an offer modulates the parameters of this function (feature weights), generalization occurs without necessarily evoking any sophisticated model of the other person. This leaves open the possibility that RL models could perform just as well or even outperform the preference learning model, casting doubt on the authors' conclusions.

      Of note: even the behaviourists knew that when Little Albert was taught to fear rats, this fear generalized to rabbits. This could occur simply because rabbits are somewhat similar to rats. But this doesn't mean Little Albert had a sophisticated model of animals that he used to infer how they behave.

      In their rebuttal letter, the authors acknowledge these possibilities, but the manuscript still does not explore or address alternative mechanisms.

      (4) Limitations of the Preference-Inference Model: The preference-inference model struggles to capture key aspects of the data, such as the increase in rejection rates for 70:30 DI offers during the learning phase (e.g., Fig. 3A, AI+DI blue group). This is puzzling. Thinking about this, I realized the model makes quite strong, unintuitive predictions which are not examined. For example, if a subject begins the learning phase rejecting the 70:30 offer more than 50% of the time (meaning the starting guilt parameter is higher than 1.5), then, over learning, the tendency to reject will decrease to below 50% (the guilt parameter will be pulled down below 1.5). This is despite the fact that the teacher rejects 75% of the offers. In other words, as learning continues, learners will diverge from the teacher. On the other hand, if a participant begins learning by tending to accept this offer (guilt < 1.5), then during learning, they can increase their rejection rate but never above 50%. Thus, one can never fully converge on the teacher. I think this relates to the model's failure in accounting for the pattern mentioned above. I wonder if individuals actually abide by these strict predictions. In any case, these issues raise questions about the validity of the model as a representation of how individuals learn to align with a teacher's preferences (given that the model doesn't really allow for such an alignment).

      In their rebuttal letter, the authors acknowledged these anomalies and stated that they were able to build a better model (where anomalies are mitigated, though not fully eliminated). But they still report the current model and do not develop/discuss alternatives. A more principled model may be a Bayesian model where participants learn a belief distribution (rather than point estimates) regarding the teacher's parameters.

      (5) Statistical Analysis: The authors state in their rebuttal letter that they used the most flexible random effect structure in mixed-effects models. But this seems not to be the case in the model reported in Table SI3 (the very same model was used for other analyses too). Indeed, here it seems only intercepts are random effects. This left me confused about which models were used.

    1. 10:55 "wir holen Sozialhilfeempfänger ins Land, Bürgergeldempfänger, und das führt dann dazu, dass die Belastung steigt."<br /> das führt letztendlich zur kompletten abschaffung vom sozialstaat, weil irgendwann ist einfach kein geld mehr da, und die zentralbank gibt auch keine kredite mehr... und spätestens dann startet der bürgerkrieg in deutschland (und europa), und der rest der welt denkt sich nur "go woke, go broke!!" und das leben geht weiter, ausser in europa, da gehen die lichter aus. game over! multikulti-experiment gescheitert!

    1. Ce document sert de support pour l’Unité d’Enseignement intitulé « Automatique Continue » du master 2 de Mécanique de l’Université Paris-Saclay parcours FESup (Formation à l’Enseignement Supérieur en Mécanique)

      ca a l'air cool ce cours !

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Wang, Junxiu et al. investigated the underlying molecular mechanisms of the insecticidal activity of betulin against the peach aphid, Myzus persicae. There are two important findings described in this manuscript: (a) betulin inhibits the gene expression of GABA receptor in the aphid, and (b) betulin binds to the GABA receptor protein, acting as an inhibitor. The first finding is supported by RNA-Seq and RNAi, and the second one is convinced with MST and electrophysiological assays. Further investigations on the betulin binding site on the receptor protein provided a fundamental discovery that T228 is the key amino acid residue for its affinity, thereby acting as an inhibitor, backed up by site-directed mutagenesis of the heterologously-expressed receptor in E. coli and by CRISPR-genome editing in Drosophila.

      Although the manuscript does have strengths in principle, the weaknesses do exist: the manuscript would benefit from more comprehensive analyses to fully support its key claims in the manuscript. In particular:

      (1) The Western blotting results in Figure 5A & B appear to support the claim that betulin inhibits GABR gene expression (L26), as a decrease in target protein levels is often indicative of suppressed gene expression. The result description for Figure 5A & B is found in L312-L316, within Section 3.6 ("Responses of MpGABR to betulin"), where MST and voltage-clamp assays are also presented. It seems the observed decrease in MpGABR protein content is due to gene downregulation, rather than a direct receptor protein-betulin interaction. However, this interpretation lacks discussion or analysis in either the corresponding results section or the Discussion. In contrast, Figures 5C-F are specifically designed to illustrate protein-betulin interactions. Presenting Figure 5A & B alongside these panels might lead to confusion, as they support distinct claims (gene expression vs. protein binding/inhibition). Therefore, I recommend moving Figure 5A & B either to the end of Figure 3 or to a separate figure altogether to improve clarity and logical flow. A minor point in the Western blotting experiment is that although GAPDH was used as a reference protein, there is no explanation in the corresponding M&M section.

      We thank the reviewer for the concise and accurate summary and appreciate the constructive feedback on the article’s strengths and weaknesses.

      (A) According to your suggestion, the original Figure 5A and B have been inserted into Figure 3, following Figure 3D. The original Figure 3E-I has been saved as a new figure, to illustrate the RNAi assay.

      (b) “GAPDH was used as a reference protein” has been supplied in the M&M section, see

      Line 209.

      (2) The description of the electrophysiological recording experiment is unclear regarding the use of GABA. I didn't realize that GABA, the true ligand of the GABA receptor, was used in this inhibition experiment until I reached the Results section (L321), which states, "In the presence of only GABA, a fast inward current was generated." Crucially, no details are provided on the experiment itself, including how GABA was applied (e.g., concentration, duration, whether GABA was treated, followed by betulin, or vice versa). This information is essential for reproducibility. Please ensure these details are thoroughly described in the corresponding M&M section.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comments.

      (a) Detailed information on how to apply GABA has been added to the corresponding M&M section (Lines 260-263): After 3 days of incubation, the oocytes were used for electrophysiological recording. GABA was dissolved in 1 × Ringer's solution to prepare 100 µM GABA solution. Subsequently, the 100 µM GABA solutions containing different concentrations of betulin (0, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320 µM) were used to perfuse the oocytes.

      (b) Additionally, we also checked other contents of M&M section to ensure that sufficient detail has been supplied.

      (3) The phylogenetic analysis, particularly concerning Figures 4 and 6B, needs significant attention for clarity and representativeness. First, your claim that MpGABR is only closely related to CAI6365831.1 (L305-L310) is inconsistent with the provided phylogenetic tree, which shows MpGABR as equally close to Metopolophium dirhodum (XP_060864885.1) and Acyrthosiphon pisum (XP_008183008.2). Therefore, singling out only Macrosiphum euphorbiae (CAI6365831.1) is not supported by the data. Second, the representation of various insect orders is insufficient. All 11 sequences in the Hemiptera category (in both Figure 4 and Figure 6B) are exclusively from the Aphididae family. This small subset cannot represent the highly diverse Order Hemiptera. Consequently, statements like "only THR228 was conserved in Hemiptera" (L338), "The results of the sequence alignment revealed that only THR228 was conserved in Hemiptera" (L430), or "THR228... is highly conserved in Hemiptera" (L486) are not adequately supported. Third, similar concerns apply to the Diptera order, which includes 10 Drosophila and 2 mosquito samples (not diverse or representative enough), and likely to other orders as well. Thereby, the Figure 6B alignment should be revised accordingly to reflect a more accurate representation or to clarify the scope of the analysis. Fourth, there's a discrepancy in the phylogenetic method used: the M&M section (L156) states that MEGA7, ClustalW, and the neighbor-joining method were used, while the Figure 4 caption mentions that MEGA X, MUSCLE, and the Maximum likelihood method were employed. This inconsistency needs to be clarified and made consistent throughout the manuscript. Fifth, I have significant concerns about the phylogenetic tree itself (Figure 4). A small glitch was observed at the Danaus plexippus node, which raises suspicion regarding potential manipulation after tree construction. More critically, the tree, especially within Coleoptera, does not appear to be clearly resolved. I am highly concerned about whether all included sequences are true GABR orthologs or if the dataset includes partial or related sequences that could distort the phylogeny. Finally, for Figure 6B, both protein (XP_) and nucleotide (XM_) sequences were mix used. I recommend using the protein sequences instead of nucleotide sequences in this figure panel, as protein sequences are more directly informative.

      We thank the reviewer for the careful reading and valuable comments.

      (a) Firstly, according to your comments, phylogenetic analysis has been re-performed with more represent species from each Order (Fig. 5 and Fig. 7B). The results revealed that only THR228 was conserved across 11 species in the Aphididae family of Hemiptera. Therefore, the expressions like "only THR228 was conserved in Hemiptera" have been revised to “among the four residues, only THR228 was conserved across 11 species in the Aphididae family of Hemiptera” (Line 106, Line 369, Line 477, and Lines 563-564).

      (b) We have modified the description of Fig. 5 (the original Fig. 4): MpGABR  (XP_022173711.1) was found to be genetically closely related to CAI6365831.1 from Macrosiphum euphorbiae, XP 008183008.2 from Acyrthosiphon pisum, and XP 060864885.1 from Metopolophium dirhodum (Fig. 5 and Table S6). See Lines 342-346.

      (c) Phylogenetic analysis was performed using MEGA7 with multiple amino acid sequence alignment (ClustalW) and the neighbor-joining method. We have revised the Fig. 5 (the original Fig. 4) caption to make it accurate and consistent throughout the manuscript.

      (d) We are sorry about the small glitch at the Danaus plexippus node. Actually, after the phylogenetic tree was constructed, it was imported in Adobe Illustration for coloring and classification annotation. There may have been operational errors during the process of resizing the image, resulting in the occurrence of the small glitch. Besides, the unclear clustering of Coleoptera may be due to improper regulation of distance (pixels) of branch from nodes. Again, thanks for your careful reading. We have rebuilt the phylogenetic tree.

      (e) Based on your suggestion, the sequence IDs have been unified as the protein sequence IDs (Fig. 5, Fig. 7B and Table S6)

      (4) The Discussion section requires significant revision to provide a more insightful and interpretative analysis of the results. Currently, much of the section primarily restates findings rather than offering deeper discussion. For instance, L409-L419 restate the results, followed by the short sentence "Collectively, these results suggest that betulin may have insecticidal effects on aphids by inhibiting MpGABR expression". It could be further expanded to make it beneficial to elaborate on proposed mechanisms by which gene expression might be suppressed, including any potential transcription factors involved. In contrast, while L422-L442 also initially summarize results, the subsequent paragraph (L445-L472) effectively discusses the potential mechanisms of inhibitory action and how mortality is triggered, which is a good model for other parts of the section. However, all the discussion ends up with a short statement, "implying that betulin acts as a CA of MpGABR" (L472), which appears to be a leap. The inference that betulin acts as a competitive antagonist (CA) is solely based on the location of its extracellular binding site, which does not exactly overlap with the GABA binding site. It needs stronger justification or actually requires further experimental validation. The authors should consider rephrasing this statement to acknowledge the need for additional studies to definitively confirm this mechanism of action.

      We appreciate the reviewer's careful reading and valuable feedback, which will certainly enhance the quality of our manuscript.

      (a) Possible reasons for the effect of betulin on MpGABR expression have been discussed in our manuscript (Lines 455-466): The regulation of gene expression is sophisticated and delicate (Pope and Medzhitov 2018). The regulatory network controlling GABR expression remains unclear. In adult rats, epileptic seizures has been reported to increase the levels of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), which in turn prompted the transcription factors CREB and ICER to reduce the gene expression of the GABR α1 subunit (Lund et al. 2008). In Drosophila, it has been demonstrated that WIDE AWAKE, which regulated the onset of sleep, interacted with the GABR and upregulated its expression level (Liu et al. 2014). In Drosophila brain, circular RNA circ_sxc was found to inhibit the expression of miR-87-3p in the brain through sponge adsorption, thereby regulating the expression of neurotransmitter receptor ligand proteins, including GABR, and ensuring the normal function of synaptic signal transmission in brain neurons (Li et al. 2024). However, it remains unclear how betulin reduces the expression of MpGABR, and further research is needed.

      (b) In the Discussion section, we acknowledged the need for further research to ultimately confirm the mechanism by which betulin competes with GABA for binding to MpGABR (Lines 532-535): Although the mechanism by which betulin competes with GABA for binding to MpGABR requires further experimental validation, our work may have provided a novel target for developing insecticides.

      (c) Besides, we have added the discussion of the sensitivity of GABA receptor to betulin in Discussion section (Lines 491-501): Studies on key amino acids that are crucial for GABR function has primarily focused on transmembrane regions. For instance, based on the mutational research and Drosophila GABR modeling approach, multiple key amino acids were identified as insecticide targets in the transmembrane domain (Nakao and Banba 2021). Guo et al. proposed that amino acid substitutions in the transmembrane domain 2 contribute to terpenoid insensitivity during plant-insect coevolution (Guo et al. 2023). However, these studies have neglected the extracellular domain. Our study signified that betulin targets the THR228 site in the extracellular domain of MpGABR, which is conserved only in the Aphididae family. Therefore, betulin is speculated to be a specific insecticidal substance evolved by plants in response to aphid infestation. Besides, further verification is needed to determine whether betulin is toxic to other insect species.

      (d) Furthermore, the discussion of potential ecological risks of deploying betulin as a bioinsecticide has been elaborated in our manuscript (Lines 538-553): The development of bioinsecticides should not only focus on the toxic effects of active substance on target organisms, but also on their influence on the ecosystem (Haddi et al. 2020). Although our results indicate that betulin has specific toxicity to aphids, previous studies have reported that betulin and its derivatives had effects on Plutella xylostella L. (Huang et al. 2025), Aedes aegypti (de Almeida Teles et al. 2024), and Drosophila melanogaster (Lee and Min 2024). Therefore, further research is needed to determine whether there are other insecticidal mechanisms or off target effects of betulin. Additionally, betulin exhibits a wide range of pharmacological activities (Amiri et al. 2020), which have been used to treat various diseases, such as cancer (Lv 2023), glioblastoma (Li et al. 2022), inflammation (Szlasa et al. 2023) and hyperlipidemia (Tang et al. 2011). Before applying betulin in the field, it is necessary to fully verify and consider whether betulin has any impact on farmers' health. Furthermore, will betulin cause residue or diffusion in the process of field application? Will long-term application promote the evolution of resistance to aphids or other insects? These issues also need further experimental verification. In summary, before any field application, further research is needed on the environmental behavior, degradation process, and safety of betulin.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This important study shows that betulin from wild peach trees disrupts neural signaling in aphids by targeting a conserved site in the insect GABA receptor. The authors present a nicely integrated set of molecular, physiological, and genetic experiments to establish the compound's species-specific mode of action. While the mechanistic evidence is solid, the manuscript would benefit from a broader discussion of evolutionary conservation and

      potential off-target ecological effects.

      Strengths:

      The main strengths of the study lie in its mechanistic clarity and experimental rigor. The identification of a betulin-binding single threonine residue was supported by (1) site-directed mutagenesis and (2) functional assays. These experiments strongly support the specificity of action. Furthermore, the use of comparative analyses between aphids and fruit flies demonstrates an important effort to explore species specificity, and the integration of quantitative data further enhances the robustness of the conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several important limitations that need to be addressed. The manuscript does not explore whether the observed sensitivity to betulin reflects a broadly conserved feature of GABA receptors across animal lineages or a more lineage-specific adaptation. This evolutionary context is crucial for understanding the broader significance of the findings.

      In addition, while the compound's aphicidal effect is well established, the potential for off-target effects in non-target organisms - especially vertebrates - remains unaddressed, despite prior evidence that betulin interacts with mammalian GABAa receptors. There is little discussion on the ecological or environmental safety of exogenous betulin application, such as persistence, degradation, or exposure risks.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the time and effort dedicated to our manuscript's detailed review and assessment. The revision suggestions were constructive, and we have provided a point-by-point response to address them.

      (a) Briefly introduce the evolutionary conservation of GABA receptors has been added in the Introduction (Lines 90-98): Previous study has proposed that vertebrate and human GABR genes maintain a broad and conservative gene clustering pattern, while in invertebrates, this pattern is missing, indicating that these gene clusters formed early in vertebrate evolution and were established after diverging from invertebrates. Notably, invertebrates each possess a unique GABR gene pair, which are homologous with human GABR α and β subunits, suggesting that the existing GABR gene cluster evolved from an ancestral α - β subunit gene pair (Tsang et al. 2006). During the coevolution of plants and insects, the duplications and amino acid substitutions in GABR may be beneficial for the adaptation to insecticides and terpenoid compounds (Guo et al. 2023).

      (b) We have added the discussion of the sensitivity of GABA receptor to betulin in Discussion section (Lines 491-501): Studies on key amino acids that are crucial for GABR function has primarily focused on transmembrane regions. For instance, based on the mutational research and Drosophila GABR modeling approach, multiple key amino acids were identified as insecticide targets in the transmembrane domain (Nakao and Banba 2021). Guo et al. proposed that amino acid substitutions in the transmembrane domain 2 contribute to terpenoid insensitivity during plant-insect coevolution (Guo et al. 2023). However, these studies have neglected the extracellular domain. Our study signified that betulin targets the THR228 site in the extracellular domain of MpGABR, which is conserved only in the Aphididae family. Therefore, betulin is speculated to be a specific insecticidal substance evolved by plants in response to aphid infestation. Besides, further verification is needed to determine whether betulin is toxic to other insect species.

      (c) The discussion of potential ecological risks of deploying betulin as a bioinsecticide has been elaborated in our manuscript (Lines 538-553): The development of bioinsecticides should not only focus on the toxic effects of active substance on target organisms, but also on their influence on the ecosystem (Haddi et al. 2020). Although our results indicate that betulin has specific toxicity to aphids, previous studies have reported that betulin and its derivatives had effects on Plutella xylostella L. (Huang et al. 2025), Aedes aegypti (de Almeida Teles et al. 2024), and Drosophila melanogaster (Lee and Min 2024). Therefore, further research is needed to determine whether there are other insecticidal mechanisms or off target effects of betulin. Additionally, betulin exhibits a wide range of pharmacological activities (Amiri et al. 2020), which have been used to treat various diseases, such as cancer (Lv 2023), glioblastoma (Li et al. 2022), inflammation (Szlasa et al. 2023) and hyperlipidemia (Tang et al. 2011). Before applying betulin in the field, it is necessary to fully verify and consider whether betulin has any impact on farmers' health. Furthermore, will betulin cause residue or diffusion in the process of field application? Will long-term application promote the evolution of resistance to aphids or other insects? These issues also need further experimental verification. In summary, before any field application, further research is needed on the environmental behavior, degradation process, and safety of betulin.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) L28 Provide the full name of MST.

      Thanks for your suggestion. The full name of MST, microscale thermophoresis, has been supplied.

      (2) L87 in the Order Hemiptera.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (3) L99 "Leaf bioassay" would be better to differentiate the greenhouse and field bioassays.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (4) L104 It should be 7 doses, including the "0 mg/mL" control.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (5) L104 Since the LC50 of pymetrozine is 1.0612 mg/mL, a wider range of doses should have been tested compared to the dose range of betulin.

      Thanks for your comment.

      (a) Firstly, seven doses (0, 0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, and 2 mgmL<sup>-1</sup>) were set to calculate the LC50 of betulin and pymetrozine. Since the LC50 values of betulin and pymetrozine are 0.1641 and 1.0612 mgmL<sup>–1</sup>, respectively, which are within the set range, indicating that the set dose range is reasonable and the LC50 values of betulin and pymetrozine are reliable.

      (b) To compare the control effects of betulin and pymetrozine against M. persicae, LC50 of betulin (0.1641 mgmL<sup>-1</sup>) and pymetrozine (1.0612 mgmL<sup>-1</sup>) were used to treat M. persicae.

      (6) L109 Greenhouse and field bioassays.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (7) L112 Tween-80 and acetone in L103. Keep the order consistent throughout the manuscript.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (8) L122 Mortality was recorded at 1, 5, 9, and 14 days after treatment. Revise the other similar mistakes throughout the manuscript (e.g. L250, L254, L255, L256, L259, etc.).

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (9) L126 apterous instead of wingless (keep a consistent expression).

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (10) L138 Primer Premier?

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (11) L141 Add RPS18 primers in Table S2.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (12) L155 MEGA7 vs. MEGAX (as described in the Figure 4 caption).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (13) L156 NJ method vs. ML method (as described in the Figure 4 caption).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (14) L157 2.7. RNAi assay (Remove "In vitro" and re-number the following M&M sections accordingly).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (15) L163 Add dsGFP primers in Table S2.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (16) L166 apterous instead of wingless (keep a consistent expression).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (17) L172 Add the source of pET-B2M vector.

      pET-B2M vector was obtained from BGI (Shenzhen, China), which has been added in our manuscript (Line 194).

      (18) L195 coding sequence instead of cDNA.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (19) L198 the mutations of R224A ...

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (20) L199 TYR), or T228R ...

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (21) L211 and 90 ng.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (22) L213 genomic DNA instead of gDNA, because gDNA may be confused in the context of sgRNA.

      Thanks for your suggestion. Corrected.

      (23) L253 (Fig. 1A-B).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (24) L268 Explain why these 15 DEGs were selected for qRT-PCR.

      Thanks for your comment. These 15 DEGs were randomly selected and act as representative DEGs with different expression levels. The reason for selection of these 15 DEGs were added in the manuscript (Lines 295-296).

      (25) L287 What about GABRB? It has a TM domain.

      GABRB refers to “gamma-aminobutyric acid receptor subunit beta-like” annotated on NCBI. Theoretically, it should contain four transmembrane structural domains, while it has only one, indicating that it is incomplete.

      (26) L297 Add dsGFP as another control group.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (27) L299 increased by 30.44% (Remove a comma).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (28) L308 XM_022318019.1 (or protein accession number with XP_).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (29) L338 that THR228 was conserved only in Hemiptera.

      Thanks for your comment. Since our original intention was to emphasize that THR228 is the only conserved among the four key amino acid residues, after careful consideration, we retained the expression "only THR228".

      (30) L342 or T228R.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (31) L382 Is pyrhidone a general name for pymetrozine?

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (32) L450 Remove "and so on".

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (33) Figure 1D: Remove "Environment friendly". Replace the plant pot image on the right side with the one sprayed with pymetrozine, like the one in Figure 1F.

      Thanks for your comment. 

      (a) "Environment friendly" in Figure 1D has been removed.

      (b) We have attempted to modify the Figure 1D according to your suggestion. However, the modified Figure 1D is similar to Figure 1F and appears monotonous. Therefore, we have retained the original framework of Figure 1D.

      (34) Figure 2E 111036117 and 111041856 are in different IDs (XM_). I suggest keeping GeneID in Figure 2E and Table S2, as shown in Table S4.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (35) Figure 2H: Add unit of the heatmap values. Or just add the title (e.g., expression level) on top of the bar.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (36) Figure 3A: Add "aa" next to 700.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (37) Figure 3E-G: Revise the tick marks on Y-axis: 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, and 1.5.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (38) Figure 5C: Remove "1" and move "WT" up to the position where "1" was.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (39) Figure 5D: Revise the tick marks on the Y-axis: 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, and 1.5.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (40) Figure 5E: Remove the decimal. (e.g. 5 uM, 10 uM, 20 uM, etc.).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (41) Figure 6B: What are the numbers next to the amino acid sequences? Provide the information in the figure caption.

      Thanks for your comment. The numbers next to the amino acid indicates the site of the last residue of the key amino acids, which was supplied in the figure caption.  

      (42) Figure 6D: Revise the tick marks on the Y-axis: 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, and 1.5. The X-axis title should be betulin (see Figure 5D). In the figure caption at the 5th row from the top, R244A should be R224A.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (43) Figure 7E: R122T (not R1272T).

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (44) Supplementary Figure 1: It should be Figure S1. Add dsGFP in the figure caption.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (45) Figure S2: What are the two pink bars and the other bars in brown or blue? Add an appropriate explanation in the figure caption.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (46) Table S1: r square?

      Thanks for your comment. It is “r square” and corrected.

      (47) Table S2: (a) Add horizontal lines to separate qPCR, RNAi, cloning, and heterologous expression from each other (b) Replace XM_022318017.1 and XM_022318019.1 with their corresponding GeneIDs, as shown in Table S4. (c) AK340444.1 is a sequence from another aphid (Acyrthosiphon pisum)-Revise it. (d) In the cloning primers, place MpGABR first, followed by MpGABRAP and MpGABRB, as shown in the manuscript and Table S5. (e) Also, in the cloning primers, MpGABRB and MpGABRAP use reverse primers without stop codon, while MpGABR uses stop codon (TCA = TGA in reverse)-Revise it accordingly. Otherwise, provide the reason.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (48) Table S3: (a) Add "Drosophila melanogaster" and the target sequence ID in the table caption. Is it KF881792.1, as shown in Table S6? (b) Align the sequences to the left side. 

      Thanks for your comment. 

      (a) The GenBank number of target sequence is KF881792.1 (Drosophila melanogaster). We have added this information in the Table S3 note.

      (b) It has been adjusted according to your suggestion.

      (49) Table S5: (a) Replace the accession numbers with GeneID, as shown in Table S4. K340444.1 is a sequence from another aphid (Acyrthosiphon pisum), (b) Coding sequences with stop codon are 2082, 357, and 753, respectively, while the sequences without stop codon are 2079, 354, and 750, respectively. The lengths of the deduced amino acids are 693, 118, and 250. Revise accordingly.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (50) Table S6: (a) Use GenBank No for protein sequences. There is no Gene ID in this table. (b) Order (instead of Class). (c) See my comment on the phylogenetic analysis above.

      Thanks for your comment. Corrected.

      (51) Table S7 (a) Add unit under "Binding Energy". (b) There are two ALA226 [Alkyl] with two different distances. (c) PHE227 at the bottom should be THR228?

      Thanks for your comment.

      (a) The unit of "Binding Energy" was kcalmol<sup>–1</sup>, and it was added in the table caption.

      (b) Refer to Figure 6A, there were two Alkyl interaction between ALA226 and betulin. Therefore, there were two ALA226 [Alkyl] with two different distances.

      (c) Similarly, there were two Pi-Alkyl interactions between PHE227 and betulin. Thus, there were two rows of PHE227 in the table.

      (52) Table S9 (a) R117T should be R122T. (b) r square?

      Thanks for your comment. a and b Corrected.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Introduction

      (a) It lacks a deeper biological and evolutionary framing of the GABA receptor system. As GABA receptors are highly conserved across animal taxa, the observed interaction between betulin and the aphid GABA receptor could have broader implications. This possibility is not addressed in the current version, which limits the reader's appreciation of the relevance of this mode of action.

      (b) Previous reports of betulin activity in mammalian systems are not mentioned in the introduction, even though they are directly relevant to concerns about off-target toxicity. Therefore, the introduction should be revised to (i) briefly introduce the evolutionary conservation of GABA receptors, and (ii) acknowledge that betulin may affect a broader range of organisms, which sets up the need for caution in its application.

      Thanks for your important suggestions.

      (a) Briefly introduce the evolutionary conservation of GABA receptors has been added in the Introduction (Lines 90-98): Previous study has proposed that vertebrate and human GABR genes maintain a broad and conservative gene clustering pattern, while in invertebrates, this pattern is missing, indicating that these gene clusters formed early in vertebrate evolution and were established after diverging from invertebrates. Notably, invertebrates each possess a unique GABR gene pair, which are homologous with human GABR α and β subunits, suggesting that the existing GABR gene cluster evolved from an ancestral α - β subunit gene pair (Tsang et al. 2006). During the coevolution of plants and insects, the duplications and amino acid substitutions in GABR may be beneficial for the adaptation to insecticides and terpenoid compounds (Guo et al. 2023).

      (b) The possible effects of betulin on a broader range of organisms have been acknowledged in the Introduction section (Lines 68-77): An immune stimulant, Ir-Bet, was prepared using iridium complex and betulin, which evoked ferritinophagy-enhanced ferroptosis, thereby activating anti-tumor immunity (Lv 2023). The anti-inflammatory effect of betulin has been reported in macrophages at lymphoma site in mice (Szlasa et al. 2023). Betulin has been found to improve hyperlipidemia and insulin resistance and decrease atherosclerotic plaques by inhibiting the maturation of sterol regulatory element-binding protein (Tang et al. 2011). Besides, betulin and its derivatives have been found to exhibit insecticidal activity against Plutella xylostella L. (Huang et al. 2025), Aedes aegypti (de Almeida Teles et al. 2024), and Drosophila melanogaster (Lee and Min 2024).

      (c) At the end of the introduction, we remind that betulin should be used with caution (Lines 111-112): However, given that betulin may affect a wider range of organisms, it should be used with caution.

      (2) Method

      Number of biological replicates in all assays and justification of thresholds used for significance in RNAi and survival experiments are not addressed in the manuscript.

      Thanks for your careful reading. We have checked Materials and Methods section and added corresponding number of biological replicates in all assays. Besides, the p-values for the corresponding significance analyses of RNAi and survival experiments have been added to our Manuscript.

      (2)  Discussion

      (a) Consistent with the comments on the Introduction, the absence of discussion on (i) the evolutionary conservation of GABA receptor sensitivity to betulin, (ii) potential off-target effects in non-target insects and vertebrates (if so, this cannot be use for "eco-friendly pesticide" as the authors stated in the manuscript), and (iii) ecological risks associated with the exogenous application of betulin limits both the interpretive depth and applied relevance of the study.

      (b) To strengthen the Discussion, the authors should consider addressing: (i) whether the observed sensitivity reflects a conserved pharmacological vulnerability across animal taxa or a lineage-specific adaptation; (ii) the potential ecological risks of deploying betulin as a bioinsecticide, and (iii) the need for future research into the environmental fate, degradation, and safety profile of betulin prior to any field-level application.

      Thank you for your valuable comments.

      (a) We have added the discussion of the sensitivity of GABA receptor to betulin in Discussion section (Lines 491-501): Studies on key amino acids that are crucial for GABR function has primarily focused on transmembrane regions. For instance, based on the mutational research and Drosophila GABR modeling approach, multiple key amino acids were identified as insecticide targets in the transmembrane domain (Nakao and Banba 2021). Guo et al. proposed that amino acid substitutions in the transmembrane domain 2 contribute to terpenoid insensitivity during plant-insect coevolution (Guo et al. 2023). However, these studies have neglected the extracellular domain. Our study signified that betulin targets the THR228 site in the extracellular domain of MpGABR, which is conserved only in the Aphididae family. Therefore, betulin is speculated to be a specific insecticidal substance evolved by plants in response to aphid infestation. Besides, further verification is needed to determine whether betulin is toxic to other insect species.

      (b) The discussion of potential ecological risks of deploying betulin as a bioinsecticide has been elaborated in our manuscript (Lines 538-551): The development of bioinsecticides should not only focus on the toxic effects of active substance on target organisms, but also on their influence on the ecosystem (Haddi et al. 2020). Although our results indicate that betulin had specific toxicity to aphids, previous studies have reported that betulin and its derivatives had effects on Plutella xylostella L. (Huang et al. 2025), Aedes aegypti (de Almeida Teles et al. 2024), and Drosophila melanogaster (Lee and Min 2024). Therefore, further research is needed to determine whether there are other insecticidal mechanisms or off target effects of betulin. Additionally, betulin exhibits a wide range of pharmacological activities (Amiri et al. 2020), which have been used to treat various diseases, such as cancer (Lv 2023), glioblastoma (Li et al. 2022), inflammation (Szlasa et al. 2023) and hyperlipidemia (Tang et al. 2011). Before applying betulin in the field, it is necessary to fully verify and consider whether betulin has any impact on farmers' health. Furthermore, will betulin cause residue or diffusion in the process of field application? Will long-term application promote the evolution of resistance to aphids or other insects? These issues also need further experimental verification. 

      (c) Additionally, at the end of the Discussion, we remind that more research is needed before any field application of betulin (Lines 551-553): In summary, before any field application, further research on the environmental behavior, degradation process, and safety of betulin is needed.

      Reference

      Amiri S, Dastghaib S, Ahmadi M, Mehrbod P, Khadem F, Behrouj H, Aghanoori M, Machaj F, Ghamsari M, Rosik J, Hudecki A, Afkhami A, Hashemi M, Los M, Mokarram P, Madrakian T, Ghavami S. 2020. Betulin and its derivatives as novel compounds with different pharmacological effects. Biotechnology Advances 38: 107409.

      de Almeida Teles AC, dos Santos BO, Santana EC, Durço AO, Conceição LSR, Roman Campos D, de Holanda Cavalcanti SC, de Souza Araujo AA, dos Santos MRV. 2024.

      Larvicidal activity of terpenes and their derivatives against Aedes aegypti: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Environmental Science and Pollution Research 31: 64703-64718.

      Guo L, Qiao X, Haji D, Zhou T, Liu Z, Whiteman NK, Huang J. 2023. Convergent resistance to GABA receptor neurotoxins through plant–insect coevolution. Nature Ecology & Evolution 7: 1444-1456.

      Haddi K, Turchen LM, Viteri Jumbo LO, Guedes RN, Pereira EJ, Aguiar RW, Oliveira EE. 2020. Rethinking biorational insecticides for pest management: unintended effects and consequences. Pest Management Science 76: 2286-2293.

      Huang X, Hao N, Shu L, Wei Z, Shi J, Tian Y, Chen G, Yang X, Che Z. 2025. Preparation and insecticidal activities of betulin-cinnamic acid-related hybrid compounds and insights into the stress response of Plutella xylostella L. Pest Management Science 81: 4243-4255.

      Lee HY, Min KJ. 2024. Betulinic acid increases the lifespan of Drosophila melanogaster via Sir2 and FoxO activation. Nutrients 16: 441.

      Li Q, Wang L, Tang C, Wang X, Yu Z, Ping X, Ding M, Zheng L. 2024. Adipose tissue exosome circ_sxc mediates the modulatory of adiposomes on brain aging by inhibiting brain dme-miR-87-3p. Molecular Neurobiology 61: 224-238.

      Li Y, Wang Y, Gao L, Tan Y, Cai J, Ye Z, Chen A, Xu Y, Zhao L, Tong S, Sun Q, Liu B, Zhang S, Tian D, Deng G, Zhou J, Chen Q. 2022. Betulinic acid self-assembled nanoparticles for effective treatment of glioblastoma. Journal of Nanobiotechnology 20: 39.

      Liu S, Lamaze A, Liu Q, Tabuchi M, Yang Y, Fowler M, Bharadwaj R, Zhang J, Bedont J,

      Blackshaw S, Lloyd Thomas E, Montell C, Sehgal A, Koh K, Wu Mark N. 2014. WIDE AWAKE mediates the circadian timing of sleep onset. Neuron 82: 151-166.

      Lund IV, Hu Y, Raol YH, Benham RS, Faris R, Russek SJ, Brooks Kayal AR. 2008. BDNF selectively regulates GABAA receptor transcription by activation of the JAK/STAT pathway. Science Signaling 1: ra9.

      Lv M, Zheng Y, Wu J, Shen Z, Guo B, Hu G, Huang Y, Zhao J, Qian Y, Su Z, Wu C, Xue X, Liu H, Mao Z. 2023. Evoking ferroptosis by synergistic enhancement of a cyclopentadienyl iridium-betulin immune agonist. Angewandte Chemie International Edition 62: e202312897.

      Nakao T, Banba S. 2021. Important amino acids for function of the insect Rdl GABA receptor. Pest Management Science 77: 3753-3762.

      Pope SD, Medzhitov R. 2018. Emerging principles of gene expression programs and their regulation. Molecular Cell 71: 389-397.

      Szlasa W, Ślusarczyk S, Nawrot Hadzik I, Abel R, Zalesińska A, Szewczyk A, Sauer N, Preissner R, Saczko J, Drąg M, Poręba M, Daczewska M, Kulbacka J, Drąg Zalesińska M. 2023. Betulin and its derivatives reduce inflammation and COX-2 cctivity in macrophages. Inflammation 46: 573-583.

      Tang JJ, Li JG, Qi W, Qiu WW, Li PS, Li BL, Song BL. 2011. Inhibition of SREBP by a small molecule, betulin, improves hyperlipidemia and insulin resistance and reduces atherosclerotic plaques. Cell Metabolism 13: 44-56.

      Tsang SY, Ng SK, Xu Z, Xue H. 2006. The evolution of GABAA receptor–like genes. Molecular Biology and Evolution 24: 599-610.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors study the steady-state solutions of ODE models for molecular signaling involving ligand binding coupled to multi-site phosphorylation at saturating ligand concentrations. Although the results are in principle general, the work highlights the receptor tyrosine kinases (RTK) as model systems. After presenting previous ODE model solutions, the authors present their own "kinetic sorting" model, which is distinguished by ligand-induced phosphorylationdependent receptor degradation and the property that every phosphorylation state is signaling competent. The authors show that this model recovers the two types of non-monotonicity experimentally reported for RTKs: maximum activity for intermediate ligand affinity and maximum activity for intermediate kinase activity.

      The main contribution of the work is in demonstrating that their model can capture both types of non-monotonicity, whereas previous models could at most capture non-monotonicity of ligand binding.

      Strengths:

      The question of how energy-dissipating, and thus non-equilibrium, molecular systems can achieve steady-state solutions not accessible to equilibrium systems is of fundamental importance in biomolecular information processing and self-organization. Although the authors do not address the energy requirements of their non-equilibrium model, their comparative analysis of different alternative non-equilibrium models provides insight into the design choices necessary to achieve non-monotonic control, a property that is inaccessible at equilibrium.

      The paper is succinctly written and easy to follow, and the authors achieve their aims by providing convincing numerical solutions demonstrating non-monotonicity over the range of parameter values encompassing the biologically relevant regime.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A key motivating framework for this work is the argument that the ability to tune to recognize intermediate ligand affinities provides a control knob for signal selection that is available to nonequilibrium systems. As such, this seems like a compelling type of ligand selectivity, which is a question of broad interest. However, as the authors note in the results, the previously published "limited signaling model" already achieves such non-monotonicity in ligand binding affinity. The introduction and abstract do not clearly delineate the new contributions of the model.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We apologize for any unclear language on our part. The purpose of our work was not to identify the unique reaction scheme to obtain nonmonotonic dependence of network activity on ligand affinity and kinase activity. Rather, we were interested in exploring how such a dependence could arise from the interplay between two ubiquitous network motifs (multisite phosphorylation and active receptor degradation). Notably, as the reviewer later points out, previous models that incorporate only multisite phosphorylation only capture the non-monotonic dependence of network activity on ligand affinity and not kinase/phosphatase activity. We have now clarified this in the abstract (lines 14-16) and the introduction (lines 55-59). 

      The novel benefit of the model introduced by the authors is that it also achieves a nonmonotonic response to kinase activity. Because such non-monotonicity is observed for RTK, this would make the authors' model a better fit for capturing RTK behavior. However, the broad significance of achieving non-monotonicity to kinase activity is not motivated or supported by empirical evidence in the paper. As such, the conceptual significance of the modified model presented by the authors is not clear.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the ability of our model to reproduce non-monotonic dependence on kinase/phosphatase activity was not sufficiently motivated in the original submission. We have now added a brief mention of the biological motivation for nonmonotonic kinase activity in the discussion (lines 229-247) to describe the potential biological significance of this behavior. In particular, non-monotonic kinase/phosphatase dependence may act as a safeguard, filtering out signaling cells with abnormally elevated kinase activity or suppressed phosphatase activity. In the presence of non-monotonic dependence on network activity, downstream signaling would remain contingent on extracellular cues, and cells with extreme kinase/phosphatase imbalances would fail to signal. This could prevent persistent, cueindependent activation, an especially important protective mechanism in pathways regulating metabolically taxing functions such as growth, proliferation, or mounting immune responses. Although direct experimental evidence for the widespread use of this mechanism is currently scarce, our motivation is supported both by the presence of similar regulatory behaviors of phosphatases which arise through distinct mechanisms (such as CD45 in T-cell receptor signaling, (Weiss, 2019)), but highlight the potential biological use of this strategy and by theoretical work on phosphorylation-dephosphorylation cycles, which demonstrates a similar effect in more general settings (Swain, 2013).

      (2) Whereas previous models used in the literature are schematized in Figure 1, the model proposed by the authors is missing (see line 97 of page 3). Without the schematic, the text description of the model is incomplete.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this oversight, it has been corrected. See Figure 3 in the new text. 

      (3) The authors use the activity of the first phosphorylation site as the default measure of activity. This choice needs to be justified. Why not use the sum of the activities at all sites?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We in fact study all sites (Figure 5A in the resubmitted manuscript). Notably, as suggested by the reviewer, the concentration of the first site is indeed represented by the sum of concentrations of all phosphorylated species. The concentration of the 2<sup>nd</sup> site is represented by the sum of concentrations of all species except for the first one and so on (lines 153-155). 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In classical models of signaling networks, the signaling activity increases monotonically with the ligand affinity. However, certain receptors prefer ligands of intermediate affinity. In the paper, the authors present a new minimal model to derive generic conditions for ligand specificity. In brief, this requires multi-site phosphorylation and that high-anity complexes be more prone to degrade. This particular type of kinetic discrimination allows for overcoming equilibrium constraints.

      Strengths:

      The model is simple, and it adds only a few parameters to classical generic models. Moreover, the authors vary these additional parameters in ranges based on experimental observations. They explain how the introduction of these new parameters is essential to ligand specificity. Their model quantitatively reproduces the ligand specificity of a certain receptor. Finally, they provide a testable prediction.

      Weaknesses:

      The naming of certain variables may be confusing to readers.

      We apologize for the confusion due to unclear presentation. We have clarified our definitions throughout the manuscript. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The abstract and introduction present the problem as if this model is solving the fundamental problem of non-monotonic dependence on ligand affinity. However, as the authors noted in their results, this problem has already been solved by a previous phosphorylation model with N-state degradation. What the authors' new model achieves is the additional experimentally observed non-monotonicity of kinase activity dependence. The abstract and introduction should be changed to reflect the actual novel contributions and also to motivate the biological significance of non-montonic kinase activity dependence.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We apologize for any unclear language on our part. The purpose of our work was not to identify the unique reaction scheme to obtain nonmonotonic dependence of network activity on ligand affinity and kinase activity. Rather, we were interested in exploring how such a dependence could arise from two ubiquitous network motifs (multisite phosphorylation and active receptor degradation). Notably, as the reviewer later points out, previous models that incorporate only multisite phosphorylation only capture the nonmonotonic dependence of network activity on ligand affinity and not kinase/phosphatase activity. We have now clarified this in the abstract (lines 14-16) and the introduction (lines 55-59). We have also provided biological motivation behind nonmonotonic kinase activity dependance (lines 229-247). 

      (2) It is important to show (in the supplemental materials if needed) that the closest equilibrium analog to the model (for example, reversible rate constants from each of the activated states to an inactive state) does not achieve non-monotonicity with ligand affinity.

      We have added a model in the supplementary materials that represents a detailed balance Markov chain. In the model, we imagine that ligand bound receptors undergo a series of equilibrium transitions, all characterized by the same activation and inactivation rate. We show that at saturating ligand levels, the signaling output only depends on the ratio of the activation to the inactivation rate (i.e., the thermodynamic stability of the active site) (lines 466-488).

      (3) Schematics for earlier models are described in Figure 1. However, no schematic for the actual model proposed by the authors is shown. This should be added as a subpanel to Figure 1.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying our omission of our model schematic. We have included our model schematic as its own figure (Figure 3).

      (4) Minor: Figure 1 is referred to as Figure?? In line 97 of page 3.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error, it has been corrected. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) There is an inconsistency between Figure 2(a) and Equation (1), it suggests that p_N is \omega^N/(\omega+\delta)^N. This makes more sense with the model defined in the supplementary material.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. Equation (1) has been updated to reflect the correct relationship.

      (2) The figure presenting the model of the authors appears to be missing.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error, it has been corrected (Figure 3 in the new manuscript). 

      (3) The authors describe phosphorylation as irreversible in the intro, but then consider reversible phosphorylation in their model, which may be confusing to readers.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this source of possible confusion. We have clarified that dephosphorylation is taken to be a distinct irreversible reaction, see lines 105 - 112.

      (4) The authors reuse similar names, e.g., network activity, kinase activity, signaling activity, activity. This is confusing.

      We apologize for the confusion. We note that, within the context of our model, there are important distinctions between signaling activity (the amount of signaling competent receptors) and kinase activity (value corresponding to the phosphorylation rate). We have attempted to use these different terms correctly and are happy to make clarifying corrections if there are any places where a term is misused.  

      (5) Several parameters are defined only in the captions of the figures, such as \beta and \rho.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this omission, we have added the definitions of beta and rho to the main text (see line 129). 

      (6) The sentence at line 137 lacks some words: "Below, we kinetic...".

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error, we have added the missing words (“Below, we show how kinetic…”).

      (7) The sentence at line 183 lacks some words: "When kinase activity...".

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this error. We have now corrected it. 

      (8) Figure 5 is very small.

      We will work with the production team to increase the size of this figure.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):  

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Cupollilo et al describes the development, characterization, and application of a novel activity labeling system; fast labelling of engram neurons (FLEN). Several such systems already exist but this study adds additional capability by leveraging an activity marker that is destabilized (and thus temporally active) as well as being driven by the full-length promoter of cFos. The authors demonstrate the activity-dependent induction and time course of expression, first in cultured neurons and then in vivo in hippocampal CA3 neurons after one trial of contextual fear conditioning. In a series of ex vivo experiments, the authors perform patch clamp analysis of labeled neurons to determine if these putative engram neurons differ from non-labelled neurons using both the FLEN system as well as the previously characterized RAM system. Interestingly the early labelled neurons at 3 h post CFC (FLEN+) demonstrated no differences in excitability whereas the RAMlabelled neurons at 24h after CFC had increased excitability. Examination of synaptic properties demonstrated an increase in sEPCS and mEPSC frequencies as well as those for sIPSCs and mIPSCs which was not due to a change in the mossy fiber input to these neurons.

      Strengths:

      Overall the data is of high quality and the study introduces a new tool while also reassessing some principles of circuit plasticity in the CA3 that have been the focus of prior studies.

      Weaknesses:

      No major weaknesses were noted.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Cupollilo et al. investigate the properties of hippocampal CA3 neurons that express the immediate early gene cFos in response to a single foot shock. They compare ex-vivo the electrophysiological properties of these "engram neurons" labeled with two different cFos promoter-driven green markers: Their new tool FLEN labels neurons 2-6 h after activity, while RAM contains additional enhancers and peaks considerably later (>24 h). Since the fraction of labeled CA3 cells is comparable with both constructs, it is assumed (but not tested) that they label the same population of activated neurons at different time points. Both FLEN+ and RAM+ neurons in CA3 receive more synaptic inputs compared to non-expressing control neurons, which could be a causal factor for cFos activation, or a very early consequence thereof. Frequency facilitation and E/I ratio of mossy fiber inputs were also tested, but are not different in both cFos+ groups of neurons. One day after foot shock, RAM+ neurons are more excitable than RAM- neurons, suggesting a slow increase in excitability as a major consequence of cFos activation.

      Strengths: 

      The study is conducted to high standards and contributes significantly to our understanding of memory formation and consolidation in the hippocampus. Modifications of intrinsic neuronal properties seem to be more salient than overall changes in the total number of (excitatory and inhibitory) inputs, although a switch in the source of the synaptic inputs would not have been detected by the methods employed in this study

      Weaknesses: 

      With regard to the new viral tool, a direct comparison between the new tool FLEN and existing cFos reporters is missing. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have only minor suggestions for the authors to consider. 

      (1) In the in vitro characterization, the percentage of labelled neurons seems very low after a powerful and prolonged activation. It was somewhat surprising and raised the question of how accurately the FLEN construct reflects endogenous cFOS activity. Could the authors speak to this?

      The reviewer is correct that the level of FLEN positive neurons, as compared to mCherry positive neurons, is low as compared to studies using viral infection with RAM vectors in neuronal cultures (Sorensen et al, 2016, Sun et al, 2020), which is around 70-80% following chemical stimulation. The authors do not provide evidence however for a comparison with endogenous c-Fos activity in cell cultures. The reason for a discrepancy in the effect of chemical stimulation of cultured neurons is not clear, but may depend on culture conditions which may vary between labs. 

      FLEN was constructed using a mouse c-Fos promoter (-355 to +109) (Cen et al, 2003). To answer the reviewer’s question we performed an additional experiment in cultured neurons in which we found that 77.1 % of FLEN positive neurons were also c-fos positive neurons (using immunocytochemistry).

      (2) The authors compare the two labelling strategies and interpret their data with the presumption that both label a similar set of active neurons. This is particularly relevant when they suggest there might be a progressive increase in the excitability of active neurons with time. This is certainly a possibility, but the authors should also consider other possibilities that the two markers might label different populations of neurons. For example, if they require different thresholds for activation, it is possible that one is more sensitive to activity than the other. As these are unknown variables the authors should temper the interpretation accordingly.

      Indeed, the reviewer is correct that this limitation should be discussed. We have added this as a point of discussion in the text (line 355-358). In the article describing the RAM strategy (Sorensen et al, 2016) the authors use RAM to label DG neurons activated during an experience in a context A (Figure 4). Exploiting the fact that engram cells are re-activated when the animal is re-exposed to the same environment of training (memory recall), they performed c-Fos staining 90 minutes following either context A or context B re-exposure. The RAM-c-Fos overlap percentage was higher in A-A rather than A-B (A-A was a bit more than 20%). This means that RAM has captured a group of cells during training that, at least in part, were re-activated during recall. This could in part support the assumption that RAM and c-Fos share a certain overlap. Of course, this was done in DG, while we worked in CA3. In addition, both strategies label in their great majority c-Fos+ neurons (see above answer to point #1). This can not completely rule out the possibility that FLEN and RAM label partly distinct population of activated cells. 

      (3) An increase in the frequency of synaptic events is observed in neurons labelled with both markers. The authors propose that this may be due to an increase in synaptic contacts based on prior studies. However, as this is the first functional assessment why not consider changes in release probability as a mechanism for this finding? 

      We have added this as a possibility in the text (line 362-363).

      (4) It would be useful to include plots of the average frequency of m/sEPSCs and m/sIPSCs in Figures 4 and 5. These figures could also be combined into a single figure.

      We agree with the reviewer that figure 4 and 5 could be merged into a single figure. In the revised version, figure 5A becomes panel C in figure 4. Text and figure descriptions were adjusted accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Abstract, line 24: "In contrast, FLEN+ CA3 neurons show an increased number of excitatory inputs." RAM+ neurons also show an increased number of excitatory inputs, so this is not "in contrast". Also, not just excitatory, but also inhibitory synaptic inputs are more numerous in cFos+ neurons. Please improve the summary of your findings.

      “In contrast” referred to the fact that FLEN+ neurons do not show differences in excitability as compared to FLEN- neurons, as mentioned in the previous sentence. We now provide a more explicit sentence to explain this point: “On the other hand, like RAM+ neurons, FLEN+ CA3 neurons show an increased number of excitatory inputs.”

      (2) Novel tool: Destabilized cFos reporters were introduced 23 years ago and are also part of the TetTag mouse. I am not sure that changing the green fluorescent protein to a different version merits a new acronym (FLEN). To convince the readers that this is more than a branding exercise, the authors should compare the properties (brightness, folding time, stability) of FLEN to e.g. the d2EGFP reporter introduced by Bi et al. 2002 (J Biotechnol. 93(3):231) and show significant improvements.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment which compelled us to evaluate the features of other tools used to label neurons activated following contextual fear conditioing. The key properties of FLEN as compared to other tools used to label engrams is that: (i) it is a viral tool, as opposed to transgenic mice, (ii) a c-fos promoter drives the expression of a brightly fluorescent protein allowing their identification ex vivo for functional analysis, (iii) the fluorescent protein is rapidly destabilized, providing the possibility to label neurons only a few hours after their activation by a behavioural task.

      We did not find any viral tools providing the possibility to label c-fos activated neurons for functional assesment. We have not been able to find references for the use of the d2EGFP reporter introduced by Bi et al. 2002 in a behavioural context. One of the major difference and improvement is certainly the brightness of ZsGreen. In cell cultures, ZsGreen1 showed a 8.6-fold increase in fluorescence intensity as compared with EGFP (Bell et al, 2007).

      Amongst tools with comparable properties, eSARE was developed based on a synthetic Arc promoter driving the expression of a destabilized GFP (dEGFP) (Kawashima et al 2013). We initially used ESARE–dGFP but unfortunately, in our experimental conditions we found that the signal to noise ratio was not satisfactory (number of cells label in the home cage vs. following contextual fear conditining).

      We developed a viral tool to avoid the use of transgenic reporter lines which require laborious breeding and is experimentally less flexible. Nevertheless, many transgenic mice based on the expression of fluorescent proteins under the control of IEG promoters have been developed and used. Some of these mice show a time course of expression of the transgene which is comparable to FLEN. For instance, in organotypic slices from Tet-Tag mice, the time course of expression of EGFP slices follows with a small delay endogenous cFOS expression, and starts decaying after 4 hours (Lamothe-Molina et al, 2022). However, the fluorescence was too weak to visualize neurons in the slice (Christine Gee, personal communication), and imaging is perfomed after immunocytochemistry against GFP. 

      Therefore, we feel that the name given to the FLEN strategy is legitimate. The features of the FLEN strategy were summarized in the discussion (Lines 318-322).

      (3) Line 214: "...FLEN+ CA3 PNs do not show differences in [...] patterns of bursting activity as compared to control neurons." It looks quite different to me (Figure 3E). Just because low n precludes meaningful statistical analysis, I would not conclude there is no difference.

      We agree with the reviewer that the data in Figure 3E are not conclusive due to small sample size, which limits the reliability of statistical comparison. Additionally, the classification of bursting neurons is highly dependent on the specific criteria used, which vary considerably across the literature. To avoid overinterpretation or misleading conclusions, we decided to remove the panel E of Figure 3 showing the fraction of bursting neurons. Nevertheless, we draw the attention to the more robust and interpretable results: RAM⁺ neurons exhibit an increase in firing frequency and a distinct action potential discharge pattern, data which we believe are informative of altered excitability.

      (4) Line 304: Remove the time stamp.

      This was done.

      (5) Line 334: "...results may be explained by an overall increased activity of CA1 neurons..." I don't understand - isn't CA1 downstream of CA3? 

      The reviewer is correct that the sentence was misleading. We removed the reference to CA1, as it was more of a general principle about neuronal activity.

      (6) Line 381: "resolutive", better use "sensitive". 

      This was changed.

      (7) Figure S3: Fear-conditioned animals were 3 days off Dox, controls only 2 days. As RAM expression accumulates over time off Dox, this is not a fair comparison.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the incorrect reporting of the experimental design in Figure S3 panel A (bottom), which could lead to misinterpretation of results. In fact, the two groups of mice (CFC vs. HC) underwent all experimental steps in parallel. Specifically, both groups were maintained on and off Doxycycline for the same duration and received viral injection on the same day. 48 hours after Dox withdrawal, the CFC group was trained for contextual conditioning, while the HC group remained in the home cage in the holding room. All animals were thus sacrificed 72 hours after Dox removal. We have corrected the figure to accurately reflect this timeline.

      (8) Please provide sequence information for c-cFos-ZsGreen1-DR. Which regulatory elements of the cFos promoter are included, is the 5' NTR included? This information is very important.

      The information is now provided in the Methods section.

      (9) Please provide the temperature during pharmacological treatments (TTX etc.) before fixation.

      The pharmacological treatment was performed in the incubator at 37°C, this is now indicated in the methods.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1(Public Review):

      Major comments:

      (1) Interpretation of key results and relationship between different parts of the manuscript. The manuscript begins with an information-transmission ansatz which is described as ”independent of the computational goal” (e.g. p. 17). While information theory indeed is not concerned with what quantity is being encoded (e.g. whether it is sensory periphery or hippocampus), the goal of the studied system is to *transmit* the largest amount of bits about the input in the presence of noise. In my view, this does not make the proposed framework ”independent of the computational goal”. Furthermore, the derived theory is then applied to a DDC model which proposes a very specific solution to inference problems. The relationship between information transmission and inference is deep and nuanced. Because the writing is very dense, it is quite hard to understand how the information transmission framework developed in the first part applies to the inference problem. How does the neural coding diagram in Figure 3 map onto the inference diagram in Figure 10? How does the problem of information transmission under constraints from the first part of the manuscript become an inference problem with DDCs? I am certain that authors have good answers to these questions - but they should be explained much better.

      We are very thankful to the reviewer for highlighting the potential confusion surrounding these issues, in particular the relationship between the two halves of the paper – which was previously exacerbated by the length of the paper. We have now added further explanations at different points within the manuscript to better disentangle these issues and clarify our key assumptions. We have also significantly cut the length of the paper by moving more technical discussions to the Methods or Appendices. We will summarise these changes here and also clarify the rationale for our approach and point out potential disagreements with the reviewer.

      Key to our approach is that we indeed do not assume the entire goal of the studied neural system (whether part of the sensory system or not) is to transmit the largest amount of information about the stimulus input (in the presence of noise). In fact, general computations, including the inference of latent causes of inputs, often require filtering out or ignoring some information in the sensory input. It is thus not plausible that tuning curves in general (i.e. in an arbitrary part of the nervous system) are optimised solely with regards to the criterion of information transmission. Accordingly we do not assume they are entirely optimised for that purpose. However, we do make a key assumption or hypothesis (which like any hypothesis might turn out to be partly or entirely wrong): that (1) a minimal feature of the tuning curve (its scale or gain) is entirely free to be optimised for the aim of information transmission (or more precisely the goal of combating the detrimental effect of neural noise on coding fidelity), (2) other aspects of the population tuning curve structure (i.e. the shape of individual tuning curves and their arrangement across the population) are determined by (other) computational goals beyond efficient coding. (Conceptually, this is akin to the modularization between indispensible error correction and general computations in a digital computer, and the need for the former to be performed in a manner that is agnostic as to the computations performed.) We have added two paragraphs in the manuscript which present the above rationale and our key hypothesis or assumption. The first of these was added to the (second paragraph of the) Introduction section, and the second is a new paragraph following Eq. 1 (which is about the gain-shape decomposition of the tuning curves, and the optimisation of the former based on efficient coding) of Results.

      Our paper can be divided into two parts. In the first part, we develop a general, computationally agnostic (in the above sense, just as in the digital computer example), efficient coding theory. In the second part, we apply that theory to a specific form of computation, namely the DDC framework for Bayesian inference. The latter theory now determines the tuning curve shapes. When combined with the results of the first part (which dictate the tuning curve scale or gain according to efficient coding theory), this “homeostatic DDC” model makes full predictions for the tuning curves (i.e., both scale and shape) and how they should adapt to stimulus statistics.

      So to summarise, it is not the case that the problem of information transmission (or rather mitigating the effect noise on coding fidelity under metabolic constraints), dealt with in the first part, has become a problem of Bayesian inference. But rather, the dictates of efficient coding for optimal gains for coding fidelity (under constraints) have been applied to and combined with a computational theory of inference.

      We have added new expository text before and after Eq. 17 in Sec. 2.7 (at the beginning of the second part of the paper on homeostatic DDCs) to again make the connection with the first part and the rationale for its combination with the original DDC framework more clear.

      With the changes outlined above, we believe and hope the connection between the two parts (which we agree with the reviewer, was indeed rather obscure previously) has been adequately clarified.

      (2) Clarity of writing for an interdisciplinary audience. I do not believe that in its current form, the manuscript is accessible to a broader, interdisciplinary audience such as eLife readers. The writing is very dense and technical, which I believe unnecessarily obscures the key results of this study.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have taken several steps to improve the accessibility of this work for an interdisciplinary audience. Firstly, several sections containing dense, mathematical writing have now been moved into appendices or the Methods section, out from the main text; in their place we have made efforts to convey the core of the results, and to providing intuitions, without going into unnecessary technical detail. Secondly, we have added additional figures to help illustrate key concepts or assumptions (see Fig. 1B clarifying the conceptual approach to efficient coding and homeostatic adaptation, and Fig. 8A describing the clustered population). Lastly, we have made sure to refer back to the names of symbols more often, so as to make the analysis easier to follow for a reader with an experimental background.

      (3) Positioning within the context of the field and relationship to prior work. While the proposed theory is interesting and timely, the manuscript omits multiple closely related results which in my view should be discussed in relationship to the current work. In particular, a number of recent studies propose normative criteria for gain modulation in populations: • Duong, L., Simoncelli, E., Chklovskii, D. and Lipshutz, D., 2024. Adaptive whitening with fast gain modulation and slow synaptic plasticity. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems

      Tring, E., Dipoppa, M. and Ringach, D.L., 2023. A power law describes the magnitude of adaptation in neural populations of primary visual cortex. Nature Communications, 14(1), p.8366.

      Ml ynarski, W. and Tkaˇcik, G., 2022. Efficient coding theory of dynamic attentional modulation. PLoS Biology

      Haimerl, C., Ruff, D.A., Cohen, M.R., Savin, C. and Simoncelli, E.P., 2023. Targeted V1 co-modulation supports task-adaptive sensory decisions. Nature Communications • The Ganguli and Simoncelli framework has been extended to a multivariate case and analyzed for a generalized class of error measures:

      Yerxa, T.E., Kee, E., DeWeese, M.R. and Cooper, E.A., 2020. Efficient sensory coding of multidimensional stimuli. PLoS Computational Biology

      Wang, Z., Stocker, A.A. and Lee, D.D., 2016. Efficient neural codes that minimize LP reconstruction error. Neural Computation, 28(12),

      We thank the reviewer again for bringing these works to our attention. For each, we explain whether we chose to include them in our Discussion section, and why.

      (1) Duong et al. (2024): We decided not to discuss this manuscript, as our assessment is that it is very relevant to our work. That study starts with the assumption that the goal of the sensory system under study is to whiten the signal covariance matrix, which is not the assumption we start with. A mechanistic ingredient (but not the only one) in their approach is gain modulation. However, in their case it is the gains of computationally auxiliary inhibitory neurons that is modulated and not (as in our case) the gain the (excitatory) coding neurons (i.e. those which encode information about the stimulus and whose response covariance is whitened). These key distinction make the connection with our work quite loose and we did not discuss this work.

      (2) Tring et al. (2023): We have added a discussion of the results of this paper and its relationship to the results of our work and that of Benucci et al. This appears in the 7th paragraph of the Discussion. This study is indeed highly relevant to our paper, as it essentially replicates the Benucci et al. experiment, this time in awake mice (rather than anesthetised cats). However, in contrast to the resul‘ts of Benucci et al., Tring et al. do not find firing rate homeostasis in mouse V1. A second, remarkable finding of Tring et al. is that adaptation mainly changes the scale of the population response vector, and only minimally affects its direction. While Tring et al. do not portray it as such, this behaviour amounts to pure stimulus-specific adaptation without the neuron-specific factor found in the Benucci et al. results (see Eq. 24 of our manuscript). As we discuss in our manuscript, when our homeostatic DDC model is based on an ideal-observer generative model, it also displays pure stimulus-specific adaptation with no neuronal factor. Our final model for Benucci’s data did contain a neural factor, because we used a non-ideal observer DDC (in particular, we assumed a smoother prior distribution over orientations compared to the distribution used in the experiment - which has a very sharp peak – as it is more natural given the inductive biases we expect in the brain). The resultant neural factor suppresses the tuning curves tuned to the adaptor stimulus. Interestingly, when gain adaptation is incomplete, and happens to a weaker degree compared to what is necessary for firing rate homeostasis, an additional neural factor emerges that is greater than one for neurons tuned to the adaptor stimulus. These two multiplicative neural factors can approximately cancel each other; such a theory would thus predict both deviation from homeostasis and approximately pure stimulus-specific adaptation. We plan to explore this possibility in future work.

      (3) Ml ynarski and Tkaˇcik (2022): We are now citing and discussing this work in the Discussion (penultimate paragraph), in the context of a possible future direction, namely extending our framework to cover the dynamics of adaptation (via a dynamic efficient gain modulation and dynamic inference). We have noted there that Mlynarski have used such a framework (which while similar has key technical differences with our approach) based on a task-dependent efficient coding objective to model top-down attentional modulation. By contrast, we have studied bottom-up and task-independent adaptation, and it would be interesting to extend our framework and develop a model to make predictions for the temporal dynamics of such adaptation.

      (4) Haimerl et al. (2023): We have elected not to include this work within our discussion either, as we do not believe it is sufficiently relevant to our work to warrant inclusion. Although this paper also considers gain modulation of neural activity, the setting and the aims of the theoretical work and the empirical phenomena it is applied to are very different from our case in various ways. Most importantly, this paper is not offering a normative account of gain modulation; rather, gain modulation is used as a mechanism for enabling fast adaptive readouts of task relevant information.

      (5) Yerxa et al. (2020): We have now included a discussion of this paper in our Discussion section. Note that, even though this study generalises the Ganguli and Simoncelli framework to higher diemsnions, just like that paper it still places strict requirements (which are arguably even more stringent in higher dimensions) on the form of the tuning curves in the population, viz. that there exists a differentiable transform of the stimulus space which renders these unimodal curves completely homogeneous (i.e., of the same shape, and placed regularly and with uniform density).

      (6) Wang et al. (2016): We have included this paper in our discussion as well. As above, this paper does not consider general tuning curves, and places the same constraint on their shape and arrangement as in Ganguli and Simoncelli paper.

      More detailed comments and feedback:

      (1) I believe that this work offers the possibility to address an important question about novelty responses in the cortex (e.g. Homann et al, 2021 PNAS). Are they encoding novelty per-se, or are they inefficient responses of a not-yet-adapted population? Perhaps it’s worth speculating about.

      We are not sure why the relatively large responses to “novel” or odd-ball stimuli should be considered inefficient or unadapted: in the context in which those stimuli are infrequent odd-balls (and thus novel or surprising when occurring), efficient coding theory would indeed typically predict a large response compared to the (relatively suppressed) responses to frequently occurring stimuli. Of course, if the statistics change and the odd-ball stimulus now becomes frequent, adaptation should occur and would be expected to suppress responses to this stimulus. As to the question of whether (large) responses to infrequent stimuli can or should be characterised as novelty responses: this is partly an interpretational or semantic issue – unless it is grounded in knowledge of how downstream populations use this type of coding in V1, which could then provide a basis for solidly linking them to detection of novelty per se. In short, our theory, could be applied to Homann et al.’s data, but we consider that beyond the scope of the current paper.

      (2) Clustering in populations - typically in efficient coding studies, tuning curve distributions are a consequence of input statistics, constraints, and optimality criteria. Here the authors introduce randomly perturbed curves for each cluster - how to interpret that in light of the efficient coding theory? This links to a more general aspect of this work - it does not specify how to find optimal tuning curves, just how to modulate them (already addressed in the discussion).

      We begin by addressing the reviewer’s more general concern regarding the fact that our theory does not address the problem of finding optimal tuning curves, only that of modulating them optimally. As we expound within the updated version of the paper (see the newly expanded 3rd paragraph in Sec. 2.1 and the expanded 2nd paragraph in Introduction), it is not plausible that the sole function of sensory systems, and neural circuits more generally, is the transmission of information. There are many other computational tasks which must be performed by the system, such as the inference of the latent causes of sensory inputs. For many such tasks, it is not even desirable to have complete transmission of information about the external stimulus, since a substantial portion of that information is not important for the task at hand, and must be discarded. For example, such discarding of information is the basis of invariant representations that occur, e.g., in higher visual areas. So we recognise that tuning curve shapes are in general dictated and shaped by computational goals beyond transmission of information or error correction. As such, we have remained agnostic as to the computational goals of neural systems and therefore the shape of the tuning curve. We have made the assumption and adopted the postulate that those computational goals determine the shape of the tuning curves, leaving the gains to be adjuted freely for the purpose of mitigating the effect noise on coding fidelity (this is similar to how error correction is done in computers independendently of the computations performed). by assuming that those computational goals are captured adequately by the shape of tuning curves, this leaves us free to optimise the gains of those curves for purely information theoretic objectives. Finally, we note that the case where the tuning curve shapes are additionally optimised for information transmission is a special case of our more general approach. For further discussion, see the updated version of our introduction.

      We now turn to our choice to model clusters using random perturbations. This is, of course, a toy model for clustering tuning curves within a population. With this toy model we are attempting to capture the important aspects of tuning curve clusters within the population while not over-complicating the simulations. Within any neural population, there will be tuning curves that are similar; however, such curves will inevitably be heterogeneous, as opposed to completely identical. Thus, when we cluster together similar curves there will be an “average” cluster tuning curve (found by, e.g., normalising all individual curves and taking the average), which all other tuning curves within the cluster are deviations from. The random perturbations we apply are our attempt to capture these deviations. However, note that the perturbations are not fully random, but instead have an “effective dimensionality” which we vary over. By giving the perturbations an effective dimensionality, we aim to capture the fact that deviations from the average cluster tuning curve may not be fully random, and may display some structure.

      (3) Figure 8 - where do Hz come from as physical units? As I understand there are no physical units in simulations.

      We have clarified this within the figure caption. The within-cluster optimisation problem requires maximising a quadratic program subject to a constraint on the total mean spike count of the cluster. The objective for the quadratic program is however mathematically homogeneous. So we can scale the variables and parameters in a consistent to be in units of Hz – i.e., turn them into mean firing rates, instead of mean spike counts, with an assumption on the length of the coding time interval. We fix this cluster firing rate to be k × 5 Hz, so that the average single-neuron firing rate is 5 Hz (based on empirical estimates – see our Sec. 2.5). This agrees with our choice of µ in our simulations (i.e., µ = 10) if we assume a coding interval of 0.1 seconds.

      (4) Inference with DDCs in changing environments. To perform efficient inference in a dynamically changing environment (as considered here), an ideal observer needs some form of posterior-prior updating. Where does that enter here?

      A shortcoming of our theory, in its current form, is that it applies only to the system in “steady-state”, without specifying the dynamics of how adaptation temporlly evolves (we assume the enrivonment has periods of relative stability that are of relatively long duration compared to the dynamical timescales of adaptation, and consider the properties of the well-adapted steady state population). Thus our efficient coding theory (which predicts homeostatic adaptation under the outlined conditions) is silent on the time-course over which homeostasis occurs. Likewise, the DDC theory (in its original formulation in Vertes & Sahani) is silent on dynamic updating of posteriors and considers only static inference with a fixed internal model. We have now discuss a new future directoin in the Discussion (where we cite the work of Mlynarski and Tkacik) to point out that our theory can in principle be extended (based on dynamic inference and efficient coding) to account for the dynamics of attention, but this is beyond the scope of the current work.

      (5) Page 6 - ”We did this in such a way that, for all , the correlation matrices, (), were derived from covariance matrices with a 1/n power-law eigenspectrum (i.e., the ranked eigenvalues of the covariance matrix fall off inversely with their rank), in line with the findings of Stringer et al. (2019) in the primary visual cortex.” This is a very specific assumption, taken from a study of a specific brain region - how does it relate to the generality of the approach?

      Our efficient coding framework has been formulated without relying on any specific assumptions about the form of the (signal or noise) correlation matrices in cortex. The homeostatic solution to this efficient coding problem, however, emerges under certain conditions. But, as we demonstrate in our discussion of the analytic solutions to our efficient coding objective and the conditions necessary for the validity of the homeostatic solution, we expect homeostasis to arise whenever the signal geometry is sufficiently high-dimensional (among other conditions). By this we mean that the fall-off of the eigenvalues of the signal correlation matrix must be sufficiently slow. Thus, a fall-off in the eigenvalue spectrum slower than 1/n would favor homeostasis even more than our results. If the fall off was faster, then whether or not (and to what degree) firing rate homeostasis becomes suboptimal depends on factors such as the fastness of the fall-off and also the size of the population. Thus (1) rate homeostasis does not require the specific 1/n spectrum, but that spectrum is consistent with the conditions for optimality of rate homeostasis, (2) in our simulations we had to make a specific choice, and relying on empirical observations in V1 was of course a well-justified choice (moreover, as far as we are aware, there have been no other studies that have characterised the spectrum of the signal covariance matrix in response to natural stimuli, based on large population recordings).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Strengths:

      The problem of efficient coding is a long-standing and important one. This manuscript contributes to that field by proposing a theory of efficient coding through gain adjustments, independent of the computational goals of the system. The main result is a normative explanation for firing rate homeostasis at the level of neural clusters (groups of neurons that perform a similar computation) with firing rate heterogeneity within each cluster. Both phenomena are widely observed, and reconciling them under one theory is important.

      The mathematical derivations are thorough as far as I can tell. Although the model of neural activity is artificial, the authors make sure to include many aspects of cortical physiology, while also keeping the models quite general.

      Section 2.5 derives the conditions in which homeostasis would be near-optimal in the cortex, which appear to be consistent with many empirical observations in V1. This indicates that homeostasis in V1 might be indeed close to the optimal solution to code efficiently in the face of noise.

      The application to the data of Benucci et al 2013 is the first to offer a normative explanation of stimulus-specific and neuron-specific adaptation in V1.

      We thank the reviewer for these assessments.

      Weaknesses:

      The novelty and significance of the work are not presented clearly. The relation to other theoretical work, particularly Ganguli and Simoncelli and other efficient coding theories, is explained in the Discussion but perhaps would be better placed in the Introduction, to motivate some of the many choices of the mathematical models used here.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment; we have updated our introduction to make clearer the relationship between this work and previous works within efficient coding theory. Please see the expanded 2nd paragraph of Introduction which gives a short account of previous efficient coding theories and now situates our work and differentiates it more clearly from past work.

      The manuscript is very hard to read as is, it almost feels like this could be two different papers. The first half seems like a standalone document, detailing the general theory with interesting results on homeostasis and optimal coding. The second half, from Section 2.7 on, presents a series of specific applications that appear somewhat disconnected, are not very clearly motivated nor pursued in-depth, and require ad-hoc assumptions.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. The reviewer is right to note that our paper contains both the exposition of a general efficient coding theory framework in addition to applications of that framework. Following your advice we have implemented the following changes. (1) significantly shortened or entirely moved some of the less central results in the second half of Results, to the Methods or appendices (this includes the entire former section 2.7 and significant shortening of the section on implementation of Bayes ratio coding by divisive normalisation). (2) We have added a new figure (Fig 1B) and two long pieces of text to the (2nd paragraph of) Introduction, after Eq. (1), and in Sec. 2.7 (introducing homeostatic DDCs) to more clearly explain and clarify the assumptions underlying our efficient coding theory, and its connection with the second half of the Results (i.e. application to DDC theory of Bayesian inference), and better motivate why we consider the homeostatic DDC.

      For instance, it is unclear if the main significant finding is the role of homeostasis in the general theory or the demonstration that homeostatic DDC with Bayes Ratio coding captures V1 adaptation phenomena. It would be helpful to clarify if this is being proposed as a new/better computational model of V1 compared to other existing models.

      We see the central contribution of our work as not just that homeostasis arises as a result of an efficient coding objective, but also that this homeostasis is sufficient to explain V1 adaptation phenomena - in particular, stimulus specific adaptation (SSA) - when paired with an existing theory of neural representation, the DDC (itself applied to orientation coding in V1). Homeostatic adaptation alone does not explain SSA; nor do DDCs. However, when the two are combined they provide an explanation for SSA. This finding is significant, as it unifies two forms of adaptation (SSA and homeostatic adaptation) whose relationship was not previously appreciated. Our field does not currently have a standard model of V1, and we do not claim to have provided one either; rather, different models have captured different phenomena in V1, and we have done so for homeostatic SSA in V1.

      Early on in the manuscript (Section 2.1), the theory is presented as general in terms of the stimulus dimensionality and brain area, but then it is only demonstrated for orientation coding in V1.

      The efficient coding theory developed in Section 2 is indeed general throughout, we make no assumptions regarding the shape of the tuning curves or the dimensionality of the stimulus. Further, our demonstrations of the efficient coding theory through numerical simulations - make assumptions only about the form of the signal and noise covariance matrices. When we later turn our attention away from the general case, our choice to focus on orientation coding in V1 was motivated by empirical results demonstrating a co-occurrence of neural homeostasis and stimulus specific adaptation in V1.

      The manuscript relies on a specific response noise model, with arbitrary tuning curves. Using a population model with arbitrary tuning curves and noise covariance matrix, as the basis for a study of coding optimality, is problematic because not all combinations of tuning curves and covariances are achievable by neural circuits (e.g. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27145916/ )

      First, to clarify, our theory allows for complete generality of neural tuning curve shapes, and assumes a broad family of noise models (which, while not completely arbitrary, includes cases of biological relevance and/or models commonly used in the theoretical literature). Within this class of noise covariance models, we have shown numerical results for different values for different parameters of the noise covariance model, but more importantly, have analytically outlined the general properties and requirements on noise strength and structure (and its relationship to tuning curves and signal structure) under which homeostatic adaptation would be optimal. Regarding the point that not all combinations of tuning curves and noise covariances occur in biology or are achievable by neural circuits: (1) If we are guessing correctly the specific point of the reviewer’s reference to the review paper by Kohn et al. 2016, we have in fact prominently discussed the case of information limiting noise which corresponds to a specific relationship between signal structure (as determined by tuning curves) and noise structure (as specified by the noise covariance matrix). Our family of noise models include that biologically relevant case and we have indeed paid it particular attention in our simulations and discussions (see discussion of Fig. 7 in Sec. 2.3, and that of aligned noise in Sec. 2.5). (2) As for the more general or abstract point that not all combinations of noise covariance and tuning curve structures are achievable by neural circuits, we can make the following comments. First, in lieu of a full theoretical or empirical understanding of the achievable combinations (which does not exist), we have outlined conditions for homeostatic adaptations under a broad class of noise models and arbitrary tuning curves. If some combinations within this class are not realised in biology, that does not invalidate the theoretical results, as the latter have been derived under more general conditions, which nevertheless include combinations that do occur in biology and are achievable by neural circuits (which, as pointed out, include the important case of aligned noise and signal structure – as reviewed in Kohn et al.– to which we have paid particular attention).

      The paper Benucci et al 2013 shows that homeostasis holds for some stimulus distributions, but not others i.e. when the ’adapter’ is present too often. This manuscript, like the Benucci paper, discards those datasets. But from a theoretical standpoint, it seems important to consider why that would be the case, and if it can be predicted by the theory proposed here.

      The theory we provide predicts that, under certain (specified) conditions, we ought to see deviation from exact homeostatic results; indeed, we provide a first order approximation to the optimal gains in this case which quantifies such deviations when they are small. However, unfortunately the form of this deviation depends on a precise choice of stimulus statistics (e.g. the signal correlation matrix, the noise correlation matrix averaged over all stimulus space, and other stimulus statistics), in contrasts to the universality of the homeostatic solution, when it is a valid approximation. In our model of Benucci et al.’s experiment, we restrict to a simple one-dimensional stimulus space (corresponding to orientated gratings), without specifying neural responses to all stimuli; as such, we are not immediately able to make predictions about whether the homeostatic failure can be predicted using the specific form of deviation from homeostasis. However, we acknowledge that this is a weakness of our analysis, and that a more complete investigation would address this question. For reasons of space, we elected not to pursue this further. We have added a paragraph to our Discussion (8th paragraph) explaining this.

      Reviewer#1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) To make the article more accessible I would suggest the following:

      (a) Include a few more illustrations or diagrams that demonstrate key concepts: adaptationof an entire population, clustering within a population, different sources of noise, inference with homeostatic DDCs, etc.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion - we have added an additional figure in (Figure 8, Panel A) to explain the concept of clustering within a population. We also added a new panel to Figure 1 (Figure 1B) which we hope will clarify the conceptual postulate underlying our efficient coding framework and its link to the second half of the paper.

      (b) Within the text refer to names of quantities much more often, rather than relying onlyon mathematical symbols (e.g. w,r,Ω, etc).

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion; we have updated the text accordingly and believe this has improved the clarity of the exposition.

      (2) It is hard to distill which components of the considered theory are crucial to reproducing the experimental observations in Figure 12. Is it the homeostatic modulation, efficient coding, DDCs, or any combination of those or all of them necessary to reproduce the experiment? I believe this could be explained much better, also with an audience of experimentalists in mind.

      We have updated the text to provide additional clarity on this matter (see the pointers to these changes and additions in the revised manuscript, given above in response to your first comment). In particular, reproducing the experimental results requires combining DDCs with homeostatic modulation – with the latter a consequence of our efficient coding theory, and not an independent ingredient or assumption.

      (3) It would be good to comment on how sensitive the results are to the assumptions made, parameter values, etc. For example: do conclusions depend on statistics of neural responses in simulated environments? Do they generalize for different values of the constraint µ? This could be addressed in the discussion / supplementary material.

      This issue is already discussed extensively within the text - see Sec. 2.4, Analytical insight on the optimality of homeostasis, and Sec. 2.5, Conditions for the validity of the homeostatic solution to hold in cortex. In these sections, we outline that - provided a certain parameter combination is small - we expect the homeostatic result to hold. Accordingly, we anticipate that our numerical results will generalise to any settings in which that parameter combination remains small.

      (4) How many neurons/units were used for simulations?

      We apologies for omitting this detail; we used 10,000 units for our simulations. We have edited both the main text and the methods section to reflect this.

      (5) Typos etc: a) Figure 5 caption - the order of panels B and C is switched. b) Figure 6A - I suggest adding a colorbar.

      Thank you. We have relabelled the panels B and C in the appropriate figures so that the ordering in the figure caption is correct. We feel that a colourbar in figure 6A would be unnecessary, since we are only trying to convey the concept of uniform correlations, rather than any particular value for the correlations; as such we have elected not to add a colourbar. We have, however, added a more explicit explanation of this cartoon matrix in the figure caption, by referring to the colors of diagonal vs off-diagonal elements.

      Reviewer#2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The text on page 10, with the perturbation analysis, could be moved to a supplement, leaving here only the intuition.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion; we have moved much of the argument into the appendix so as to not distract the reader with unnecessary technical details.

      Text before eq. 12 “...in cluster a maximize the objective...” should be ‘minimize’?

      The cluster objective as written is indeed maximised, as stated in the text. Note that, in the revised manuscript, this argument has been moved to an appendix to reduce the density of mathematics in the main text.

      Top of page 25 “S<sub>0</sub> and S<sub>0</sub>” should be “S<sub>0</sub> and S<sub>1</sub>”?

      Thank you, we have corrected the manuscript accordingly.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      In this manuscript, Chen et al. investigate the role of the membrane estrogen receptor GPR30 in spinal mechanisms of neuropathic pain. Using a wide variety of techniques, they first provide convincing evidence that GPR30 expression is restricted to neurons within the spinal cord, and that GPR30 neurons are well-positioned to receive descending input from the primary sensory cortex (S1). In addition, the authors put their findings in the context of the previous knowledge in the field, presenting evidence demonstrating that GRP30 is expressed in the majority of CCK-expressing spinal neurons. Overall, this manuscript furthers our understanding of neural circuity that underlies neuropathic pain and will be of broad interest to neuroscientists, especially those interested in somatosensation. Nevertheless, the manuscript would be strengthened by additional analyses and clarification of data that is currently presented. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors present convincing evidence for the expression of GPR30 in the spinal cord that is specific to spinal neurons. Similarly, complementary approaches including pharmacological inhibition and knockdown of GPR30 are used to demonstrate the role of the receptor in driving nerve injury-induced pain in rodent models. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Although steps were taken to put their data into the broader context of what is already known about the spinal circuitry of pain, more considerations and analyses would help the authors better achieve their goal. For instance, to determine whether GPR30 is expressed in excitatory or inhibitory neurons, more selective markers for these subtypes should be used over CamK2. Moreover, quantitative analysis of the extent of overlap between GPR30+ and CCK+ spinal neurons is needed to understand the potential heterogeneity of the GPR30 spinal neuron population, and to interpret experiments characterizing descending SI inputs onto GPR30 and CCK spinal neurons. Filling these gaps in knowledge would make their findings more solid. 

      Thank you very much for your constructive feedback.

      In response to your suggestion, we have used more specific markers to distinguish excitatory (VGLUT2) and inhibitory (VGAT) neurons via in situ hybridization. These analyses revealed that GPR30 is predominantly expressed in excitatory neurons of the superficial dorsal horn (SDH), as presented in the Results section (lines 117-120) and in Figure 2A-B.

      Additionally, we performed a quantitative analysis to determine the extent of co-localization between GPR30+ and CCK+ neurons. The data were included in the Results (lines 131–132) and Figure 2G.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Using a variety of experimental manipulations, the authors show that the membrane estrogen receptor G protein-coupled estrogen receptor (GPER/GPR30) expressed in CCK+ excitatory spinal interneurons plays a major role in the pain symptoms observed in the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain. Intrathecal application of selective GPR30 agonist G-1 induced mechanical allodynia and thermal hyperalgesia in male and female mice. Downregulation of GPR30 in CCK+ interneurons prevented the development of mechanical and thermal hypersensitivity during CCI. They also show the up modulation of AMPA receptor expression by GPR30. 

      Generally, the conclusions are supported by the experimental results. I also would like to see significant improvements in the writing and the description of results. 

      Methodological details for some of the techniques are rather sparse. For example, when examining the co-localization of various markers, the authors do not indicate the number of animals/sections examined. Similarly, when examining the effect of shGper1, it is unclear how many cells/sections/animals were counted and analyzed. 

      In other sections, there is no description of the concentration of drugs used (for example, Figure 4H). In Figures 4C-E, there is no indication of the duration of the recordings, the ionic conditions, the effect of glutamate receptor blockers, etc 

      Some results appear anecdotal in the way they are described. For example, in Figure 5, it is unclear how many times this experiment was repeated. 

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable feedback and thoughtful recommendations.

      To address your concerns regarding methodological transparency, we have added the following details to the revised manuscript:

      The number of animals and sections analyzed in co-localization studies.

      The number of cells/sections/animals used in each quantification following shGper1 treatment.

      The concentrations of drugs administered (e.g., in Figure 4H).

      Detailed recording conditions, including duration, ionic composition, and pharmacological conditions (Figures 4C-E).

      In addition, we have thoroughly revised the writing throughout the manuscript to enhance clarity and precision in the description of our findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that a population of CCK+ spinal neurons in the deep dorsal horn express the G protein-coupled estrogen receptor GPR30 to modulate pain sensitivity in the chronic constriction injury (CCI) model of neuropathic pain in mice. Using complementary pharmacological and genetic knockdown experiments they convincingly show that GPR30 inhibition or knockdown reverses mechanical, tactile, and thermal hypersensitivity, conditioned place aversion, and c-fos staining in the spinal dorsal horn after CCI. They propose that GPR30 mediates an increase in postsynaptic AMPA receptors after CCI using slice electrophysiology which may underlie the increased behavioral sensitivity. They then use anterograde tracing approaches to show that CCK and GPR30 positive neurons in the deep dorsal horn may receive direct connections from the primary somatosensory cortex. Chemogenetic activation of these dorsal horn neurons proposed to be connected to S1 increased nociceptive sensitivity in a GPR30-dependent manner. Overall, the data are very convincing and the experiments are well conducted and adequately controlled. However, the proposed model of descending corticospinal facilitation of nociceptive sensitivity through GPR30 in a population of CCK+ neurons in the dorsal horn is not fully supported. 

      Strengths: 

      The experiments are very well executed and adequately controlled throughout the manuscript. The data are nicely presented and supportive of a role for GPR30 signaling in the spinal dorsal horn influencing nociceptive sensitivity following CCI. The authors also did an excellent job of using complementary approaches to rigorously test their hypothesis. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The primary weakness in this manuscript involves overextending the interpretations of the data to propose a direct link between corticospinal projections signaling through GPR30 on this CCK+ population of spinal dorsal horn neurons. For example, even in the cropped images presented, GPR30 is present in many other CCK-negative neurons. Only about a quarter of the cells labeled by the anterograde viral tracing experiment from S1 are CCK+. Since no direct evidence is provided for S1 signaling through GPR30, this conclusion should be revised. 

      Thank you for your encouraging comments and critical insights.

      We fully acknowledge the concern regarding the proposed direct involvement of corticospinal projections in modulating nociceptive behavior via GPR30 in CCK+ neurons. While our anterograde tracing experiments suggest anatomical overlap, we agree that definitive evidence of functional connectivity is lacking.

      Accordingly, we have revised the Abstract, Discussion, and Graphical Abstract to present our findings more cautiously. We now describe our observations as indicating that S1 projections potentially interact with GPR30<sup>+</sup> spinal neurons, rather than asserting a definitive functional link.

      To support this revised interpretation, we performed additional quantitative analyses examining the co-localization among S1 projections, CCK+, and GPR30+ neurons. Furthermore, we clarified that the chemogenetic activation studies targeted a mixed neuronal population and did not exclusively manipulate CCK+ neurons.

      These changes aim to better align our conclusions with the presented data and provide a more nuanced framework for future investigations.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Major corrections 

      (1) Figure 2: The authors conclude that GPR30 is mainly expressed in excitatory spinal neurons because they are labeled by a virus with a Camk2 promoter. While there is evidence that Camk2 is specific to excitatory neurons in the brain, based on RNAseq datasets (e.g. Linnarsson Lab, http://mousebrain.org/adolescent/genesearch.html ) this is less clear cut within the spinal cord. A more direct way to assess the relative expression of GPR30 in excitatory versus inhibitory neurons would be to perform immunohistochemistry or FISH with GPR30/Vglut2/Vgat. 

      Alternatively, if this observation is not crucial for the overall arch of the story, I recommend the authors eliminate these data, as they do not support the idea that GPR30 is mainly in excitatory neurons. 

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important limitation. To strengthen our conclusion regarding the neuronal identity of GPR30-expressing cells, we performed fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) using vGluT2 (marker for excitatory neurons) and VGAT (marker for inhibitory neurons). The results confirmed that GPR30 is predominantly expressed in vGluT2-positive excitatory neurons within the spinal cord. These new data are presented in the revised manuscript (lines 117-120) and shown in Figure 2A-B.

      (2) (2a) Figure 2: The authors also report that GPR30 is expressed in most CCK+ spinal neurons. A more rigorous way to present the data would be to perform quantification and report the % of CCK neurons that are GPR30. 

      (2b) More importantly, it is unclear what % of GPR30 neurons are CCK+. These types of quantifications would provide useful insights into the heterogeneity of CCK and GPR30 neuron populations, and help align findings of experiments using the behavioral pharmacology using GRP antagonists to the knockdown of Gper1 in CCK spinal neurons - for instance, does a population of GRP30+/CCK- neurons exist? If so, it would be worth discussing what role (if any) that population might play in nerve injury-induced mechanical allodynia. 

      Understanding the breakdown of GPR30 populations becomes even more relevant when the authors characterize which cell types are targeted by descending projections from S1. It is clear that the vast majority of CCK+ neurons that receive descending input from S1 neurons are GPR30+, but there are many other GPR30+ neurons that do not receive input from SI neurons presented in 5M. Is this simply because only a small fraction of CCK+/GPR30+ neurons are targeted by descending S1 projections, or could they represent a distinct population of GPR30 neurons? 

      (2a) We appreciate the suggestion. Quantification showed that approximately 90% of CCK⁺ neurons express GPR30, and about 50% of GPR30⁺ neurons co-express CCK. These data are now provided in the revised Results (lines 131-132) and in Figure 2F-G.

      (2b) Indeed, our data reveal that a substantial portion of GPR30⁺ neurons do not co-express CCK. While this study focuses on GPR30 function in CCK⁺ neurons, we recognize the potential relevance of GPR30⁺/CCK⁻ populations. We have addressed this point in the Discussion (lines 303-306):

      “However, it should be noted that half of GPR30⁺ neurons are not co-localized with CCK⁺ neurons, and further studies are needed to explore the function of these GPR30⁺/CCK⁻ neurons in neuropathic pain.”

      Regarding descending input, our data in Figure 5 show that S1 projections selectively innervate a subset (~30%) of CCK⁺ neurons, most of which co-express GPR30. This suggests that S1-targeted CCK⁺/GPR30⁺ neurons may represent a functionally distinct population. We have added clarification to the revised manuscript, while acknowledging that further studies are needed to elucidate the roles of non-targeted GPR30⁺ neurons.

      (3) Throughout the manuscript both male and female mice were used in experiments. Rather than referring to male and female mice as different genders, it would be more appropriate to describe them as different sexes. 

      As suggested, we have replaced all instances of “gender” with “sex” throughout the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 5: To increase the ease of interpreting the figure, in panels 5J and 5N, it would be helpful to indicate directly on the figure panel which another marker was assessed in double-labeling analyses.

      We have revised Figures 5J and 5N to include clear labels identifying the markers used in double-labeling analyses, to improve interpretability.

      Minor corrections: 

      (1) Line 36, I believe the authors mean to say "GPER/GPR30 in spinal neurons", rather than just "spinal". 

      Corrected as suggested. The sentence now reads (line 34):

      “Here we showed that the membrane estrogen receptor G-protein coupled estrogen receptor (GPER/GPR30) in spinal neurons was significantly upregulated in chronic constriction injury (CCI) mice…”

      (2) There are minor grammatical errors throughout the manuscript that interfere with comprehension. Proofreading/editing of the English language use may be beneficial. 

      We have thoroughly revised the manuscript for clarity and corrected grammatical and syntactic errors to improve readability.

      (3) Line 169-170, reads "Known that EPSCs are mediated by glutamatergic receptors like AMPA receptors and several studies have been reported the relationship between GPR30 and AMPA receptor25,29". Rewriting the sentence such that it better describes what the known relationship is between GPR30 and AMPA would be helpful in setting up the rationale of the experiment in Figure 4. 

      We have rewritten this section to better clarify the rationale behind the electrophysiological experiments (lines 161-164):

      “Given that EPSCs are primarily mediated through glutamatergic receptors such as AMPA receptors, and emerging evidence suggesting that GPR30 enhances excitatory transmission by promoting clustering of glutamatergic receptor subunits, we examined whether GPR30 modulates EPSCs via AMPA receptor-dependent mechanisms.”

      (4) Line 198-199 "Then we explored the possible connections among GPR30, S1-SDH projections and CCK+ neuron." In the context of spinal circuitry, "connections" may raise the expectation that synaptic connectivity will be evaluated. What I think best describes what the authors investigated in Figure 5 is the "relationship" between GPR30, S1-SDH projections, and CCK+ neurons. 

      We have revised the sentence accordingly (lines 184-186):

      “Building on previous findings suggesting a functional interaction between S1-SDH projections and spinal CCK⁺ neurons, our current study aimed to further elucidate the structural relationship among GPR30, S1-SDH projections, and CCK⁺ neurons.”

      (5) Figure 5: To increase the ease of interpreting the figure, in panels 5J and FN, it would be helpful to indicate directly on the figure panel which other marker was assessed in double-labeling analyses. 

      We have added direct labels to figure panels to clarify double-labeled analyses in the revised Figure 5J and 5N.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Can the authors provide more detail about the distribution of CCK+ cells in the spinal cord and, in particular, the localization of double-stained (CCK/cfos) neurons? 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To better characterize the distribution of CCK⁺ neurons within the spinal dorsal horn (SDH), we performed immunostaining in CCK-tdTomato mice using lamina-specific markers: CGRP (lamina I), IB4 (lamina II), and NF200 (lamina III–V). Our results demonstrate that CCK⁺ neurons are primarily localized in the deeper laminae of the SDH. These findings are now described in the revised Results (lines 126–129) and shown in Figure 2E.

      In addition, we conducted c-Fos immunostaining in CCK-Ai14 mice and found increased activation of CCK⁺ neurons following CCI. This supports the involvement of CCK⁺ neurons in neuropathic pain. These data are included in the Results (lines 129–131) and Supplementary Figure S4.

      (2) Figure 2A. There is no formal quantification of the percentage of TdTomato+ neurons that are also CCK+. The description of these results is insufficient. 

      We appreciate this point and have revised the description of Figure 2A accordingly. To strengthen our analysis, we conducted additional FISH experiments with vGluT2 and VGAT probes. Quantification revealed that GPR30 is predominantly expressed in excitatory neurons (approximately 60%). These data are shown in the revised Results (lines 117-119) and Figures 2A-B and S3. This supports our conclusion that GPR30 is largely localized to excitatory spinal interneurons.

      (3) Figure 4H. What is the evidence that these are AMPA-mediated currents? This is not explained in the text. 

      Thank you for raising this point. We now provide detailed experimental procedures to clarify that the recorded EPSCs are AMPA receptor–mediated. Specifically, spinal slices from CCK-Cre mice were used, and excitatory postsynaptic currents were recorded in the presence of APV (100 μM, NMDA receptor blocker), bicuculline (20 μM, GABA_A receptor blocker), and strychnine (0.5 μM, glycine receptor blocker), ensuring that the observed currents were AMPA-dependent. These methodological details are now clearly described in the revised Results (lines 165–173) and supported by prior literature (Zhang et al., J Biol Chem 2012; Hughes et al., J Neurosci 2010).

      (1) Yan Zhang, Xiao Xiao, Xiao-Meng Zhang, Zhi-Qi Zhao, Yu-Qiu Zhang (2012). Estrogen facilitates spinal cord synaptic transmission via membrane-bound estrogen receptors: implications for pain hypersensitivity. J Biol Chem. Sep 28;287(40):33268-81.

      (2) Ethan G Hughes, Xiaoyu Peng, Amy J Gleichman, Meizan Lai, Lei Zhou, Ryan Tsou, Thomas D Parsons, David R Lynch, Josep Dalmau, Rita J Balice-Gordon (2010). Cellular and synaptic mechanisms of anti-NMDA receptor encephalitis. J Neurosci. 2010 Apr 28;30(17):5866-75.

      (4) What is the signaling mechanism leading to a larger amplitude of currents after G-1 infusion? 

      We thank the reviewer for this important question. G-1 is a selective agonist for GPR30. Based on previous studies by Luo et al. (2016), we speculate that activation of GPR30 may increase the clustering of glutamatergic receptor subunits at postsynaptic sites, thereby enhancing AMPA receptor-mediated currents. While our current study did not directly address the intracellular signaling cascade, we have incorporated this mechanistic speculation in the Discussion.

      Jie Luo, X.H., Yali Li, Yang Li, Xueqin Xu, Yan Gao, Ruoshi Shi, Wanjun Yao, Juying Liu, Changbin Ke (2016). GPR30 disrupts the balance of GABAergic and glutamatergic transmission in the spinal cord driving to the development of bone cancer pain. Oncotarget 7, 73462-73472. 10.18632/oncotarget.11867.

      (5) Figure 4I. Please include error bars. 

      We have revised Figure 4I to include error bars, as requested.

      (6) Line 198. What is the evidence that AAV2/1 EF1α FLP is an antegrade trans monosynaptic marker? 

      We thank you for this request. AAV2/1 has been widely used for anterograde monosynaptic tracing based on its properties (Wang et al., Nat Neurosci 2024; Wu et al., Neurosci Bull 2021): (1) it infects neurons at the injection site and undergoes active anterograde transport; (2) newly assembled viral particles are released at synapses and infect postsynaptic partners; (3) in the absence of helper viruses, the spread halts at the first synapse, ensuring monosynaptic restriction. We have elaborated on this in the revised manuscript (line 198), citing Wang et al. (Nat Neurosci 2024) and Wu et al. (Neurosci Bull 2021).

      (1) Hao Wang, Qin Wang, Liuzhe Cui, Xiaoyang Feng, Ping Dong, Liheng Tan, Lin Lin, Hong Lian, Shuxia Cao, Huiqian Huang, Peng Cao, Xiao-Ming Li (2024). A molecularly defined amygdalaindependent tetra-synaptic forebrain-tohindbrain pathway for odor-driven innate fear and anxiety. Nat Neurosci. 2024 Mar;27(3):514-526.

      (2) Zi-Han Wu, Han-Yu Shao, Yuan-Yuan Fu, Xiao-Bo Wu, De-Li Cao, Sheng-Xiang Yan, Wei-Lin Sha, Yong-Jing Gao, Zhi-Jun Zhang (2021). Descending Modulation of Spinal Itch Transmission by Primary Somatosensory Cortex. Neurosci Bull. 2021 Sep;37(9):1345-1350.

      (7) Figure 5G. I do not understand the logic of this experiment. A Cre AAV is injected in the S1 cortex. Why should this lead to the expression of tdTomato on a downstream (postsynaptic?) neuron? The authors should quote the literature that supports this anterograde transsynaptic transport.

      We appreciate this question. As described in previous studies (e.g., Wu et al., Neurosci Bull 2021), AAV2/1-Cre injected into the S1 cortex leads to Cre expression in projection targets due to transsynaptic anterograde transport. Subsequent injection of a Cre-dependent AAV (AAV2/9-DIO-mCherry) into the spinal cord enables specific labeling of postsynaptic neurons that receive input from S1. We have clarified this mechanism in line 206 and provided the appropriate citation.

      Zi-Han Wu, Han-Yu Shao, Yuan-Yuan Fu, Xiao-Bo Wu, De-Li Cao, Sheng-Xiang Yan, Wei-Lin Sha, Yong-Jing Gao, Zhi-Jun Zhang (2021). Descending Modulation of Spinal Itch Transmission by Primary Somatosensory Cortex. Neurosci Bull. 2021 Sep;37(9):1345-1350.

      (8) The same question arises when interpreting the results obtained in Figure 6.

      We thank the reviewer for the question, and we have addressed it in point (7).

      (9) Line 257. How do the authors envision that estrogen would change its modulation of GPR30 under basal and neuropathic conditions? Is there any evidence for this speculation? 

      We thank the reviewer for raising this thoughtful question. In the current study, we focused on pharmacologically manipulating GPR30 activity via its selective agonist and antagonist. We did not directly investigate how endogenous estrogen regulates GPR30 under physiological and neuropathic states. We have recognized this limitation and highlighted the need for future research to investigate this regulatory mechanism.

      (10-20) In my opinion, the entire manuscript needs a careful revision of the English language. While one can follow the text, it contains numerous grammatical and syntactic errors that make the reading far from enjoyable. I am highlighting just a few of the many errors. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s honest assessment. The manuscript has undergone thorough language editing by a native English speaker to correct grammatical errors, improve clarity, and enhance overall readability. We also restructured several sections, particularly the Discussion, to improve logical flow.

      (21) The discussion of results is a bit disorganized, with disconnected sentences and statements, and somewhat repetitive. For example, lines 303 to 306 lack adequate flow. It is also quite long and includes general statements that add little to the discussion of the new findings (lines 326-333). 

      We agree and have revised the Discussion extensively. Disconnected or repetitive sentences (e.g., lines 303-306, 326-333) have been removed or rewritten. For instance, we added a new transitional paragraph (lines 307-311) to improve flow:

      “Abnormal activation of neurons in the SDH is a key contributor to hyperalgesia, and enhanced excitatory synaptic transmission is a major mechanism driving increased neuronal excitability. Therefore, we evaluated excitatory postsynaptic currents (EPSCs) and observed increased amplitudes in CCK⁺ neurons following CCI, suggesting elevated excitability in these neurons.”

      We also removed redundant generalizations to maintain a focused discussion of our novel findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) What is the distribution of GPR30 throughout the spinal cord and DRG? The authors demonstrate that this can overlap with a CCK+ population, but there are many GPR30+ and CCK negative neurons, even in the cropped images presented. It would be helpful to quantify the colocalization with CCK. 

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. As shown in the revised manuscript, GPR30 is expressed in both the spinal cord and dorsal root ganglia (DRG). However, our updated data (Figure 1B) demonstrate that Gper1 mRNA levels in the DRG are not significantly altered after CCI, suggesting a limited involvement of DRG GPR30 in neuropathic pain. These results are described in the revised Results (line 94).

      Regarding spinal co-expression, we performed a detailed quantification. Approximately 90% of CCK⁺ neurons express GPR30, while about 50% of GPR30⁺ neurons are CCK⁺. These co-localization results are now included in the revised Results and presented in Figure 2G.

      (2) It is clear that CCI and GPR30 influence excitatory synaptic transmission in CCK+ neurons. However, these experiments do not fully support the authors' claims of a postsynaptic upregulation of AMPARs. Comparing amplitudes and frequencies of spontaneous EPSCs cannot necessarily distinguish a pre- vs postsynaptic change since some of these EPSCs can arise from spontaneous action potential firing. I suggest revising this conclusion. 

      We appreciate these insightful comments. We fully agree that our data from spontaneous EPSC recordings (sEPSCs) in CCK⁺ neurons are not sufficient to distinguish between pre- and postsynaptic mechanisms, as sEPSCs may include spontaneous presynaptic activity. Therefore, we have revised the text throughout the manuscript to avoid overstating conclusions related to postsynaptic AMPA receptor upregulation.

      (3) What is the rationale for the evoked EPSC experiments from electrical stimulation in "the deep laminae of SDH?" I do not think that this experiment can rule out a presynaptic contribution of GPR30 to the evoked responses, particularly if these are Gs-coupled at presynaptic terminals. Paired-pulse stimulations could help answer this question, otherwise, alternative interpretations, also related to the point above, should be provided. 

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful critique. Indeed, electrical stimulation of the deep SDH laminae does not exclude presynaptic involvement, especially considering that GPR30 is a G protein–coupled receptor (GPCR) and could act presynaptically. We agree that paired-pulse ratio (PPR) analysis would be more informative in distinguishing pre- from postsynaptic effects, but this was not performed due to technical limitations in our current experimental setup.

      Accordingly, we have revised our interpretations in both the Results and Discussion to acknowledge that our data do not rule out presynaptic contributions. We now state that GPR30 activation enhances EPSCs in CCK⁺ neurons, while further studies are needed to dissect the precise site of action.

      (4) I appreciate the challenging nature of the trans-synaptic viral labeling approaches, but the chemogenetic and Gper knockdown experiments do not selectively target this CCK+ population of deep dorsal horn neurons. The data are clear that each of these components (descending corticospinal projections, CCK neurons, and GPR30) can modulate nociceptive hypersensitivity, but I do not agree with the overall conclusion that each of are directly linked as the authors propose. I recommend revising the overall conclusion and title to reflect the convincing data presented. 

      We thank the reviewer for this critical observation. We agree that while our data show functional roles for descending cortical input, CCK⁺ neurons, and GPR30 in modulating pain hypersensitivity, the evidence does not establish a definitive direct circuit integrating all three components.

      In response, we have revised our conclusions to reflect this limitation. Specifically, we avoided claiming a direct functional link among S1 projections, CCK⁺ neurons, and GPR30. Instead, we now propose that GPR30 modulates neuropathic pain primarily through its action in CCK⁺ spinal neurons, with potential involvement of descending facilitation from the somatosensory cortex.

      Additionally, we have revised the manuscript title to better reflect our mechanistic focus:<br /> “GPR30 in spinal CCK-positive neurons modulates neuropathic pain.”

      Minor Corrections

      (1) The authors should refer to mice by sex, not gender. 

      Corrected throughout the manuscript.

      (2) Page 9, line 195: "significantly" is used to refer to co-localization of 28.1%. What is this significant to? 

      We have revised the sentence to accurately describe the observed percentage, without implying statistical significance:

      “Our co-staining results revealed that a high proportion of CCK⁺ S1-SDH postsynaptic neurons expressed GPR30” (line 198-199).

      (3) I recommend modifying some of the transition phrases like "by the way," "what's more," and "besides". 

      All informal expressions have been replaced with academic alternatives including “Furthermore,” “Additionally,” and “Moreover.”

      (4) Additional guides to mark specific laminae in the dorsal horn would be useful. 

      We added immunostaining with laminar markers (CGRP for lamina I and NF200 for lamina III–V), and these data are now shown in Figure 2E and described in the Results (lines 126-129).

      (5) Page 5, line 115: immunochemistry should be immunohistochemistry. 

      Corrected as suggested.

      (6) Page 6, line 136: "Confirming the structural connnections" was not demonstrated here. Perhaps co-localization between GPR30 and CCK+. 

      The text was revised to “To functionally interrogate GPR30 and CCK⁺ neurons in neuropathic pain...” (line 133).

      (7) Page 8, line 166: unsure what "took and important role" means. 

      This phrasing was corrected for clarity and replaced with an accurate scientific description.

      (8) Page 8, line 168: "IPSCs of spinal CCK+ neurons" implies that they are sending inhibitory inputs. 

      We revised the term to “EPSCs” to correctly reflect excitatory synaptic currents in CCK⁺ neurons.

      (9) Page 8, line 169: "Known that EPSCs" is missing an introductory phrase. 

      The sentence was rewritten to include an appropriate introductory clause (lines 161–164):

      “Given that EPSCs are primarily mediated through glutamatergic receptors such as AMPA receptors...”

      (10) Page 10, line 227 and 228: "adequately" and "sufficiently" should be adequate and sufficient. 

      We corrected these terms to the proper adjective forms: “adequate” and “sufficient” (lines 224-225).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the role of the enzyme Alcohol Dehydrogenase 5 (ADH5) in brown adipose tissue (BAT) during aging. BAT is crucial for thermogenesis and energy balance, but its function and mass diminish with age, contributing to metabolic dysfunction and age-related diseases. ADH5, also known as S-nitrosoglutathione reductase, regulates nitric oxide (NO) signaling by damaging S-nitrosylation modifications from proteins. The authors show that aging in mice leads to increased protein S-nitrosylation but reduced ADH5 expression in BAT, resulting in impaired metabolic and cognitive functions. Deletion of ADH5 in BAT accelerates tissue senescence and systemic metabolic decline.

      Mechanisticaremoving lly, aging suppresses ADH5 via downregulation of heat shock factor 1 (HSF1), a master regulator of protein homeostasis. Importantly, pharmacologically boosting HSF1 improves BAT function and mitigates both metabolic and cognitive declines in aged mice. The findings highlight a critical HSF1-ADH5 pathway in BAT that protects against aging-related dysfunction, suggesting that targeting this pathway may offer new therapeutic strategies for improving metabolic health and cognition during aging.

      Strengths:

      This research provides insight into the interplay between redox biology, proteostasis, and metabolic decline in aging. By identifying a specific enzyme that controls SNO status in BAT and further developing a therapy to target ADH5 in BAT to prevent age-related decline, the authors have identified a putative mechanism to combat age-related decline in BAT function.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Sex needs to be considered as a biological variable, at a minimum in the reporting of the phenotypes observed in this manuscript, but also potentially by further experimentation. The only mention of sex I could find is that the authors reported the general protein SNO status in BAT is increased with age in male C57Bl/6J mice. Is this also true in female mice? For all of the ADH5 knockout mouse data, are these also male mice? Do female ADH5 knockout mice have a consistent phenotype, or are the sex differences?

      (2) It would be helpful to know the extent of ADH5 loss in the adipose tissue of knockout mice, either by mRNA or by immunoblotting for ADH5. It could also be helpful to know if ADH5 is deleted from the inguinal adipose tissue of these mice, especially since they seem to accumulate fat mass as they age (Figure 2B).

      (3) For Figure 4D, the ChiP, it would be better to show the IgG control pulldowns. Also, there's an unexpected thing where all the values for the Adh5 flox mice are exactly the same - how is this possible? Finally, it's not clear how these BAT samples were treated with HSF1A - was this done in vivo or ex vivo?

      (4) I didn't understand what was on the y-axis in Figure 5A, nor how it was measured. I assume it's HSF1A, and maybe it's the part in the methods with the Metabolomic Analysis, but this wasn't clear. It would also help if release from the NC-Vehicle formulation could be included as a negative control.

      (5) What happens to BAT protein S-nitrosylation in HSF1A-treated mice?

      (6) Figure 1B: What is the age of the positive (ADH5BKO) and negative (Adh5 fl) mice?

      (7) Figure 1F: Can you clarify what I'm looking at in the P16ink4a panels? The red staining? Is the blue staining DAPI? This is also a problem in Figures 3C, 3D and 5G, and 5I. Figure 4B looks great - maybe this could be used as an example?

      (8) Figure 3B looks a bit odd since 7 of the 12 total mice seem to have an IL-beat level of exactly 5. I was a bit unclear about why arbitrary units were used for IL-1β levels since it says an ELISA was used to quantify IL-1β; however, in the methods the authors describe a Bio-Rad Laboratories Bio-plex Pro Mouse Cytokine 23-Plex approach, which I don't think is an ELISA. Can the approach to measuring IL-1β be clarified, and could the authors explain why they can't show units of mass for IL-1β levels?

      (9) Figure 2C and 2D: I don't really understand why the Heat or VO2 need to be expressed as fold changes. Can't these just be expressed with absolute units? It's also confusing why the heat fold change is 1.0 in the light and the dark for the floxed animal. I bet this is because the knockout is normalized to the floxed animal for light and then normalized again for the dark period, but since both are on the same graph, readers could be confused into thinking there is no difference in the heat production or VO2 between light and dark, which would be surprising. This could all just be solved if absolute units were used.

    2. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The topic is appealing given the rise in the aging population and the unclear role of BAT function in this process. Overall, the study uses several techniques, is easy to follow, and addresses several physiological and molecular manifestations of aging.  However, the study lacks an appropriate statistical analysis, which severely affects the conclusions of the work. Therefore, interpretation of the findings is limited and must be done with caution. 

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s encouragement. Our team is fully committed to maintaining clarity and rigor in the design, execution, and reporting of this study. We are grateful to the reviewers for bringing these issues to our attention. We also acknowledge and are working on that several statistical analyses could be reperformed to better emphasize our focus on the genetic effect of ADH5 deletion in mice of the same age.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths: 

      This research provides insight into the interplay between redox biology, proteostasis, and metabolic decline in aging. By identifying a specific enzyme that controls SNO status in BAT and further developing a therapy to target ADH5 in BAT to prevent age-related decline, the authors have identified a putative mechanism to combat age-related decline in BAT function. 

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s encouragement. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Sex needs to be considered as a biological variable, at a minimum in the reporting of the phenotypes observed in this manuscript, but also potentially by further experimentation. 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful remark, and we agree with the reviewer that sex needs to be considered as a biological variable. We will assess ADH5 expression in aged female mice.

      (2)  It would be helpful to know the extent of ADH5 loss in the adipose tissue of knockout mice, either by mRNA or by immunoblotting for ADH5. It could also be helpful to know if ADH5 is deleted from the inguinal adipose tissue of these mice, especially since they seem to accumulate fat mass as they age (Figure 2B). 

      We thank the reviewer for the comment/suggestion. Indeed, we have measured the ADH5 expression in both brown adipose tissue (BAT) and inguinal adipose tissue (iWAT). We regret that we did not include our results in the first submission and will provide these results in the revised manuscript.

      (3)  For Figure 4D, the ChiP, it would be better to show the IgG control pulldowns. Finally, it's not clear how these BAT samples were treated with HSF1A - was this done in vivo or ex vivo? 

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comment and will provide detailed information in the revised manuscript.

      (4) I didn't understand what was on the y-axis in Figure 5A, nor how it was measured.

      We apologize for not making these critical points clearer in the first submission. In the revised manuscript we will include, in detail, the logistics of the experiments in the materials and methods section, figure annotation and figure legends.  

      (5) What happens to BAT protein S-nitrosylation in HSF1A-treated mice? 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful remark, and we will measure general protein Snitrosylation status in the BAT of HSF1A-treated mice. 

      (6) Figure 1B: What is the age of the positive (ADH5BKO) and negative (Adh5 fl) mice? 

      We regret that we did not describe our results clearly in the first submission and will provide detailed information in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Figure 1F: Can you clarify what I'm looking at in the P16ink4a panels? The red staining? Is the blue staining DAPI? This is also a problem in Figures 3C, 3D and 5G, and 5I. Figure 4B looks great - maybe this could be used as an example?  

      We regret that we did not present results clearly in the first submission and will provide detailed information in the revised manuscript.

      (8) Figure 3B looks a bit odd. Can the approach to measuring IL-1β be clarified, and could the authors explain why they can't show units of mass for IL-1β levels? 

      We will provide detailed information in the revised manuscript.

      (9) Figure 2C and 2D: I don't really understand why the Heat or VO2 need to be expressed as fold changes. Can't these just be expressed with absolute units? 

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We will present these results as suggested in the revised manuscript.